S.W. Silver & Co.'s handbook to Canada 971 Si 387 Columbia University intheCity of New York ''S С . TES LIBRARY VIDEBIML ORAC ASTVO SIGILLD TRATNI ARE TOVI EBC VS LUMEN TH ACTS AS A AENOT 37100 1VIEWS Hra U127V WA70 IS. wuwuw. lands. Bombay. Calcutta. Colombo. Foo Chow. Galle. Hong Kong. Saigon. Shanghai. Singapore. Umritsur. Yokohama. AFRICA. Alexandria. Beaufort, w. Bethulie. Bloemfontein. Burghersdorp. Cape Town. Carnarvon. Colesberg. Dordrecht. Durban. Graaf-Reynet. Graham's Town. Hope Town. Kimberley (Diamond Fields) King William's Town. Lagos. Lliberia (Monrovia). Lorenzo Marques. Mafeteng (British Basutoland). Mauritius. Mossel Bay. Murraysburg. Philipstown. Pietermaritzburg. Port Elizabeth. Potchefstroom. Pretoria. Reunion (St. Denis). Richmond. Somerset, East Victoria, West, Winburg. Zagazig (Egypt). CORRESPONDENTS-continued. Adelaide. Auckland. Bathurst. Brisbane. Christchurch. Dunedin. Geelong. Hobart Town. Launceston. Melbourne. Nelson. AUSTRALASIA. Port Lyttelton. Portland. Sydney. Toowoomba. Wellington. Western Australia (Fre- mantle). (Port Walcott). (De Grey River), AMERICA, Bogota. Panama. Callao. Para. Cleveland (O.). Philadelphia. Chicago. Portland (Oregon), Costa Rica (San Jose). Quebec. Galveston. Rosario. Lima. Rio de Janeiro. Montreal. San Francisco. Newfoundland (St. John's). Tampico. New Grenada (Tumaco). Valparaiso. New York. Vancouver Island (Victoria). Barbados. Berbice. Demerara. Grenada. WEST INDIES, &c. Jamaica. St. Thomas. Trinidad. ALSO AT Canary Islands (Lanzarote). Cyprus. Falkland Islands. Fiji Islands (Levuka, Ovalau). Madagascar (Tamatave). Madeira. Malta. New Caledonia. Sandwich Islands (Honolulu). &c. &c. &c. All particulars respecting above on application to S. W. SILVER & CO. 67 CORNHILL, LONDON, EC. S. W. SILVER & CO'S HANDBOOKS, &C. ISLANDS. 3rd Edition, with Coloured Map. Crown 8vo. limp cloth, 449 pp., price 5s. THE AUSTRALIAN GRAZIER'S GUIDE, No. 1. SHEEP. Crown 8vo. limp cloth, price 25. 6d. THE AUSTRALIAN GRAZIER'S GUIDE. No. 2. CATTLE. Crown 8vo. limp cloth, price 2s. 6d. AUSTRALIAN DICTIONARY. OFDATES AND MEN OF THE TIME. By J. H. HEATON. Royal 8vo. 550 pp., price 158. SOUTH AFRICA (WITH COLOURED MAP AND ILLUSTRATIONS) : including Cape Colony, Natal, the Diamond Fields, Orange Free State, &c. 3rd Edition, revised and enlarged. Crown 8vo. limp cloth, 576 pp., price 5s. THE TRANSVAAL (WITH MAP); containing information on the Political, Physical, Commercial, and Social Aspects of the Colony. Crown 8vo, limp cloth, price 2s. 6d. CANADA ; INCLUDING ONTARIO, NORTH-WEST TERRITORY, MANITOBA, QUEBEC, NOVA SCOTIA, NEW BRUNSWICK, PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, BRITISH COLUMBIA, &c. With New Coloured MAP. 2nd Edition. Cloth, 58. THE KEY TO FORTUNE IN NEW LANDS. Limp cloth, price 1s. 6d. IMPERIAL FEDERATION, By FREDK. YOUNG. Small 4to. handsomely bound, 6s. CACAO: How to GROW AND CURE IT. By D. MORRIS, M.A., F.G.S., Jamaica. Price 1s. CLIMATE AND HEALTH IN SOUTH AFRICA, By Jas. BONWICK. Price 1s. TASMANIA, PAST AND PRESENT. By Sir CHARLES DU CANE, K.C.M.G. 2nd Edition. Price 1s. ld. POCKET-BOOK SERIES: containing all the practical infor- mation the voyager requires for guidance in taking his passage, securing his berth, getting his outfit, and embarking; points of interest en route, &c. 1. WEST INDIES ; two books, (a) LEEWARD and WINDWARD ISLANDS, and TRINIDAD, 28. 6d. (6) JAMAICA, HAYTI, CUBA, the BAHAMAS, &c., 23. 6d. 2. SOUTH AFRICA, 2s. 6d. THE FUTURE OF THE DOMINION OF CANADA. By Sir A. GALT, G.C.M.G., High Commissioner for Canada. Price 1s. THE LEEWARD ISLANDS, PAST AND PRESENT. By the Hon. T. B. H. BERKELEY, C.M.G. Price 1s. S. W. SILVER & CO.'S COLONIAL MAPS (1s. each) OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND-CANADA SOUTH AFRICA. S. W. SILVER & CO., 67 Cornhill, London. lendb cinc sault S. Marie Onshee by se foseph DAR TA Sacramento SOR S. Francisco a GING Virginiavi ADA Sund olaraq 6S San Jose sto cetona Rapids NIN Seclar1 Z Detroit! Jackson 120 n5 85 ion. S. W. SILVER & CO.'S HANDBOOK TO CANADA. A GUIDE FOR TRAVELLERS AND SETTLERS IN THE PROVINCES OF ONTARIO, MANITOBA, QUEBEC, NOVA SCOTIA, NEW BRUNSWICK, BRITISH COLUMBIA, PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES, &c. &c. WITH NEW MAP, SHOWING THE RAILWAY SYSTEM &c. LONDON: S. W. SILVER AND CO. SUN COURT, 67 CORNHILL, E.C. 1884. Si38 LONDON: PRINTED BY SPOTTISWOODE AND CO., NEW-STREET SQUARE AND PARLIAMENT STREET m.com. Iecalqar PREFACE. THE DOMINION of CANADA will shortly enter upon the Eighteenth year of its confederated existence. Its history-always memorable and interesting- has, during that short period, been marked by events conspicuous alike for their national importance and their economic value. Foremost among these is the settlement, by a vigorous population, of the vast areas of fertile land lately owned by the Hudson's Bay Company and now known as the North-West Territory. This section, embracing nearly two-thirds of our transatlantic domain and comprising some of the finest wheat-producing lands in the Empire, is now traversed by the Canadian Pacific Railway, and is thus placed in direct communication with British markets and British homes. The need of a comprehensive, reliable, and at the same time cheap and handy work, which would furnish the kind of information most sought for in regard to these and other portions of the Dominion, has long been felt. The Handbook to Canada will, it is hoped, supply this want. Its aim is to portray the Dominion as it really exists, and not as prejudice and partiality have too often pictured it. The coloured map has been specially prepared for, and forms a valuable addition to, its pages; while the marginal notes and index will, it is hoped, greatly facilitate and encourage reference to its varied contents. age reference, it is mos; while tor; August 1884. CONTENTS. [A copious Index will be found at pp. 281-292.]} PREFACE . . . . . . . . . PAGE . v CANADA. Historical Sketch-Discovery-French Occupation- Consolidation of British Power since Confederation—Geography_Population- Climate-Land Laws-Agriculture-Mines and Minerals- Natural History-Fisheries-Government-Social Statistics- Railways and Public Works . . . . . pages 1-60 NOVA SCOTIA. Discovery History, The French Period—Geography-Geology- Productions-Minerals—Manufactures and Trade-Land Laws- Government-Population Education-Railways, &c.—Principal Towns—Cape Breton Island . . . . . . 61-103 PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. Position - History – Government- Climate-Soil - Railways, &c. -Chief Towns . . . . . . . 104-108 NEW BRUNSWICK. History—Divisions—Geography—Natural History-Geology-In. dustries--Commerce and Trade-Chief Towns : . 109–123 viii CONTENTS. QUEBEC. The Voyage Out-Geography-Divisions and Towns-Productions -Mines and Minerals-Agriculture—Commerce ——The Eastern Townships-Government-Population Education and Religion- Chief Towns . . . . . . . pages 124-153 ONTARIO. Territory – Climate — Geography - Agriculture - Population- Divisions-Free Lands—Railways, &c.—Social Statistics—Manu- factures—Trade-Inducements to Settlers—Chief Towns-Sport and Natural History . . . . . . . 154–181 BRITISH COLUMBIA. Boundaries and Area-Climate-History-Geography_Productions 1 --Land Laws-Means of Communication—Vancouver Island- Chief Towns-Game, &c.—Cost of Living-Routes and Fares- Post and Telegraph Offices . . . . . . 182-212 MANITOBA. The Prairie Province'-Area-Government-Soil-Climate--Geo- graphy-Production - Population Education, &c.—Winnipeg and other Towns-District of Keewatin-Tables of Distances 213-232 NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Area-Assiniboia-Saskatchewan-Alberta-Athabasca-Fertility -Climate and Geography-Settlements Productions—The In- terior-Government-Mounted Police-Education - List of Post and Telegraph Offices . . . . . . . 233—260 Canadian Pacific Railway Table of Distances in the North Atlantic Lights sighted on the Voyage Out . . . . . . . 261 . 264 . 267 APPENDIX. Notes on the Minerals of Nova Scotia . . . . 269 INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . 281-292 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Historical Sketch. Period of Discovery. A.D. 1497 to 1534, WHATEVER may be the public verdict upon the claims of CANADA. Canada as a field for successful settlement and human achievement, when compared with those of other por- tions of the British Empire, there can be no question of the pre-eminent interest which our Home Colony pos- sesses from an historical point of view. Her position, Canada’s in this regard, is as unique as it is remarkable. No part position in of our world-wide colonial domain has passed through history. so many or such stormy stages of existence. Nowhere within the circuit of the Crown territory have peace and war, anion and disunion, loyalty and rebellion followed each other in such quick succession. In none have the struggles between Church and State, between party and party, been more bitter, or the great political changes which they have contributed to hasten been more sudden or more sweeping. Nowhere have the loyalty of the subject and the prestige of the nation been more sorely tried, and nowhere have they been more nobly vindi. cated or more heroically sustained, than in Canada. It Design and is the object of the present brief sketch to trace these scope of the varied stages in her history, to note her growth from the infant quasi-colony of a foreign Power to our own present prosperous Dominion, to portray the more important political changes by which each succeeding stage has been marked, and to show, as far as practic- able, the results which the present current of public opinion and the course of events are likely to bring about. There was little in the early existence of Canada to indicate the position which she has already acquired. work. m HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Still less was there to foreshadow the greatness to which Visit of the she is surely yet destined to attain. The hardy adven- Norsemen turous Norsemen, if they ever really sighted the Canadian considered shores, wbich is extremely doubtful, certainly never doubtful. landed on them. Their occupation, at least, if not their discovery, was reserved for later times and for another race of people. The best authenticated discovery and ear- liest attested history we have of the country now called Canada are associated with the exploits of that brave band of Venetian navigators who shed such lustre on the closing annals of the fifteenth century. Our North Simul- American and South African colonies started in the race taneous dis- de for empire-rather let us say took up their appointed our Cana- places in the circling orbit of our civilisation—together. dian and While Diaz and Vasco de Gama were seeking a new Cape Colonies, route to India by way of the Cape of Good Hope, the A.D. 1497. Cabots, father and son, were tracking the stormy At- lantic, and hunting for a north-west passage in hopes of ultimately reaching the same goal. In the very same year, indeed, in which the Portu- guese navigator weathered the Cape of Storms and sighted the low-lying coast of Natal, his Italian com- peer, accompanied by his son Sebastian, in the little barque Matthew, which the English monarch had given him, caught the first faint glimpse of the rock-bound coast of Newfoundland. It was only a glimpse, a first sight, a prima vista, and so Cabot called it. Two years subsequently to Cabot's voyage, Gaspar de-Cortereal, a Portuguese adventurer, hoping to accom- plish what his predecessor and competitor had failed to find-a north-west passage to India — set sail from Lisbon, and with two ships reached the Labrador coast, which he named Terra Verde. He entered the Gulf of St. Lawrence, but of further exploration by him we have no authentic trace. Local historians dwell with con- siderable enthusiasm on the probability of his having landed on some portion of the Acadian or Nova Scotian coast. But this, at best, is supposititious, and if he did land he left no trace worthy of mention. That he accomplished something is, however, probable, as he seems to have made a second voyage in 1501. From this he never returned. Thus far discovery on the North American coast had HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Early fisheries. the hands of foreigners, and he would have been a bold man who would then have predicted that Britain would become the first maritime nation in the world. A float- ing population, consisting of a few hundred hardy but humble Norman and Breton fishermen-anchored on the open Newfoundland banks for seven months in the year, or sheltered between the headlands on some part of the Acadian coast--formed the only approach to what could be called a settlement or colony. It is not until we come to the French exploration and occa pation that we reach what may fairly and distinctively be called the first period in the history of Canada. This period opened with the voyage and landing of Jacques Cartier in 1534. Jacques Cartier's visit, A.D. 1534. Jacques Cartier's second visit, A.D. 1535. French Occupation. A.D. 1534 to 1763. Encouraged, no doubt, by the commercial advantages which resulted from the pursuit of the Newfoundland bank and Nova Scotia shore fisheries, and further stimu. lated by the discoveries and subsequent report of his faithful ally and lieutenant, Cartier, the French monarch resolved to found a colony. On May 19, 1535, Jacques Cartier, the St. Malo pilot, with his brother officers (and three ships of 220 tons in all) after receiving the Bishop's blessing in the cathedral of his native town, set sail. Two months later they entered the gulf which Cabot and Cortereal had already partially explored. Passing Anticosti Island, they in time (September 7) reached a fertile, vine-clad isle, which they named Isle de Bacchus, and which is now known to all St. Lawrence travellers as the Island of Orleans. Here King Donna- cona, accompanied by his warriors in twelve canoes, made them a State visit, after which Cartier anchored his little fleet at the mouth of the St. Charles river, in full view of the ancient Indian town of Stadacona. This occupied the high beetling promontory on which Quebec -so named by the Indians themselves, to signify the strait, or narrow river passage which it overlooked now stands. Thus peacefully commenced the French occupation of Canada nearly three centuries and a half ago, Origin of Quebec. HANDBOOK TO CANADA. lain found CANADA. sailed from Havre with four vessels, two of which were bound for Acadia. De Monts The first actual settlement by Europeans in what settles will now forms the Dominion of Canada was made in 1605 Annapolis, A.D. 1605' by De Monts at Port Royal, now Annapolis, in the present province of Nova Scotia. This followed immediately on the formation of the Company of New France,' under patent from Henry IV., for 'inhabiting Acadia, Canada, and other places in New France.' Events now followed more rapidly. De Champ- On July 3, 1608, Samuel de Champlain reached the bold headland at the confluence of the St. Lawrence Quebec, A.D. 1668. and the St. Charles rivers, the spot where his brave countryman Cartier had first wintered three-quarters of a century before. Here he founded the city of Quebec, and here, fifteen years later, he built Fort St. Louis. From this time till 1629, when the city was sur. rendered to the English forces under Admiral Kirke, French exploration and colonisation in Canada, or Nou- velle France, as it was then called, were carried on ander the viceroyalty of Prince Condé, mainly, if not wholly, Missionary by the missionaries. The work of the Church was com- efforts. menced almost simultaneously in Old Canada and Nova Scotia. In the former it was prosecuted by the Francis- can friars of the Recollet fraternity ; in the latter by the Jesuits, who entered the field in 1625. Bands of mis- sionaries penetrated the country in all directions, zeal- ously endeavouring to convert the Indians to the Christian faith. From Quebec as a starting-point, the missionary lines of the 'Society of Jesus ' radiated in all directions through every inhabited region, from the Laurentian valley to the Hudson Bay Territory, through the region of the great lakes, and down the valley of the Mississippi. Scantily equipped, as it seemed to the worldly eye, with a breviary round the neck and a crucifix in the hand, the fearless priest set forth, the pioneer of commerce and the avant-courier of civilisa- tion. About this period, so pregnant of good ser- vices for the Church, the famous charities known ever since as the Hôtel Dieu and Ursuline Convent were founded at Quebec. Garrisoned posts were estab- lished, and forts and earthworks constructed at various points. Scattered remains of Fort Frontenac and other FRENCH OCCUPATION. of these ancient French works are still to be seen. The CANADA. history of the country at this time is one of almost con- tinual warfare and hostility with the native tribes, graphically described by Parkman in his most interest. ing works «The Conquest of Canada' and the “ Con- spiracy of Pontiac. This state of affairs lasted until Sir David Kirke, or Kirk, appeared upon the scene, when Quebec was surrendered, under the treaty of St. Germain-en-Laye, shortly before De Champlain's death, which occurred in 1635. By the terms of this treaty France again became mistress of Acadia. Between 1629 and 1713 Acadia was several times taken by the British and restored to France, but in the latter year it finally Treaty of passed to the British Crown under the terms of the Utrecht, Treaty of Utrecht. A.D. 1713. This was the period of Western exploration. The Jesuits and other proselytising priests were everywhere pushing the work of the Church. The Jesuits were the pioneers of civilisation in the Far West. Conspicuous among them were M. Joliet and Pères Hennepin, Mar- quette, Alloez, and Dablon. Lasalle, setting forth from Fort Frontenac, had pursued his way to the southern extremity of Lake Michigan, the site of old Fort Dear- born and of Chicago in later days, which he reached October 18, 1678. Four years later the same intrepid ad- venturer took possession of the Mississippi valley in the name of the French King, and named it New France. At this period, as we learn from the Official Correspon- dence of Paris,' Quebec Province contained but 3,418 persons, of whom 1,344 were fit to bear arms. These were distributed as follows:- Quebec 555 1 Notre Dame des Anges 118 Beaupré . . Côte de Lauzon .. Beauport . 172 Montreal Ile d'Orléans Trois-Rivières . . St. Jean, &c. 156 Sillery. . . Total . . 3,418 An event which was destined to have a more im. portant and lasting influence on the future of Canada than any, or, indeed, all, of these occurrences, was about to take place. In 1670 Charles II. granted to Prince Rupert and his company of adventurers, since known as the Hud. 678 6 584 471 461 217 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. son Bay Company, rights and privileges which have Hudson worked a mighty revolution in the future of the whole Bay Com- North-West. These will be found treated at fitting pany char- length in other chapters of this work. In 1721 the tered, 4170 census of the whole of Canada was returned at 25,600. The first Legislature of Nova Scotia met at Annapolis in 1758, and in the following year Wolfe captured Quebec. Meanwhile the French had not been altogether idle. As early as 1762 French traders had traversed the country as far as the confluence of the Assiniboine River and the Red River of the North, and built Fort La Rouge, where all that remains of its successor, the dis- mantled Fort Garry, now stands. The Treaty of Paris, ratified Feb. 10, 1763, brought the memorable Seven Years' War to a close, and inau- gurated the era of England's palmy and permanent dominion in North America. Wolfe's capture of Quebec, September 13, 1759. Consolidation of British Power. A.D. 1763 to 1867. Although the actual and sovereign dominion of France in Canada ceased with the famous passage of arms on the heights of Abraham in 1759, followed by the defeat of Montcalm, and the capitulation of Mon- treal in 1760, French influence continued to be felt in various ways. After the capture of Quebec the country was placed under military rule. The French Canadians were guaranteed the free exercise of their religion, and their clergy continued to enjoy their accustomed rights and privileges. La Nation Canadienne, though dead poli. tically was yet socially and ecclesiastically as vigorous and active as ever. The definitive treaty between Eng. land, France, and Spain, though it left England con- stitutionally stronger, was really only a prelude to further disturbance. Territorially all that was left of La Nouvelle France were the little rock-bound and fog. capped islands of St. Pierre and Miquelon—a somewhat insignificant outcome from so ambitious a design as the conquest, conversion, and colonisation of half a con- tinent. In 1775 the Quebec Act was passed, and in the fatal concessions to the Canadians contained in this Act is to be found the origin of that anti-British feeling CONSOLIDATION OF BRITISH POWER. America. which, engendered by the powers so conferred, has CANADA. shown itself, though in a smaller degree, even in recent years. The French criminal law was, however, super- the Quebec Passage of seded by the English criminal law. Act, The colonists were now to pass through another war A.D. 1775. period—bloody but brief—this time with their own War with countrymen across the border. Blood had already been Ai shed at Lexington, Concord, and Fort Ticonderoga, and shortly after Crown Point and Fort St. John fell to the enemy. The American successes were, if sharp, equally short-lived. If Montreal opened its gates to the in- vaders, Quebec stood firm as the rock which she so proudly sentinels. The ancient city was hotly besieged by Generals Montgomery and Arnold, the first of whom was killed, while the second was badly wounded in the attack. During the years 1784-85 the maritime provinces of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick were organised under special constitutional charters, the first legislature of New Brunswick meeting at St. Ann's, now Fredericton, during the latter year. We now pass over a period of six years—to the close Represen- of 1791. This year was marked by the passage of the tative Go vernment, Constitutional Act, under which representative govern- A.D. 1791. ment was secured to the people. The slow but steady development of the principles of responsible government in Canada,' writes Mr. William Leggo, in his history of the Administration of Lord Dufferin, “under Lords Durham, Sydenham, Metcalfe, Elgin, Monck, and Lisgar, and the answerving devotedness of Lord Dufferin to those principles, serve to make this one of the most in- teresting epochs of Canadian history. The passage of the Constitutional Act—the most important event, per- haps, in the purely political history of Canada—though far from satisfying the French-Canadian party, who were yet numerically the stronger, was, nevertheless, an important step in that direction. The territory of Old Canada was at this time divided into Upper and Lower Canada. The first Legislature of Lower Canada sat at Quebec in 1791, when that city contained but about 7,000 inhabitants; that of Upper Canada sat at Kingston in 1792. Thus they remained over the period of the American Act of war and the domestic troubles of a later date, antil union and their re-union by Imperial Act in 1840. Under one Ad- 10 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. 1841. CANADA. ministration the two provinces were at last peacefully re- united, and responsible government firmly re-established vernment, A.D. 1840 in the early days of 1841. In June of that year the first united Parliament was convened at Kingston, which had been incorporated two years before. The Executive then consisted of a Legislative Council, to which the elective principle was applied ; a Legislative Assembly, com. posed of 130 members; a Cabinet, responsible to the Legislature; and a Governor-General, appointed by the Crown. Three years later the seat of government was changed to Montreal, and on the destruction of the Par- liament buildings there in 1849 it was again moved westward—this time to Toronto. At this period Upper and Lower Canada were on an equal footing as regards population—the Lower province having 768,334, and the Upper 765,797. Nine years subsequently, the colonists being unable to agree between the conflicting claims and rival interests of so numerous a list of competitors for the seat of government, the selection of a site was left to Choice of a the Queen herself, and under her approval it was estab- capital. lished at Ottawa in 1858, where it has since remained. Party government at this period, as a late writer bas remarked, “became well-nigh impossible. In the Inter-pro successive elections which had been held during the vincial jealousy. preceding years, it was found that the hostile majority from either province in the Legislature had increased rather than diminished. Six years of party jealousy and conflict precipitated a crisis. But it was only the darkness which precedes the dawn. Party spirit had spent its strength, and wiser counsels and more matured judgment prevailed; the 'dead-lock' was at an end. On October 10, 1864, the Quebec and Ontario delegates met the delegates from Nova Scotia and New Bruns. wick, at Quebec, to consider a general scheme of confederation. This was known as the “Quebec The Scheme. It was the beginning of the end-the defini. Quebec tive first step to the British North America Act, the Act of scheme of Union, the final Act and law, under and by virtue of confeder- ation. which the Dominion of Canada exists to-day. Con- federation was the necessary outcome and result of the partial and unjust basis of representation which had so long existed in the country. Notwithstanding its in- trinsic excellence its advantages were not immediately CONSOLIDATION OF BRITISH POWER. 11 1867. recognised. One by one the links in the lengthening CANADA, chain of federal union were welded together. First, Nova Scotia, then New Brunswick joined hands with Quebec and Ontario. These several events extended over a period of nearly three years. It was not until July 1, 1867, that Her Majesty's proclamation declaring Dominica the Dominion of Canada an accomplished constitutional pro- fact was legally recognised. “ Dominion Day' is now kept claimed, July 1, as a holiday throughout the country. In 1870 the ægis of the Dominion Government was wisely extended over the vast extent of country situate between the western boundary of Ontario and the Rocky Mountains, then known as “Rupert's Land,' now shared between the province of Manitoba and the North-West Territories. * In 1871 British Columbia joined the Confederation, and in 1873 Prince Edward Ísland was added to the list. Newfoundland and its dependency Labrador, of all the Imperial possessions on the vast North American Continent, alone remains a Crown colony. Canada since Confederation. A.D. 1867-83. The British North America Act came into operation on July 1, 1867. From that date Canada entered upon British the last and—viewed prospectively-most important era North of her history. The Act provides that the constitution America of the Dominion shall be similar in principle to that of Act, 1866. the United Kingdom, that the executive authority shall be vested in the Sovereign of Great Britain and Ireland. and carried on in her name by a Governor-General and Privy Council, and that the legislative power shall be exercised by a Parliament of two Houses, called the Senate' and the 'House of Commons.' We now proceed to narrate briefly, and in chrono- logical order, the most important public events covered by the period of Confederation. H.E. Right Honourable Charles Stanley Viscount Monck was sworn in as Governor-General, and en- trusted the Honourable John A. Macdonald with the formation of the first Dominion Government, wbich was organised as follows: 12 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. A.D. 1867- 69. Hon. (now Sir) John Alexander Macdonald, Prime Minister. Hon. George Étienne Cartier, Minister of Militia. Hon. (now Sir) Alexander Tilloch Galt, Minister of Finance. Hon. William McDougall, Minister of Public Works. Hon. William Pearce Howland, Minister of Inland Revenue, Hon. Adams George Archibald, Q.C., Secretary of State for the Provinces. Hon. Adam Johnston Ferguson-Blair, President of Privy Council. Hon. Peter Mitchell, Minister of Marine and Fisheries. Hon. Alexander Campbell, Q.C., Postmaster-General. Hon. Jean Charles Chapais, Minister of Agriculture. Hon. Hector Louis Langevin, Q.C., Secretary of State. Hon. Edward Kenny, Receiver-General. Lord Monck opened the first Dominion Parliament at Ottawa, November 8, 1867. In his speech on the occa- sion his Lordship gave utterance to the following memo- rable words: 'I congratulate you on the legislative sanction which has been given by the Imperial Parlia- ment to the Act of Union, under the provisions of which we are now assembled, and which has laid the founda- tion of a New Nationality that I trust and believe will ere long extend its bounds from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean." November 18, 1867.—Hon. (now Sir) John Rose ap- pointed Minister of Finance, in place of Sir Alexander T. Galt, resigned. November 14, 1868.-Lord Monck sailed for Eng. land. He was succeeded in office by Sir John Young, Lord Lisgar, who was sworn in as Governor-General December 29. August 23, 1869.-H.R.H. Prince Arthur arrived at Halifax. October 29.—Hon. William McDougall appointed Lieutenant-Governor of Rupert's Land and North-West Territories. January 15, 1870.—Third session of First Parliament opened by Sir John Young, in presence of H.R.H. Prince Arthur. March 4.-Thomas Scott shot at Fort Garry, by order of Riel's 'court-martial.' March 7.—The first step taken towards the develop- ment of Manitoba and the North-west Territories by the establishment of a Land Department, with Colonel J. Stoughton Dennis, as Surveyor-General of Dominion lands. CANADA-SINCE CONFEDERATION. 13 May 12.—Province of Manitoba and the North-west CANADA. Territories admitted into the Dominion. This import A.D. 1870- tant event was shortly followed by the arrival of the 23. military expedition at Fort Garry, under command of Sir Garnet Wolseley, and the sudden collapse of the French half-breed rebellion. February 15, 1871.--Fourth session of First Parlia- ment opened by H.E. Lord Lisgar. May 4.—Mr. Sandford Fleming appointed Engineer- in-Chief of Pacific Railway Survey. July 20.—British Columbia entered the Dominion, being the sixth province. June 25, 1872.-Earl of Dufferin arrived at Quebec and the next day was sworn in as Governor-General. Deceniber 2. —Hon. Alexander Morris appointed Lieutenant-Governor of Manitoba and the North-West Territories. February 8, 1873.-Pacific Railway charter granted to Sir Hugh Allan and twelve other directors. July 1.--General reconstruction of the Dominion Cabinet as follows:- Hon. Sir John A. Macdonald, K.C.B., Premier. Hon. (now Sir) S. Leonard Tilley, C.B., Minister of Finance. Hon. Peter Mitchell, Minister of Marine and Fisheries. Hon. Charles Tupper, M.D., C.B., Minister of Customs. Hon. Alexander Campbell, Q.C., Minister of Interior. Hon. H. L. Langevin, C.B., Minister of Public Works, Hon. J. C. Aikins, Secretary of State. Hon. J. H. Pope, Minister of Agriculture. Hon. John O'Connor, Q.C., Postmaster-General. Hon. Theo. Robitaille, M.D., Receiver-General. Hon. T. N. Gibbs, Minister of Inland Revenue. Hon. H. McDonald, Q.C., Minister of Militia and Defence. This day, the sixth anniversary of the coming into force of the Confederation Act, was rendered memorable by the admission of Prince Edward Island, the smallest as well as the youngest of the Dominion provinces. November 5, 1873.-Hon. Sir John A. Macdonald and his Cabinet resigned. Hon. Alexander Mackenzie formed the following Ministry :- Hon. Alexander Mackenzie, Minister of Public Works, Premier, Hon. Antoine A. Dorion, Q.C., Minister of Justice, Hon. Edward Blake, Q.C., Without Portfolio. Hon. Richard J. Cartwright, Minister of Finance, 14 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. A.D. 1876- 78. a. Hon. Luc Letellier de St. Just, Minister of Agriculture. Hon. David Laird, Minister of Interior. Hon. David Christie, Secretary of State, afterwards Speaker of the Senate. Hon. Isaac Burpee, Postmaster-General. Hon. Thomas Coffin, Receiver-General. Hon. T. Fournier, Q.C., Minister of Inland Revenue. Hon. William Ross, Minister of Militia and Defence. Hon. Richard W. Scott, Q.C., Without Portfolio, afterwards Secretary of State, vice Hon. D. Christie. October 7, 1876.—Hon. David Laird appointed Lieu- tenant-Governor of the North-West Territories, hence- forth distinct from the province of Manitoba. March 26, 1877.-Discussion in Parliament on mo. tion of Dr. Schultz with regard to the destruction of the buffalo. June 15.—The Fisheries Commission, appointed under the Treaty of Washington (Arts. 22-23), met in the Waverley Hotel, Halifax, and continued in session until November 23, when the award of 5,500,000 dollars in gold to be paid by the United States Government to the British Government was made. The Commission was composed of the following members :-M. Maurice Del- fosse, President; Hon. Ensign H. Kellogg ; Hon. Sir Alex. T. Galt, K.C.M.G.; Hon. Dwight Foster (United States agent); Francis C. Ford (agent for Great Bri- tain). Dominion Counsel-Joseph Doutre, Q.C. (Mon- treal); S. R. Thomson, Q.C. (St. John, N.B.); R. L. Weatherbee, Q.C. (Halifax, N.S.) ; Hon. W. V. White- way, Q.C. (St. John's, N.F.) ; Hon. Louis H. Davies (Charlottetown, P.E.I.). February, 1878.—The provisions of the Independence of Parliament Act enforced against members of the Mackenzie Ministry. During this month the Fortune Bay (Newfoundland) difficulty occurred, which led to a lengthy and warm correspondence, affecting the interests not only of Newfoundland, but of Canada. The letters of Mr. W. M. Evarts, United States Secretary of State (March 2), to Sir Edward Thornton, and of Mr. John Walsh, United States Minister in London, to Lord Derby, are couched in very similar language, and urge the adoption of such measures as would not only put an end to the evil (complained of), but also to prevent a recurrence of acts which, in addition to the CANADA-SINCE CONFEDERATION. 15 CANADA. A.D. 1878. injuries and losses to individuals, may have a tendency to complicate the good relations which so happily subsist between the Government of the United States and that of Her Britannic Majesty.' The Act creating the District of Keewatin now came into force. This district may be roughly described as embracing that portion of the North-West Territories lying between the meridians 91° 8' and 100° 8' W. of Greenwich, stretching to the northern limits of Canada, and bounded to the south by the province of Manitoba and the United States. February 11.-His Excellency the Governor-General and Countess Dufferin visited Montreal, and were magni- ficently entertained. The senatus of McGill University presented an address of welcome in Greek, to which his Excellency replied in the same language. The conventional boundary line between British Columbia and Alaska, as reported by Mr. Joseph Hunter, C.E., to be at the crossing of the Stickeen River in lat. 56° 38' 17" N. and long. 131° 58' 14W., was accepted. The legislation of this year was marked by the pas- sage of the most important Bill of that, or any previous or subsequent session. This was a Bill providing for the creation of homestead exemptions in the territories of Canada. April 15.—A monster map of the Dominion, pre- pared under the superintendence of Lieutenant-Colonel Dennis, Surveyor-General, was exhibited in Ottawa. April 16.-An address presented to his Excellency Earl of Dufferin on the occasion of his farewell in the Senate Chamber at Ottawa. His Excellency's closing remarks in reply are worthy of record :-'In conclusion, he said, allow me to assure you that I shall esteem it one of the greatest privileges of my future life to watch the progressive development of your prosperity, to ad. vocate your interests in the British Parliament, and to confirm our fellow-countrymen at home in their convic- tion of the high degree to which Canada is destined to contribute to the welfare, the strength, and the renown of the British Empire.' May 2.—The Secretary of State for the colonies (Sir M. E. Hicks-Beach), in a despatch to Lord Dufferin, acknowledged the offer by Canadian Militia officers of service in the event of war. 16 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. A.D. 1878. May 3.—The following resolutions, on motion of Mr. Miles, were moved in the Dominion House of Com. mons :- That it is expedient that the right of Canada to all of British North America, and the islands adjacent thereto (not including the province of Newfoundland), should be placed beyond question, and that the offer of H.M.'s Government to transfer the said territories to Canada be accepted.' [Boundaries as officially defined will be found in their appropriate place in this work.] During the interesting discussion which ensued, much valuable information respecting the proposed short ocean route to England by way of the Nelson River and York Factory was elicited. May 7.-A motion was made in the Dominion House of Commons by Mr. Mackenzie to the following effect:- That this House do ratify the Order-in-Council dated April 18, 1878, respecting a subsidy to the Canada Cen- tral Railway Company, passed under authority of an Act to provide for the construction of the Canadian Pacific Railway, 37 Vic. cap. 14. May 24.—Queen's Birthday was celebrated in Mon- treal by a Grand Military Review, and subsequently by a dinner at the Windsor Hotel, at which Lord and Lady Dufferin were present. The threatened Fenian invasion was adverted to by his lordship, and described as a certain amount of Celtic effervescence.' June 6.—The corporation of the capital city of Ottawa presented a parting address to Lord and Lady Dufferin, who took their departure from that city next day on the Peerless steamer. June 15.—The Canadian Wimbledon rifle team (twenty strong) sailed for England in the Allan s.s. Poly- nesian. July 28.-The Marquis of Lorne accepted the Go. vernor-Generalship of the Dominion. Aug. 1.-Canada admitted into the General Postal Union. Aug. 3.—The Albany river was determined upon as the northern boundary of the province of Ontario.* Oct. 2.–Vice-Admiral Sir E. A. Inglefield, K.C.B., Commander-in-Chief of the N.A. and W.I. station, ar- rived at Quebec in H.M.S. Bellerophon. Oct. 16.–The Mackenzie Cabinet resigned. CANADA — SINCE CONFEDERATION. 17 CANADA. A.D. 1878. Oct. 17.—Sir John A. Macdonald sworn in as Premier, with the following Cabinet:- Hon. (now Sir) Samuel Leonard Tilley, Minister of Finance. Hon. (now Sir) Charles Tupper, Minister of Railways and Canals. Hon. J. H. Pope, Minister of Agriculture. Hou. John O'Connor, Q.C., President of Council. Hon. James Macdonald, Q.C., Minister of Justice. Hon. Hector L. Langevin, C.B., Postmaster-General. Hon. L. R. F. Masson, M.P., Minister of Militia, &c. Hon. Senator J. C. Aikins, Secretary of State. Hon. Mackenzie Bowell, M.P., Minister of Customs. Hon. J. C. Pope, M.P., Minister of Marine and Fisheries. Hon. L. F. G. Baby, M.P., Minister of Inland Revenue. Hon. Alex. Campbell, Receiver-General. Hon. R. D. Wilmot, President of Senate. Resolution of Sir John A. Macdonald :- · That this House is of opinion that the welfare of Canada requires the adoption of a national policy, which by a judicious readjustment of the tariff will benefit and foster the agricultural, the mining, the manufacturing and other industries of the Dominion. That such policy will retain in Canada those of our fellow-countrymen now obliged to expatriate themselves in search of em- ployment denied them at home, will restore prosperity to our struggling industries now so sadly depressed, will prevent Canada from being made a sacrifice market, will encourage and develop an active interprovincial trade, and moving as it ought to do in the direction of recipro- city of tariff with our neighbours, so far as the varied interests of Canada may demand, will tend to procure for this country reciprocity of trade. Oct. 18.—Lord Dufferin and suite left Quebec for England in s.s. Polynesian, leaving General Sir Patrick L. Macdougall to administer Government ad interim. Oct. 22.—Sir John A. Macdonald, the present Pre- mier, was returned to the Dominion Parliament for the city of Victoria, British Columbia. Nov. 4.-Completion of the Pembina branch of the Canadian Pacific Railway. Nov. 24.—The Marquis of Lorne, the newly-appointed Governor-General, and the Princess Louise, landed at Halifax. Dec. 10.—Loan of 17,000,000 dols. negotiated in London at 96} on the guarantee by the Imperial Govern- ment of one half. HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. France. CANADA. The first and most important question that geography Descriptive has to answer is Where? Where, then, is Canada ? "As. 'geography. a geographical designation solely, the name Canada- Definition a corruption of Kanata or Kannatha, an Iroquois word of Canada. signifying a collection of huts—has had in history a variety of meanings. Originally, and up to 1759, it embraced an almost boundless extent of country, under the dominion of France, extending from Acadia and the great Gulf of St. Lawrence, as far as the Mississippi river and the Gulf of Mexico. This was the New New France of the early French explorer, missionary, and merchant adventurer. It was subsequently limited to a region lying chiefly on the borders and banks of the great lakes and the river St. Lawrence, extending from Quebec westward to Lake St. Clair, and known as the Basin of the St. Lawrence. Near the close of last cen- tury it was divided into two provinces, Ontario and Quebec. Quebec at that date was divided into three dis- tinct governments, viz., Quebec, Trois-Rivières, and Montreal. It was further divided into eighty-two parishes, forty-eight of which lay north and thirty-four south of the St. Lawrence river. These two sections, under their more familiar titles of Upper and Lower Canada, were reunited in 1840 by the Imperial Act of Union. Although now politically, as well as nominally, united under the same Government, laws, and commer- cial regulations, the manners and customs of the people still greatly distinguish these two sections. The The Dominion of Canada as now constituted—first Domainion. by the Federal Union of 1840, then by the Confedera- tion Act of 1867, and subsequently by its extensions of 1870-71 and 1873-embraces eight principal territorial divisions or provinces, each having a government and parliament of its own. In the order of population they rank. as follows: DIVISIONS AND AREA. 19 CANADA, Provinces, &c. Area Square Miles Population Divisions, area, &c. .... 101,733 188,688 20,909 27,174 2,133 123,200 1,923,228 1,359,027 440,585 321,129 108,928 65,954 Ontario . . . . Quebec. Nova Scotia . . . New Brunswick . . Prince Edward Island. . Manitoba . British Columbia (including Van-1 couver, Queen Charlotte's and } other Islands). North-West Territories . . Keewatin district . . . Islands in the Arctic Ocean. Islands in Hudson's Bay . 341,305 49,459 56,446 2,665,252 311,700 23,400 Totals . . . 3,805,394 4,324,756 The seven organised provinces embrace 864,365 square miles. The Indians belonging to thirty-six tribes numbered Indians. 105,690 in 1879. As illustrating the composite character of the Cana- Origin of dian people the following table, showing the origin of Population the people of the four old provinces, according to the census of 1871, is of interest :- Ontario Quebec New Brunswick Nova Scotia 13,435 19,992 439,429 75,383 158,608 148 798 69,822 929,817 7,963 1,731 6,004 83,598 44,907 4,478 African , Dutch English French : German . Greek Half-Breed Hindoo Indian Irish Italian 6,212 2,868 113,520 32,833 31,942 24 6,988 12,978 569,442 304 1,403 100,643 123,478 539 1,666 62,851 152 40 Carried forward 1,279,588 1,139,560 242,775 252,071 c 2 EXTENT AND BOUNDARIES. 21 CAVADA area of 700,000 square miles are deducted. It is with the comparatively narrow strip of settled country bordering on the Atlantic coast and extending through the St. Lawrence and Saskatchewan valleys on and near the proposed route of the Canadian Pacific Railway to the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific Ocean the fertile or food-producing belt—that we propose to deal with in the following pages. Physical Geography. So vast an extent of country as Canada presents Physical every possible variety of surface, as well as every de. features. scription of climate, soil, and product. Its leading topo- graphical, geological, and botanical features suggest three great regions, into which it may very properly be divided. These are the elevated or woodland, the central, or prairie, and the western, or mountain, regions. Tim. ber, and, to a smaller extent, minerals, distinguish equally the Atlantic and Pacific slopes of the continent, while the interior is largely adapted for agricultural and pastoral purposes. Starting from the Atlantic frontier of the maritime provinces, we find the Cape Breton highlands skirting the sea-coast, and extending inland fifteen or twenty miles. This dislocated range of meta- morphic hills nowhere assumes the height of mountains. Sixty miles inland from this seaboard, and nearly parallel Mountains, thereto, the Cobeqaid Mountains, some of which are 1,100 feet high, traverse Nova Scotia, from the Bay of Fundy to the Strait of Canso. This range is clotbed with a large growth of timber to its summit, where agricultural products grow luxuriantly. The third mountainous range of moderate elevation traverses the boundary between Quebec and New Brunswick, from the State of Maine to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The east coast of Labrador is also mountainous. The moun. tain formations of the country lying between the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Rocky Mountains assume a different direction from the lower mountain ranges just referred to. The country presents a terraced character, and the navigation of the principal rivers and streams is obstructed by numerous falls and rapids. On either side of the Valley of the St. Lawrence the country is 22 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. also mountainons. The range on the north side is called the Laurentides. It extends westwardly from the La- brador coast up the north side of the Ottawa River to the Arctic Ocean, a length of 3,500 miles. It forms the watershed between the tributaries of the St. Lawrence and those of Hudson's Bay, rising to the height of 2,000 feet near Lake Superior. The southern, or south side range, called the Notre Dame Mountains, is a spur of the Alleghanies, which, commencing at the Gulf of St. Lawrence, run nearly parallel to the River St. Law. rence, reaching their greatest elevation of 4,000 feet on the Gaspé Peninsula, and terminating in Virginia. The Blue Mountains on the south side of the Georgian Bay attain a height of 1,900 feet above the waters of Lake Huron. Westward of Lake Superior, stretching to the Rocky Mountains, is the great wheat-producing tract, now everywhere recognised as the “fertile belt.' Some peaks of the Rocky Mountains rise to the height of 15,000 feet. Between the Rockies and the Pacific coast intervene the Selkirk Mountains and the Gold Coast or Cascade Ranges, the higbest points of which reach an elevation of 7,000 feet. In the vicinity of Cariboo and the sources of the North Thompson River, some peaks of the Selkirk Mountains reach a somewhat higher elevation. The area covered by the water system of Canada embraces about 700,000 square miles. The coasts of the Dominion are everywhere numerously indented. The most remarkable of these indentations form the exten- sive inland seas known as Hudson's Bay, the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and the Gulf of Georgia Owing to her remarkable physical configuration and extensive watershed, Canada possesses the largest lake and river system in the world. The volume and surface area of her lakes and rivers are equally remarkable. The hydrographical basin of the St. Lawrence with the great lakes Superior, Huron, Michigan, St. Clair, Erie, and Ontario, alone occupies 330,000 square miles. These lakes and their tributary streams form the largest and purest continuous system of fresh water in the world, and impart to the Dominion a perfectly unique hydro- graphical character. The lake system of Ontario and of the central or prairie region embraces, among many smaller bodies of Gulfs and bays. Lakes and rivers. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 23 water, Great Slave, Great Bear, and Athabasca Lakes, CANADA. Winnipeg, Manitoba, Winnipegosis, and Lake of the Woods, Simcoe, Nepigon, and Nipissing. Next to the St. Lawrence, the most important rivers of the Dominion are the Mackenzie, Saskatchewan, Peace, Nelson, Athabasca, Assiniboine, Albany, Churchill, and Winnipeg, all flowing in the vast North-West terri- tory; the Columbia, Fraser, and Thompson in British Columbia ; the Ottawa, which forms the boundary be- tween Ontario and Quebec provinces, and its chief tributaries the Gatineau, Madawaska, Keepawa, and Matawan; the Saguenay, Richelieu, St. Maurice, and Chaudière, in Quebec; the St. John, Miramichi, Resti- gouche, and Petitcodiac, in New Brunswick; the Shubenacadie, St. Mary's, La Have, Avon, and An- napolis, in Nova Scotia ; and the York and Hillsborough rivers in Prince Edward Island. Only the better known of these rivers have been navigated to any con- siderable extent with steam craft. Thus Canada possesses a continuous waterway from the Atlantic to the head of Lake Superior, a natural highway of trade and travel, and the best, because the cheapest and healthiest, emigrant route across the Ame- rican continent. Salt and other mineral springs are very numerous Mineral and well distributed, while in no part of the Dominion, Springs. save, perhaps, in a few of the small arable sections in Eastern British Columbia, is irrigation practised or found to be necessary. The drainage system of the Dominion is threefold Drainage viz., eastward to the Atlantic, westward to the Pacific, system. and northward to the Arctic Ocean and Hudson's Bay. Climate,' says Professor Ansted, in his admirable Climate. compendium of Physical Geography,' is a very com- plex matter, and one dependent on a great variety of conditions. These to some extent affect and depend on each other, but all may ultimately be traced to certain general causes connected with physical geography. Among such causes are- (1) The position of the station in latitude. (2) The size and figure of the land on which the station is situated, whether detached island, archipelago, or continert. 24 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. (3) The elevation of the station above the sea. (4) The position of the land on which the station is placed with reference to the neighbouring land. (5) The position, distance, and direction, magni- tude, and elevation of the nearest continent. (6) The nature, magnitude, and direction of the nearest great marine current to the shores. Let us now see how far and in what respect the climate of Canada is affected by these causes. The public mind, though less abused than formerly, is still greatly prejudiced in regard to the climate of Canada. Furs are suggestive of frost and snow, and, in the opinion of some people, these are worn the year round in Canada. The summers and winters are equally de- cided, and in some interior sections are ratber trying to those accustomed to milder and more equable tempera- tures. The heat of summer and the cold of winter are greater than in England. On the whole, however, they are found to be remarkably dry, bracing, and healthy. A March east wind in England is infinitely more chilling and depressing than thirty degrees of frost in almost any part of Canada. In a country the size of Europe almost every variety of climate and range of thermometer is experienced. It has been urged, and justly, that the climate of a country which perfects the production of the most valued grains, grasses, fruits, plants, timber, and animals—including man—cannot be other than a good one. That of southern interior Canada is greatly influenced by the vast extent of her lake waters. Tem. perate latitudes are, it is everywhere admitted, requisite for the highest development of animal life, and the cli- mate of that portion of Canada which borders on the Upper St. Lawrence and the great lakes is temperate. Ontario enjoys an exceptionally temperate climate, while that of Quebec and the North-West territories resembles Meteorolo- that of Norway. The meteorological service forms a gical branch of the General Department of Marine and Fish- eries, and is most ably superintended. The Central Office and Magnetic Observatory are at Toronto. In daily correspondence with it are ten principal stations, viz. :-- service. 26 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Crown Lands. Price of land. land. The laws of primogeniture and entail are abo- lished, and the transfer of land is cheap and easy. British tenant farmers, anxious to change their condition of leaseholders to that of owners, have in Canada, more particularly in the prairie country-hereafter specially referred to in the chapters on Manitoba and North-West Territories a wide and promising field for investment. In the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, and British Columbia, the grant of one hundred millions of acres to the Canadian Pacific Railway alone excepted, the lands are held by the several pro- vincial governments. All public lands in Canada, as in other parts of the Empire, are called 'Crown'lands, i.e. held by the Crown in trust for the people. Dominion lands are surveyed in blocks of twelve miles square. These are subdivided into four townships of six miles square each; these again into thirty-six sections of one mile square, or 640 acres each ; and each section into quarters of 160 acres each. Each township, therefore, contains 23,040 acres, and each block 92,160 acres. They may be bought to the extent of 640 acres at 48. 2d. sterling per acre, cash down. Unoccupied Dominion lands will be leased to neighbouring settlers for cutting hay, &c., but not to the hindrance of the sale or settlement of such lands. Timber and mineral lands are subject to special regulations, which will be found in the Homestead Law and other special Acts of Parliament. Improved farms (advantageous for tenant- farmers newly arrived and unacquainted with the country and its requirements) may be purchased in almost every part of the Dominion. Such farms are either partially or entirely cleared of timber and under cultivation, with dwellings and farm-buildings on them, and are therefore at once available for agricultural par- poses. The prices of such range from 41. to 401. per acre, according to situation and productiveness. The utmost caution should in all cases be observed by new settlers in the selection and purchase of land. The principal Ordnance lands remaining unsold at the close of the fiscal year 1879 are situate at Kingston and Prescott in Ontario province, and at Montreal, Quebec, St. John, South River, Blairgowrie and Sorel Ordnar ce and Ad- miralty lands. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. . 27 in the adjoining province of Quebec; while smaller lots CANADA. lie scattered through both provinces. Canada is the only British colony, excepting Queens. Free land and West Australia, that grants land free to grants. settlers.* Quarter sections (160 acres) of untenanted Dominion lands—in all the provinces--are granted to any person who is the head of a family, or to any per- son, not the head of a family, who has attained the age of twenty-one years, on condition of three years' settle- ment from the time of taking possession and the pay. ment of the entry free of 10 dols. (21. ls. 3d.) In the North-West Territories the settler has the privilege of purchasing 160 acres more in the neighbourhood of his homestead. From the Report of the Surveyor-General, it appears Land sales in Mani- that the receipts in cash and scrip during 1879 for land toba and sales in Manitoba and the North-West Territories, North West amounted to $218,409, and the fees on homestead and Territories. pre-emption entries alone realised $42,910; while the area of land disposed of—1,154,072 acres-exceeded the area disposed of the previous year by considerably over half a million acres, and only fell sbort of the entire extent homesteaded, pre-empted, and sold in Manitoba and the Territories during the four preceding years by some 245,000 acres. Agriculture forms the chief and abiding interest and Agricul- industry of the Dominion. That farming pays in Canada is sufficiently proved by the fact that more per. sons are engaged in it than in any other branch of in- dustry. In 1871, ont of 463,424 persons enumerated as employed in the Province of Ontario, 228,708 belonged to the farming-class; in Quebec there were 160,041, out of a total of 341,291; in New Brunswick 40,394, out of a total of 86,488; and in Nova Scotia 49,769, out of 118,645. In fact, nearly one-half of the whole popu- lation were then engaged in agriculture; and this pro- portion has been fairly sustained during the past ten years. By way of illustrating the rapidly progressive character of the Canadian farming industry it is suffi. cient to quote the yield and export of the staple crops at * As the system of procuring free lands varies slightly in some of the provinces, the points of difference will be found noted in the respective chapters. ture. 28 · HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Exports of produce. three periods during the past half-century. In 1820 the average export of wheat did not exceed 1,000,000 bushels. In 1852 the yield of grain and potatoes was a little in excess of 50,000,000 bushels; while in 1860 the grain and green crops together aggregated 125,000,000 bushels. During the last twenty years the wheat production has been greatly stimulated, and Canada now produces 40,000,000 bushels, and a total of 170,000,000 bushels of all crops, or about 42. bushels per inhabitant. When the wheat-fields of the new North-West are fairly under cultivation, say before the close of the present century, Canada will have a wheat surplus for export of 100,000,000 bushels-sufficient to supply the deficit in the present wheat consumption of the United Kingdom. Those who may be desirous to obtain the most recent and authentic information on the agricultural status and prospects of the Dominion are advised to peruse the recent reports of the Royal Commissioners, Messrs. Read and Pell, of the Delegate Farmers, and of Prof. J. P. Sheldon, author of ‘Dairy Farming'—all of which may be readily procured of any Government stationer. Agriculturists and farm la- bourers need not carry implements or tools with them, as these, better suited to their special requirements, can be more cheaply obtained in Canada. Pastoral farming, which includes stock-raising and dairy-farming-next to agriculture—is the most impor- tant industry of Canada, both soil and climate being favourable for its prosecution. Grasses, it is well known, thrive best in the region of summer rains and moderate summer temperatures, e.g. in the middle and higher parts of the temperate zone. The high quality of Canadian dairy produce is now everywhere acknowledged. Ontario and the eastern townships of Quebec offer perhaps the best openings for those wishing to engage in this branch of business. Manitoba and the North. West Territories will, however, offer increased advantages as soon as railway communication is established through them. The quality of the wool, mutton, and beef raised on the grasses of the North-West prairies is even finer than that produced in the eastern provinces and townsbips. The Bow river valley between Forts Walsh and McCloud is described as an exceptionally fine stock country. Cheese and Pastoral farming. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 29 butter, to the value of 8,500,000 dols., are annually ex. CANADA. ported. The production of the former article advanced Cheese and from 20,000,000 lbs. in 1874 to 40,000,000 lbs. in 1880. butter ex- The foot-and-mouth disease, and cattle epidemics gene- ports. rally, are unknown throughout the Dominion. During the last four years the pastoral industry has Cattle acquired additional interest from the direct trade in trade. beef and cattle which has sprung up with England. The value of the live stock of the Dominion in 1874 was 33,000,0001., against 24,000,0001. in 1861. Fruit may be profitably grown in favoured districts Fruit. only, such as the Annapolis valley in Nova Scotia, in the Niagara, and western districts of Ontario, and in the southern and more sheltered sections of the St. Lawrence Valley. The total agricultural export of Canada for 1882–83 amounted to upwards of thirty millions of dollars. Canada, having an extremely diversified geological Mines and formation, is rich in minerals. In the Laurentian region minerals. the mineral deposits are especially extensive. Though in every way subordinate to her fertile fields and grand forests as a source of wealth, her mineral de. posits must, as capital and labour make their influence felt in the country, attract increased attention and de- velopment. No single province-except, perhaps, Prince Edward Island—is without mineral deposits. Nova Scotia and British Columbia are rich in coal and gold, the total yield of coal in these provinces for 1879 being 900,000 tons. The following ores have been worked : gold, silver, copper, lead (galena), iron (magnetic, hematite, chro). mic, and titanic), coal (lignite and albertite), appatite (phosphate of lime), graphite, mica, barytes, asbestos, slate, gypsum, petroleum, rock salt, antimony, iron pyrites, and manganese phosphates are plentiful. The total exports from the Dominion for 1878 amounted Exports. to 4,125,763 dols., or to rather more than three-fourths of a million sterling. These minerals are not confined to any one province, but are found deposited in one form or another, and in greater or lesser quantities, in every part of the country, from the Atlantic to the Pacific. We can only mention a few of the more valuable mining districts and their chief productions. 30 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Gold. Silver. Gold has been found and successfully worked, though in a small way, in Nova Scotia, British Columbia, Quebec, and in the Marmora and Madoc districts of Ontario. The method thas far pursued has been that known as • quartz' mining. British Columbia possesses exten- sive and valuable gold-fields, yielding ore annually to the value of from 250,0001. to 400,0001. In the early days of gold mining in British Columbia fortunes were sometimes made in a few weeks. In 1863 Dillion's claim yielded in one day 102 lbs. weight of gold. Other claims frequently yielded from ten to fifty pounds of gold in twenty-four hours. The average earnings of miners at the present time is estimated at 700 dols. a year. Ex- plorations connected with the Geological Survey in 1876 showed the whole province to be auriferous. Silver is known to exist in several sections of the Dominion. By far the richest deposits thus far found have been on the north shores of Lake Superior, south of the Thunder Bay section of the Canadian Pacific rail. way. Silver Islet has been pronounced one of the most extensive and valuable silver-mining properties on the continent. It is as yet anworked. Veins of argentiferous galena are found in almost every section of Quebec south of the St. Lawrence. Iron and Coal.-Iron exists everywhere throughout the Laurentian ranges. Nova Scotia takes precedence, so far, of all the other provinces in the extent and value of her coal and iron mines. They have both been successfully worked for many years. There are some thirty mines in operation on the mainland and in the island of Cape Breton, and they yield on an average one million tons of coal annually. New Brunswick ranks next. The Madoc (Ont.) and Quebec mines exhibit an annuaily increasing output of iron, but the difficulty of obtaining coal for smelting purposes, and the substitution, as far as practic- able, of charcoal, is found to operate unfavourably to its extension. At Hull, opposite Ottawa, and at Marmora, Hastings county, there are immense beds of magnetic and red hematite iron which can be profitably worked. At the mouth of the Moisic river, 270 miles below the city of Quebec, there is another vast deposit, estimated to contain 20,000,000 tons. The coast region of British Columbia is rich in coal and iron; the coal mines of Lead. Coal and iron. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 31 Vancouver give employment to a large amount of capital CANADA, and labour. Anthracite coal of fair quality is found on Queen Charlotte's Island. The ‘lignite' 'formations at 'Roche Percé' in the Souris river valley in the vicinity of the 49th parallel, N.W.T., are now undergoing examination. Oil.—Petroleum, or coal oil, abounds in south-west Oil. Ontario, and is largely 'pumped' and manufactured on the line of the Great Western and other railways in that province. In 1873 upwards of 15,000,000 gallons were produced. The oil-bearing rock-Lower Devonian lime- stone-is largely distributed over the western peninsula. Copper.-Canadian copper is noted for its purity. Copper. Mines have been opened along the shores of Lakes Huron and Superior. The · Bruce' mines of Lake Huron are said to yield copper ore to the value of 50,0001. annually. The exports from Ontario and Quebec in 1874 amounted to 3,142 tons. In the eastern townships of Quebec copper-mining is also extensively carried on. Salt wells and springs are abundant in New Bruns- alt. wick, and in some portions of Ontario. Peat abounds in Quebec, in the island of Anticosti, Peat. and in some parts of Ontario. British North America contains probably the most Forests. extensive and most valuable forests of timber in the world. Fully one half its entire surface is still covered with timber. The value of the timber annually shipped may be roundly stated at 15,000,000 dols. Only the square timber is exported; the logs are manufactured into lumber at home. There is no country in the world where logging or log-rolling is more practised or better understood. Nature's rotation of crops in the forest is a most interesting study. Mr. John J. Rowan, in his charming book, The Emigrant and Sportsman in Canada,' furnishes a characteristic picture of the pro- cess :—Where a deciduous forest has been cut down or destroyed by fire, spruce and fir trees rapidly spring up. Where a pine forest has been so destroyed, blue- berries and raspberries grow in immense profusion for two or three subsequent seasons; then cherry, white birch, maple, and popple (American poplar) commence to make their appearance, shoot up with surprising 32 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. WITH Varieties of wood. rapidity, and soon a forest of deciduous trees occupies the site of the ancient pine forests of the country, relics of which may be seen in the gigantic half-charred stems thoroughly dried by fire and weather, which remain standing amongst the young green wood for twenty or thirty years. These immense trunks, standing high over the heads of the young forest-trees, with uplifted arms and stems blanched white with successive storms and sunshine, look like the ghosts of the forest primeval, and present a weird and rather melancholy appearance.' The Canadian forest-growth includes between sixty and seventy varieties of wood. Of these the best-known and most widely esteemed are the white pine and white spruce. The white birch and cedar are also common. The latter is perhaps the most remarkable wood in the Canadian forest, justly esteemed so on account of its lightness and durability. The following list em- braces only the most useful woods, and those most commonly met with :-Of the family Coniferoe, the white or Princes pine (P. strobus) is the best known. It is the pine of commerce, grows everywhere in Canada, and is largely exported. According to Sir J. Richardson it is found as far north as Lake Winni. peg. Two others of the same family, the yellow pine (P. mitis) and the red pine (P. resinosa), are frequently met with. The hemlock (Abies canadensis) grows to a great size, and, though considered an inferior wood for timber purposes, is a valuable tree on account of its bark, which is largely used in tanning. Of the spruce, which in one form or another enters largely into the export trade of the maritime provinces, there are no less than three varieties, viz., the white (A. alba), the black (A. nigra), and the “skunk’spruce, so named by the Indians on account of its strong odour. Of the remaining coniferæ, the fir (Abies balsamea), sometimes called 'var' by the settler, and the cedar, are the most prized. Belonging to the Betulaces are the white, yellow and black birch. The first is invaluable for its bark, out of which many a canoe, and many a snug tent have been made. The two last serve admirably for fuel. The maple adds its charm to the many autumn attractions of the Canadian forest. Of this tree there are two well- known varieties, the rock or sugar maple (Acer saccharia NATURAL HISTORY, SPORTS, ETC. 33 CANADA. num), and the white maple (A. dasycarpun). The bird's-eye' and 'carly' maple, so much employed in the manufacture of furniture, are varieties of the rock maple. It also furnishes the best of fuel, and is the “Yule-log,' so to speak, of Lower Canada and the seaboard pro- vinces. "The white oak (Quercus alba), the beech (Fagus sylvestris), the white and black ash and the white and rock elm, hickory, poplar, butter nut, and sumach, and the black walnut--the last named only found in Ontario -complete the list of the better-known Canadian woods. Natural History, Sports, etc. The prescribed limits of a handbook-which, in order Fauna. to meet the daily, perhaps hourly, requirements of the reader on his travels, should, as far as practicable, be also adapted to the pocket and the knapsack-forbid any attempt at a complete enumeration of the fauna of Canada. A separate treatise would be required to do anything like justice to this interesting branch of our subject. Competent authorities have, however, dealt with it, and to the results of their labours we must refer our inquiring friends. Canada is essentially a sporting country. There is scarce a section or district of the entire Dominion that does not offer attractions of some sort to the lovers of sport. Indeed, it is well entitled to the appellation by which it is frequently distinguished amongst literary sportsmen—the - Sportsman's Paradise.' Excellent hunt- ing, shooting, and fishing may be enjoyed in almost every locality and at any season not excepted by law. Nova Scotia, though, according to Lord Dunraven, so nearly 'settled up' that the moose-supporting portions of the country are becoming very limited in extent, is still perhaps unexcelled as a sporting field for large game. Vast tracts being yet primeval forest, the moose (Cervus alces) and cariboo (Cervus rangifer) are the principal large game to be found in Canada. The moose is by far the biggest of all existing deer. It is allied to the elk of Europe, but attains to a greater bulk, frequently weighing 1,200 lbs. and upwards. The cariboo answers to the reindeer of northern Europe, on a somewhat larger scale and with far finer horns. Cumberland 34 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. county N.S. is described by competent authorities as one of the finest moose-hunting grounds in the world.' There are no private game-preserves in the province, so that all are allowed to hunt, shoot, or fish ad libitum. The close season for moose or cariboo extends from mid- February to September 1. The woods abound with wild animals, including moose,* deer, bears, foxes, antelope, otter, beaver, and squirrel. The Canadian beaver is only 31 feet in length, of a high chestnut colour, with a flat tail. No better model of ingenuity and industry can be found by the newly-arrived immi. grant. Feathered game are found in abundance-geese, ducks, woodcock, snipe, plover, curlew, partridges, pigeons, and many other birds. A list of the birds of Canada published in 1856 gives the names of no less than 716 ; of these 243 belong to New Brunswick. Next to agricultural and timber products her fisheries form the most important industry in Canada. The lakes and rivers abound in bass, dory, &c. Lakes Beauport, St. Joseph, and St. Charles, in the neigh- bourhood of Quebec, literally swarm with fish. “From Lake Ontario down to the straits of Belle Isle, a dis- tance of nearly 2,000 miles, there is hardly a mile of coast line,' says Rowan, without a river or stream which affords fair angling.' The sea-coast fisheries of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and British Columbia produce a handsome revenue to the country and are capable of almost limitless extension. The Dominion fisheries constitute a most important branch of the public service, wbich is superintended by a commissioner in the Department of the Minister of Marine and Fisheries at Ottawa. "In yield and value,' writes this officer in his annual report for 1878, “the Canadian fisheries are still improving. Compared with last year their produce is valued at above half a million more. Succeeding tables, extending over a series of years, establish the fact that this improvement is not casual or spasmodic, but gradual and permanent.' The value of the fish pro- duct for 1882 was 16,088,000 dols., of which one half * To the true lover of this exciting sport-moose-hunting-we commend the perusal of a portion of a masterly and characteristic paper from the pen of the Right Hon, the Earl of Dunraven, in a late number of the Nineteenth century. Fisheries. NATURAL HISTORY, SPORTS, ETC. 35 was exported. This was an increase of 313,576 dols. over CANADA, the yield of 1878; for 1877 it was 12,029,957 dols.; for 1876, 11,147,590 dols. The production in each Value of province of the Dominion in 1877-8-9 was as follows:- Fisheries. 1877. 1878. 1879. Dols. Dols. Dols. Nova Scotia . 5,527,858 6,131,599 5,752,936 New Brunswick. 2,133,237 2,305,790 2,554,722 Quebec . 2,560,147 2,664,055 2,820,395 P. E. Island . 763,036 840,344 1,402,301 Ontario . . 438,223 348,122 367,933 British Columbia. 583,432 925,766 631,766 The values of the different principal fish or fish-pro- ducts for 1879, were Dols. Dols. . . 4,442,291 Lobsters . . 1,660,269 Herrings . . 1,635,388 Fish-oils : - Cod, Mackerel . . 1,758,149 Seal, Whale, Haddock . . 495,726 Porpoise, Dog- Salmon. . . 799,604 fish, &c. . . 583,726 It is estimated that fully 250,000 people, or one- Salmon sixteenth of the entire population, support themselves on Fishings. this industry. Within twenty miles of Halifax, N.S., tront and salmon-fishing can be obtained in every phase which the gentle art is capable of assuming. Shel- burne, Queens, and Lunenburg counties—the lake region of Nova Scotia-offer, perhaps, the greatest attractions to the patrons of the rod and reel.' The Nova Scotian salmon rivers are mostly short, running in parallel lines to the sea only a few miles apart. The fishing-grounds seldom extend more than ten or twelve miles from their mouths. Sea-or salmon-trout, averaging about 3 lbs. in weight, commence running up these streams at the end of June, and the best sport is to be had at that delightful season. Rimouski and various other points on the St. Lawrence river and its seaboard tributaries are famed for their salmon-fishing. Englishmen going to sport in Canada are recommended to supply themselves with both guns and dogs at home. Fishing-tackle can also be bought better in England. The artificial production of fish is promoted by public grants of money, and by the establishment of 'hatcheries' or breeding establishments. The following table exhibits the distribution of fish during 1878 and 1879 :- 36. HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Kinds of Fish CANADA. - Fish- Fish Hatcheries breeding. Salmon Cali- fornia Salmon Salmon Speckled white asb Trout Trout 1,700 1,130,000 100,000 800,000 12,000,000 1. Newcastle, Ontario . 601,000 2. Sandwich , 3. Bedford, Nova Scotia . 1,740,000 4. Restigouche, Quebec. | 1,210,000 5. Gaspé 1,655,000 6. Tadoussac 1,470,000 7. Miramichi,New Bruns- wick 1,025,000 Total distribution, 1879 7,701,000 1,700 1878 5,141,000 35,000 1,130,000 100,000 12,800,000 658,090 20,000 21,900,000 Salmon. California Salmon Salmon Trout Speckled Trout Whitefish .. 7,701,000 1,700 1,130,000 100,000 12,800,000 Salmon Angling Rivers. Total, 1879. . 21,732,700 » 1878. . 27,754,000 The following list of the leased rivers of the Provinces of Quebec and New Brunswick will be found useful to the angler :- Du Gouffre Mantane Murray Little S.W. Bic Ste. Marguerite, N. E. Branch St. Anne des Monts do. NW. do. Magdalen A Mars York Little Saguenay St. John Anse St. Jean Dartmouth Sault au Cochon Not angled Grand Laval Grand Pabos Godbout Little Pabos Trinity Bonaventure Romaine Little Cascapedia Mingan Grand Cascapedia Mistassini Matapedia Becscie Not angled Upsalquitch Manitou Restigouche, Lower Division Moisic do. Middle do. Kegashca do. Upper do. St. John, Mingan S. W. Miramichi Natashquan Nipissiguit Watsheeshoo Not oncled Not angled do. Washeecootai (Rough Waters) ] Nearly 56,000 lbs. of salmon were taken from these streams in 1879, the Grand Cascapedia, Matapedia, and Restigouche yielding nearly half the amount. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 37 ment. CANADA. Political Geography. Social Statistics. THE Government of Canada is that of a limited monarchy, Govern- framed on the principles of the responsibility of Minis- ters to Parliament. It is vested in a Governor-General as executive, appointed by the Queen but paid by Canada, and a Cabinet of thirteen members, who, with the ad- dition of the Speaker of the Senate, form the Queen's Privy Council, the public business of the country is administered by the members of the Cabinet. Each Cabinet officer presides over a departmentknown as the- 1. Minister of Interior, includ- 7. Agriculture and Immigra- ing, a. Indians. b. Do- tion. minion Lands. C. Geo 8. Customs. logical Survey. 9. Militia and Defence. 2. Finance. 10. Secretary of State. 3. Railways and Canals. 11. Marine and Fisheries. 4. Postmaster-General. 12. Inland Revenue. 5. Justice. 13. President of Privy Council. 6. Public Works. The seat of the Dominion Government is at Ottawa Seat of city, Ontario, on the Ottawa river. Govern- ment. The Parliament consists of the Queen, an Upper House of eighty-one members appointed by the Go- ment. vernor-General for life, styled the Senate;' and a Lower House of two hundred and six members, elected for five years, styled the 'House of Commons. Sessions are held annually, and the Governor-General has power to dissolve the House before the expiration of the five-year term. The following list of Governors and Governor-Gene. Governors. rals since the Union will be found useful :- 1840. Lord Sydenham. I 1861. Viscount Monck 1841. Sir C. Bagot 1868. Lord Lisgar 1843. Sir C. Metcalfe 1872. Earl of Dufferin 1846. Earl Cathcart 1878. Marquis of Lorne Earl of Elgin 1883. Marquis of Lansdowne. 1854. Sir Edmund Head ! The several provinces have lieutenant-governors, paid by the Dominion, and systems of responsible local go- vernment, formed on the model of that of the Dominion. Parlia- 38 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Judicial Courts. The counties and townships have also their local governments or councils, which regulate their local taxa tion for roads, schools, and other municipal purposes. The judges of the Canadian courts are appointed by the Crown, and are not elected by the people as in the United States. The highest court in the land is the Supreme Court of Canada. It is composed of a chief justice and five puisne judges, and has appellate jurisdiction within and throughout the Dominion, in criminal as well as civil cases, from every court. This is the only Dominion court, all others being provincial in their powers and character. The most important of the Provincial courts are the Court of Chancery, the Court of Queen's Bench, the Court of Common Pleas, and the Court of Error and Appeal. The lower courts are the County Courts, the General Sessions, and the Division Courts. In the chief towns and cities there are stipendiary magistrates who hold court daily for the hearing of ordinary police cases. They also have jurisdiction in certain civil cases, such as the non-payment of wages. Aldermen of cities have magisterial powers ex-officio. In all parts of the country there are justices of the peace, holding their commissions from the Crown, who inquire into all such cases as may arise within their respective jurisdictions. · Courts of Assize and Nisi Prius, and of Oyer and Terminer and general gaol delivery, are held from time to time in every county. The jury system prevails throughout the land. Education, Religion, 8c. . • There is no State Church, and no national system of edacation, and the utmost religious liberty prevails throughout the Dominion. The means of education by free public schools, both secular and religious, are abun. dant, each province directing its own system. In all parts of the country there are grammar-schools, managed, like the common schools, by a Board of Trustees. At these institutions, as well as at many excellent private schools, the pupils receive a classical education, and are trained and prepared for the legal and other professions. Above these again there are colleges, possessing Uni. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 39 versity powers, endowed with scholarships of consi. CANADA. derable value, open to youths prepared in the lower Schools. schools. The total number of pablic educational in. stitutions in the Dominion is 14,000, and the total attendance throughout the year nearly one million. There are also schools of medicine at Toronto, Mon- treal, and other places; while the various leading re- ligious denominations have schools or colleges at which young men are prepared for the ministry. For the higher education of young ladies there are numerous excellent schools, many of which are denominational in character. Nor are the afflicted forgotten, there being schools for deaf-mutes and for the blind, supported and maintained at the public expense. The public and grammar-schools are under the su. pervision of duly qualified inspectors appointed by the Government. Among religious denominations in Canada the Roman Religious Catholic Church comes first in point of numbers, with a denomina- membership of 1,791,982. Next come the Church of tions, England, Methodist, and Presbyterian Churches with about 750,000 adherents each; the Baptists follow with 250,000; the Congregationalists with 21,000; besides a few other sects numerically weak, such as the Reformed Episcopal Church, Jews, &c. The Roman Catholics possess four archbishops, sixteen bishops, and about 1,200 clergy, three colleges, and a number of excellent private schools, prominent among which are their convents. Lower Canada, where there are about a million French Catholics, of course is the stronghold of the Roman Catholic faith; the re- maining population is chiefly Irish. In localities where there are a sufficient number of Roman Catholics they have their own separate schools under the supervision of the priests of the districts. This privilege was granted to the Catholics of Upper Canada as a set-off to the Protestant separate schools in Lower Canada. The Church of England possesses fourteen bishops, about 800 ciergy, and six divinity colleges. It com- prises almost exclusively the upper classes, and is very flourishing in the cities and towns. Till lately it has not been so successful in the rural districts as might have been expected, owing perhaps to the rigidity of its system. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 41 The Baptists are subdivided into three bodies, one CANADA: of which, however, constitutes more than nine-tenths of the whole denomination, and has about three hundred and fifty ministers, one Divinity school, and a large ladies' college. The Congregationalists have about a hundred minis. ters and a college in Montreal. Though numerically a weak denomination, they possess a large proportion of very able preachers, and the Church stands high in public opinion. The average stipend for a Protestant clergyman in Value of the country may be laid down at 1301. per annum. This, Livings. with the rate of living, and the assistance always rendered to a clergyman in kind by his flock, is at least equal to 3001. per annum in England. About two-thirds of the clergy are supplied with a parsonage, and it is the almost universal castom among busi. ness men to charge the clergy reduced rates for every- thing. In social position the clergy of the Church of England rank first, the Presbyterians next, then follow the Methodists and Baptists; but in the remoter rural districts where, the people have not the slightest idea of social distinction, all 'preachers' stand on an equality. The Press is represented by 470 papers, 58 of which Press. appear daily. In 1840 there were 65 papers published in all Canada. Trade and Commerce. The trade of the Dominion has made itself felt only Trade and within the last fifty years. It may, indeed, be said to commerce. be the outgrowth of the system of internal improve- ment which has characterised its history during the last twenty-five years. The first steamer navigated the St. Lawrence waters as early as 1809, but commerce advanced with slow and measured step for more than twenty years after that date. Since 1830 trade has multiplied fifteenfold, a rate of increase nearly fourfold greater than that of the population of the country. . The following table shows the trade of the Do- minion since confederation. The total revenue for the year ending June 30, 1880, was $24,768,585. 42 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Fiscal Years Total Exports Total Imports Entered for Consumption Duty Growth of Trade. 1868 57,567,808 73,459,644 71,985,306 8,819,431 1869 60,474,781 70,415,165 67,402,170 8,298,909 1870 73,573,490 74,814,339 71,237,603 9,462,940 1871 74,173,618 96,098,981 86,947,482 11,843,655 1872 82,689,663 | 111.430,527 | 107,709,116 | 13,045,493 1873 80,789,922 | 128,011,282 127,514,594 13,017,730 1874 89,351,928 128,213,582 127,404,169 | 14,421,882 1875 77,886,283 123,070,283 119,618,657 | 15,361,382 1876 80,966,435 93,210,346 94,733,218 | 12,833,114 1877 75,875,393 99,327,962 96,300,483 | 12,548,451 1878 79,323,667 93,081,787 91,199,577 | 12,795,693 1879 71,591,255 81,964,427 80,341,608 12,939,540 1880-1 | 98,290,823 | 105,330,840 1881-2 102,137,203 • 9 Measured by the official returns of the last thirty years the gross trade of the Dominion has increased as follows: Per capital of Population 1845–47 . . . £4,470,000 per annum , £2 1865-67 . . . 31,660,000 1875-77 . . 41,180,000 , . 10 COMPARATIVE TABLE OF EXPORTS. Increase or 1877 1878 decrease Agriculture . 19,115,614 32,474,368 + 13,359,754 Forest . . 23,010,249 20,054,929 - 2,955,320 Live Stock, &c. . 14,220,617 14,577,086 + 356,469 Fisheries . . 5,874,360 6,929,366 + 1,055,006 Mines . . 3,644,040 2,869,363 - 774,677 Miscellaneous . 10,010,513 2,418,555 - 7,591,958 65,864,880 76,905,112 + 3,448,274 Thus Canada, with a population of over four millions, carries on a trade equal in value to that of Great Britain at the beginning of the century, with a popula. tion of nearly sixteen millions. To accomplish this, Canada's shipping has similarly increased in number and tonnage. In 1850 it amounted to 61,000 tons. In 1877 it reached 1,310,000 tons, and in 1879 it aggregated 1,450,114 tons, showing an average annual increase of more than 50,000 tons. Ninety-four per cent. of this tonnage is in sailing-vessels. Valued at 71. per ton it represents a net capital of rather more than nine PUBLIC WORKS, ETC. 43 millions sterling. This is equal to 21. per head of CANADA. the population, a ratio thirty-three per cent. higher than in the United Kingdom. Canada owns a greater marine tonnage than the United States—a larger ton. nage in proportion to her population than any other country, and ranks fourth among the maritime powers of the world. Public Works, etc. POSSESSING, as she does, fine natural harbours, Internal Canada has been free to devote her attention, her improve natural resources, and her credit to the extension and" iments. improvement of her means of inland communication. Her principal public works compare favourably with those of any other country in the world. During 1882, 10,000,000 dols. were expended in their construc- tion, repair, and maintenance. Their valuation at the close of 1879 was 420,184,596 dols., or about eighty- five millions sterling. This is apportioned as follows : - Invested in Dominion Government railways 52,211,991 railways other than above . 318,788,009 canals, Class I. . . . 34,832,580 , &c., Class II. 7,390,102 Government buildings, &c. . 6,961,914 $420,184,596 Equal in round numbers to about . . *£85,000,000 They are:-]. Railways and telegraphs. 2. Canals. 3. Bridges and docks. 4. Colonisation and post-roads. Next to the United States Canada has the longest mileage in proportion to its population of any country in the world. Railway construction in Canada com. The first menced in 1835, with the building of a line sixteen Railway. miles in length between La Prairie and St. John's. It was first worked with horses, and afterwards (in 1837) with locomotives. The next was the Queenstown and Chippewa railway, opened in 1839. In 1848 the original survey for the present intercolonial line from Halifax to Quebec was commenced in New Brunswick. This line and the Grand Trunk commenced in 1856 have since been completed. The following is a summary statement of mileage, capital, debt, &c., of railways now in opera- tion:- HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Name of Railroad Mileage Ordinary Share Capital paid up Preference Share Capital paid up Bonded Debt paid up Rate of Interest Government Loan or Bonus paid up Municipal Loan or Bonus paid up Total Cost of Railway and Rolling Stock |. 6 N.B. 7 O. 848,000 455,0006 75,000b| 1,767,000 670,000 140,000 34 380,000 1,330,000 11,197,189 0. 147,858bl 42,500 320,052 26,735,182 - N.B. 32,000b| 100,000 98,000 47 600,000 400,000 8 10. 18,000bl 102,000 1,400,042 1. Albert. 51 642,000 2. Brockville and Ottawa . 861 495,600 3. Brantford, Norfolk, and Port Burwell . 30,000 *4. Canada Central . 105 40,000 5. Canada Southern . . 3221 15,100,000 :+CANADIAN PACIFIC 3,162 6 Carillon and Grenville . 13 94,000 7. Chatham Branch . 50,000 8. Cobourg, Peterboro, and Marmora . . . 9. Credit Valley 10. European and North American . . 911 550,000 11. Fredericton . . 23 | 321,160 12. GRAND TRUNK . . 1,38853,403,668 13. Atlantic and St. Lawrence 5,000,000 14. Buffalo and Lake Huron 15. Chicago, Detroit, and Canada G. T. Junction 1,074.736 16. Great Western . . 8661 26,595,539 17. London and Port Stanley 18. Wellington, Grey, and Bruce : 221,200 ; 19. London, Huron,and Bruce 22,210 20. Hamilton and North Western . 145,000 100,000 61,829,438 20,476,379 | 3,484,000 2,555,000 3,715,982 N.B. 1,180,000 6 N.B. 230,0001 D.L.15,142,633 on vil || lol lo 60,000 80,000 82.500b| 149,512,050 8,484,000 6,270,982 1,095,000 2,461,335 17,392,152 2,169,736 38,309,362 2,589,066 241,2761 178,630 682,0001 307,494 3,280,256 1,401,841 850,570 - 0. 67,000 PUBLIC WORKS, ETC. 45 4711 714 106,000 707 1,085,024 400,000 834,114 35,682,249 1 115,274 108,300 dos ó 1 11111 486,666 400,000 2,237,172 345 135,682,249 450,000 802,620 62,000 400,000 140,870 3,957,588 98,350 all Illll 23 Q. 32 152 974,800 200,000 14,00 1,722,000 N.B. 14,000 76,000 25,000 23,000 120 610,000 21,184 170,000 4,192,633 3,506,000 1,178,800 425,000 8,000 1678 121. INTERCOLONIAL . 22. Kingston and Pembroke | 23. Levis and Kennebec . 24. Massawippi Valley . 25. Midland 26. Montreal and Vermont Junction . . 27. Montreal, Portland, and Boston : : : 28. New Brunswick, 29. New Brunswick and Canada . . . 30. Northern . . 31. Petitcodiac and Elgin. 32. Port Dover and Lake Huron . . . 1+33. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND 34. Quebec and Lake St. John 35. Quebec Central . . 36. St. Lawrence and Industry 37. St. Lawrence and Ottawa 38. South Eastern . 39. Stanstead, Shefford, and Chambly, . 40. Toronto and Nipissing . 41. Toronto, Grey, and Bruce 6 N.B. 60. N.B. 5,000 196,188 70,000 47,500 631,980 13,000 14 83,000 80,000 167,900 7&80. 198,043 63 1981 126,000 3,403,367 48,171 251 10,000 100,000 112,210 295,985 42,100 10,000 100,000 61 12 59 65 718,829 3,403,367 244,501 770,639 65,016 1,483,395 1,320,000 789,909 730,000 894,000 833,251 Q. 166,350 438,702 43 1051 ooo oorl soll! 193,350 773,085 191 769,000 1,999,726 104,860 377,938 376,702 969,561 1,600,000 4,167,129 42. Welland 43. Whitby and Port Perry 44. Windsor and Annapolis 161 46 84 | 798,712 110,080 1,467,300 957,273 689,611 1,532,628 ir 0. 6 D. 94,957 1,089,896 222,095 1,226,391 1,181,790 3,799,989 | Total. 5,5741113,702,126 68,876,867 79,674,382 59,659,300 6,359,999 299,240,744 * Since extended as an castern connection of the Canadian Pacific, to North Bay. + A brief sketch of each of these Dominion Government lines will be found in connection with the through tables of distances in the Appendix. 46 · HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Railway mileage. The railways of the Dominion are steadily increasing in number and importance. Whilst progress has been slow in other directions during the last four years, Canada's railway system has continued to expand faster than in most other countries during prosperous times. The mileage of the entire railway system of the Dominion was as follows :- Railways actually in operation . . 8,070 miles. , under construction . . . 3,190 Total mileage at the close of 1882. 11,260 During 1877 the mileage was only 7,571, there being 5,574 miles in operation, and 1,997 under construction. There were thus 569 miles more in operation during 1878, and 234 less under construction. Deducting from the total mileage those sections of the Grand Trunk and other lines which are located in the United States, viz. 228 miles, the actual length of over fifty Canadian railways in running order is 6,915 miles, and the total length, both finished and under construction, is 8,799 miles, or about one mile to each 600 inhabitants-a very creditable exhibit for four millions of people to be able to make. Of the completed lines nearly 6,000 miles are of the medium (4 ft. 87 in.) gauge. Of the total mileage, rather more than one half is laid with steel rails. The amount of capital now invested in Railways is 415,000,000 dols. This sum is double the entire public debt of the Dominion. By far the greater portion of the amount was raised by shares on Bonds, although the Government and Municipal aid has been considerable. The actual figures are as follows:- Railway inrest- ments. . . . Ordinary share capital Preference capital . Bonded debt . . . 142,936,524 71,531,940 . 92,487,932 306,956,396 Amount of aid from Dominion Government Ontario Quebec N. Brunswick , .' 80,757;559 3,205,536 11,433,09.7 1,583,665 Carried forward . . 96,979,857 48 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. State aid to railways. Brought forward .. 10,338,000 00 The remaining railways are either branch lines or local roads, and may be esti- mated to cost as much as similar roads in Ontario, say $18,000 per mile: 550.85 at $18,000, say · · · 9,915,300 00 20,253,300 00 Government aid to those completed, miles paid and unpaid. 9,724,250 00 Municipal aid to ditto . 3,531,500 00 Private capital . . 6,997,550 00 The following were the figures of the same expen- diture in Ontario up to Dec. 31, 1878, since which time very few additional miles of railway had been com. pleted:- Twenty-three railways aided, total mileage 1,357 at $18,000 . . . 24,426,000 00 Railway aid . . $1,677,481 65 Railway subsidies . ."1,211,303 00 2,888,784 65 Municipal aid 7,139,480 00 Private capital . . . . 14,397,735 35 From these figures it appears that in Ontario private capitalists and municipalities furnish the larger amount of the capital and build the roads with the Government assistance. But in Quebec it is the reverse, the Govern- ment there furnishes the money and the capitalists and municipalities assist to build the railways. Turning now to the traffic of Canadian railways, we find that the returns for 1878 exceed those of any previous year. The number of passengers carried was 6,443,924, equal to six per cent. more than during the preceding twelve months. The tonnage of freight handled was 7,883,472, an increase of 1,023,676 tons, or over 15 per cent. The total number of passengers and tons of freight carried by the principal lines during 1878 were as follows:- Passengers Freight Grand Trunk . . . . 2,025,737 2,387,942 Great Western. . 1,206,372 -1,854,663 Intercolonial. 618,957 522,710 Canada Southern . 219,544 958,044 Northern 234,122 207,245 Midland. 127,268 133,405 Toronto, Grey, and Bruce . 143,431 94,300 Toronto and Nipissing . . 99,140 100,814 Traffic. PUBLIC WORKS, ETC. 49 Railway The total earnings on all railways from all sources CANADA. for 1879 amounted to £4,000,000, equal to the payment of a dividend of 1.67 per cent. upon the share and bonded Revenue. liability of the companies. The total railroad earnings for the twelve months ending Dec. 31, 1878, amounted to 20,520,078 dols. How this compares with the preceding year can be seen at a glance by the annexed statement : 1878 1877 Passenger traffic . Freight traffic . Mails and express . Other sources . . . . . 6,386,325 13,129,193 795,797 208,763 6,458,493 11,321,264 744,742 217,554 Totals. . 20,520,078 18,742,053 The increased receipts during the year were 1,778,025 dols., or a little over 9 per cent. The in- crease was almost entirely in freight receipts. So far as the passenger traffic is concerned, the receipts de- clined to the extent of 72,168 dols. The earnings per mile were 3,479 dols. as against 3,418 dols., being an improvement of 61 dols. per mile. It is gratifying to find that the operating expenses of the different railways also exhibit an improvement. The outlay on this account for the past two years was as follows: 1878 1877 . . . . . . . 16,100,102 15,290,091 Increase • , 810,011 This advance is only about 5.30 per cent., whereas the receipts augmented by 9.65 per cent. The oper- ating expenses per mile of railway running, according to the official report, was 2,734 dols. in 1878 as against 2,885 dols. in 1877, or a decrease of 151 dols. per mile. According to this, the railways of the Dominion in- creased their earnings 61 dols. per mile during 1878, and did the work for 151 dols. per mile less. The importance of this fact may not at first sight be fully realised, but it will be more clearly comprehended 50 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. by placing side by side the receipts and expenses of the two years :- 1878. 1877. Receipts i . . . $20,520,078 $18,742,053 Expenses . . . . 16,100,103 15,290,091 • Nett profit on working. 4,419,975 3,451,962 The increase of the receipts over the operating expenses in 1878 as compared with the preceding year, is no less than 968,013 dols., or over 28 per cent. This is a very large increase, and testifies to the judicious cha- racter of Canadian railway management. The nett earn. ings would allow 2 per cent. dividend upon the shares and bonded capital of the roads, but nothing on the Government or Municipal investments. The Canals of the Dominion are amongst its most important public works. They have been constructed on the following routes of inland navigation:- Canals. Length of Miles of Canal Navigation 70 2,385 126 9 1. The River St. Lawrence and Lakes . . 2. The River Ottawa . . . 3. The Rideau Navigation from Ottawa , 4. The Trent Navigation to Kingston *5. The River Richelieu to Lake Champlain . *6. Fort Frances Canal, Rainy River, N.W.T. 7. St. Peter's Canal, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia 246 190 411 12} Total . 2193 3,232 * Work suspended. The Canadian Canal system consists—First, of the Welland Canal from Lake Erie to Lake Ontario. Thence the route is across Lake Ontario to Kingston, where the navigation of the River St. Lawrence begins. As is well known, this river along its upper portion, owing to numerous rapids, is unfit for continuous navigation. Hence, at various points these rapids are avoided by canals, the vessels passing back from them to the river. These are the Galop Canal, the Rapide Plat Canal, the Harran's Point Canal, the Cornwall Canal, the Beau- harnois Canal and the Lachine Canal, where the river · PUBLIC WORKS, ETC. 51 is reached at Montreal and ocean navigation begins. CANADA. When it is remembered that the Erie Canal between Buffalo and Albany is 350 miles long, and has seventy- f two locks, a table showing the superiority of the Canadian on Cana- route in the matter of plain sailing will be instructive, dian canals, since with 3654 miles it reaches ocean navigation:- Few locks Canal Free Navigation Navigation Miles Miles 27 · 160 · . · · · · · Welland Canal . . Lake Ontario i River St. Lawrence Galop Canal . . River St. Lawrence Rapide Plat Canal River St. Lawrence Farran's Point Canal . River St. Lawrence Cornwall Canal . . Lake St. Francis Beauharnois Canal . Lake St. Louis, Lachine Canal · · · · · · · Totals. . 70% From Lake Erie to Montreal the distance is thus shown to be 3654 miles. This route has only fifty-four locks. It can accom- modate vessels of nearly three times the tonnage of those on the Erie Canal. It can remain open to naviga- tion about the same length of time. It has nine feet of water in the lowest of its locks, against six feet in those of the Erie Canal. The entire distance between Belle Isle Straits and Thunder Bay, Lake Superior, 2,384 miles, may now be travelled by water. Besides the St. Lawrence Canals there are Miles St. Ann's . St. Peter's Carillon Burlington Bay Chute à Blondeau Rideau . : 1261 Granville . St. Ours. 1481 Chambly . . Mile N E 2 52 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Tele- graphs. Postal, Telegraph and Postal System, etc. The telegraph system of Canada is in the hands of three companies chartered by Act of Parliament. These own and operate the four main lines, viz., the ‘Montreal,' (12,044 miles), the ‘Dominion' (7,824 miles), · Western Union,' and the Canadian Pacific,' between Fort Wil. liam and Edmonton, N.W.T. (1,219 miles, and still in progress). The "Montreal' was incorporated in 1847, and operates upwards of 20,000 miles of line. The tariff on messages to places distant twelve miles and under is 15 cents for ten words; beyond twelve miles, 25 cents for ten words, and 1 cent for each additional word. There is also a half-rate for messages trans- mitted in the night and delivered next day. The · Western Union' is an American Company with head- quarters in New York City. The postal system extends to every village in the Dominion. In 1766 there were only three post-offices in Canada, and 180 miles of post road. Now there are upwards of 6,171 post-offices in addition to 307 Post- office savings banks, with a total deposit during the year of nearly 6,435,989 dols. from 51,463 depositors. The rate of domestic postage, reduced in 1868 from 5 cents, is 3 cents for half an ounce prepaid ; unpaid, 5 cents. Newspapers and postal cards 1 cent each. The ocean postage for letters is 5 cents per half-ounce pre- paid, and for postal cards 2 cents. Money orders may be drawn throughout the Do- minion, except in Manitoba and British Columbia, for gums from 1 dol. to 100 dols., at a charge of half per cent. The same regulation applies to orders drawn on offices in the United Kingdom at a charge of 2 per cent., or 1 dol. on 101. A year or two ago the Canadian Government became alive to the great importance of a telegraphic system connecting the islands, lighthouses, and ports of the Gulf of the St. Lawrence together, for the better pro- tection of the fisheries and the salvage of shipwrecked vessels. Not only can the electric telegraph afford an instantaneous signal for lifeboats in the case of stranded ships, but it will flash the whereabouts of cod and her. Money Orders. TELEGRAPH, MONEY ORDER, AND POSTAL SYSTEM. 53 ring schools to fishers on the watch along the haunted CANADA, coast. Accordingly, the India-rubber, Gutta-Percha, and Telegraph Works Company, of Silvertown, under contract with the Dominion Government, have recently laid cables between the virgin island of Anticosti and the mainland at Griffin's Cove, between Prince Edward's Island and the Magdalen Islands, between Grosse Island and the Bird Rocks, and between Manin Island and a place called Mainland, situate in the State of Maine. The Canadian Government steamer Newfield, which is regularly employed on lighthouse service in the Gulf, having been fitted up with the necessary cable-tanks and paying-out gear at Silvertown, will be retained in the cable maintenance service. Canada is also contem. plating a great extension of her telegraph system in the west. A Pacific Railroad telegraph across the Rocky Mountains from Red River to Vancouver's Island, and a submarine cable from thence to Asia, are being pushed forward. At present messages between Canada and British Columbia have to pass by the United States lines, but, according to a recent report by Mr. Sandford Fleming, the immediate construction of a link line between Fort Edmonton and Cache Creek will complete the trans-Dominion telegraph. To join the system to Asia, and thence by Siberia to Europe, Mr. Fleming re- commends the laying of a cable from Vancouver's Island to Japan, viâ the Aleutian and the Kurile Islands. Further still, it is proposed by Mr. Gisborne, superin. tendent of the Canadian Government telegraphs, that one island of the Kurile group should be purchased from the Japanese Government as a landing-place for cables, and two branch lines laid to Hong-Kong and Australia. This is a bold scheme, but it shows the enterprise of the Canadians, and forecasts the ultimate development of the Dominion. The laws and forms of judicial procedure are not Judiciary. uniform throughout the Dominion. The law of Quebec, like its social life, had its origin in France; while the common law of England is the basis of the law of Ontario, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island, British Columbia, and Manitoba. The Supreme Court and Court of Queen's Bench take precedence of all law courts in the Dominion. The 54 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. points of difference in the several judicial systems will be found noted in the respective chapters. Military The law requires that every able-bodied man be en- and militia. rolled for the defence of the colony. An enrolment takes place in February of each year. The Governor-General for the time being is ex-officio commander-in-chief of the army and militia, and of the navy in British North American waters. He alone can exercise the pardoning power. The Canadian Militia is now more immediately under the command of a Lieut.-General of the British army. By the terms of the Act to provide for the defence of the Dominion the militia consists of all male British subjects between eighteen and sixty. It is divided into an active and reserve force. The active force includes the volunteer, the regular and the marine militia. Volun- teers have to serve for three years, and the regular and marine militia for two years. The following table shows the organisation and disposition of the active force on January 1, 1879:- Cavalry. . . · 2,637 Field Artillery . . 1,438 Garrison Artillery . . 3,479 Engineers 282 . Infantry and Rifles. 37,316 Reserve Militia 655,000 Imperial troops forming the garrison of Halifax 2,000 Total . . 702,152 There are seventeen Field Batteries, viz. : 13 9-pounder muzzle-loading rifles. 1 6-pounder Armstrong breech-loading. 2 9-pounder bronze smooth-bore, and a 24-pounder howitzer. 1 at Melbourne, armed entirely with bronze 24-pounder howitzers. Under the amended Act of 1871 Canada is divided into twelve military districts as follows:-Ontario, four; Quebec, three; Nova Scotia, one; New Brunswick, one; Manitoba, one; Prince Edward Island, one; British Columbia, one. Two schools of military instruction for artillery are established in each of the provinces of Ontario and Quebec, and one each in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia. There is also a Royal Military Col. lege at Kingston. Reporting upon Canada's system and means of defence, Lieutenant-Colonel Strange, com- manding Quebec citadel, says: 'Owing to the peculiar POPULATION AND IMMIGRATION. 55 1831 configuration of the southern boundary—on which side CANADA, alone it is open to attack-few such vulnerable points exist. The Intercolonial and Grand Trunk systems, sup- plemented by the Dominion Railroad system, generally enable the troops and militia to act upon what are prac- tically interior lines. Montreal, viâ Rouse's Point, would be the point d'appui, and it is utterly defenceless. Quebec once in the hands of an enemy, Canada would be in peril.' The population of Old Canada (Quebec and Ontario), Increase of exclusive of Indians, in 1784 was 166,256. In 1806 Population the population of British North America, which in- cluded Newfoundland, had only reached 476,000. Since that time, and especially since confederation, the growth of population has been very rapid. The figures show a relatively greater increase than in the United States. Thus- Inhabitants Increase 1806 476,000 1825 581,9202 1,069,000 > . • . 24,000 per annum 1851 2,482,000 . . 70,000 » 1861 3,090,561 1 0 1871 . 3,833,000 . . 70,000..... i 4,352,080* . . 67,000 * Inclusive of Indians, who number 102,358. If the present rate of increase is maintained during the next two decades, and it is more likely to advance than otherwise, the population at the close of the present century will reach, in roand numbers, ten millions. According to the census of 1871, more than four-fifths of the population are native-born. This rapid growth in population is largely owing to Immigra- the uninterrupted influx of British immigration. Be- tion tween 1850 and 1878, a period of twenty-eight years, 684,542 strangers settled in Canada, an average of rather less than 25,000 per annum. Year Settled in Canada 1851 . . 25,515 1858 - 12,340 1852 20,943 1859 6,300 1853 . . 32,295 7,827 1854 38,800 1861. . 12,486 1855 . . 23,000 1862. . 28,798 1856 . . 24,816 1863 26,118 1857 '. 33,663 1864 . . 21,738 1881 n. Year Settled in Canada 1860 56 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Cities. Year Settled in Canada Year Settled in Canada 1865 . . 19,413 1874 . . 39,373 1866 10,081 1875 . 27,882 1867 . . 14,666 1876 . . 25,633 1868 . 12,765 1877. • 27,076 1869. , 18,630 1878. 29,807 1870. i 24,706 1879. . 47,999 1871. , 27,773 1880 . . 75,692 1872. 36,578 1881 . . 101,612 1873. . 50,050 1882 112,450 Pending the publication of the results of the census of 1881, we are unable to obtain such vital statistics as would enable us to estimate the precise rate of natu. ral increase in the population of Canada. It is slightly lower than the English rate, and not more than half that of Australia and New Zealand. It will be found, on close investigation, to be not far from 1.10 per cent., or 12 per 1,000. The settlement of the back country, rapid as that has been, has not thus far kept pace with the flow of population to the cities and towns. The following list embraces the chief cities of Canada with their population in 1881:- Montreal . . . 140,682 Quebec . . 62,447 Toronto . . 86,445 Halifax, Nova Scotia 36,102 St. John, New Brunswick . 35,128 Hamilton . 35,965 Ottawa (Capital) 27,417 19,763 Kingston. 14,093 Winnipeg. . 14,728 Many of these cities show an increase in population during the past ten years of from 35 to 45 per cent. The Indian tribes of Canada are still numerous. In Nova Scotia there are a few representatives of them in every county, and in the North-West Territories they are constantly met with. The 'Indians and Indian Lands Office forms the third of the seven branches through which the operations of the De- partment of the Interior are conducted. It is a sub- department, and is administered by a Deputy Minister, officially designated 'Deputy Superintendent-General of Indian Affairs.' It is gratifying to know, on the best living authority, that the condition of the aboriginal London , · · Indians. INDIAN TRIBES, ETC. 57 inhabitants of the Dominion is, on the whole, not only CANADA. satisfactory, but gradually and surely improving. The condition of the Indians settled on Reserves within the older provinces is encouraging. More inclination for and greater progress in agri. culture is observable among them. Intemperance has become of more rare occurrence; and the pbysical health of the several bands during the year 1879 has been for the most part good. 'In the newer provinces and more remote territories of the Dominion, Indians have not yet learned the value of agriculture. As, however, the game and fish on which they now rely for subsistence (notably the buffalo in the North-West and the salmon in British Columbia) become scarce, they must turn their attention to tilling the soil or raising stock to enable them to live.'— Report, 1878–79. The Treaty' Indians now within the Dominion Treaties with the number 114,375, distributed as follows:- Indians, Ontario . . . 17,126 Quebec . . . . . 11,089 Nova Scotia . 2,228 New Brunswick 1,486 Prince Edward Island 312 Manitoba and North-West Territories 40,914* Athabaska District : 2,398 British Columbia . . . 35,052 Rupert's Land . . . . 3,770 Total . . 114,375 The official returns for 1877 placed the number at 99,690. The Ontario Indians belong principally to the tribes of the Six Nations, and Mississaguas, on Grand River, and to the Chippewas of Lakes Huron and Superior, * The treaties of Canada with the Indian tribes occupying Manitoba and the North-West territories are ten in number, viz. (1) Selkirk Treaty; (2) Robinson Treaty; (3) Manitoba Island Treaty; (4) Stone Fort Treaty; (5) Manitoba Fort Treaty; (6) North-West Angle Treaty; (7) Q'Appelle Treaty; (8) Winnipeg Treaty; (9) Carlton and Pitt Treaty; (10) Blackfoot Treaty. The full text of these treaties and Supplementary Adhesions thereto are given by Hon. Alexander Morris, late Lieut.-Governor of Mani- toba, &c., in his recent work published by Belford, Clarke & Co., Toronto. 58 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Pictur- esque Canada and Great Manitoulin Island. Those in Quebec are all that remain of the once famed Iroquois tribe and the Naskkapees of the Lower St. Lawrence. The Crees and Blackfeet in the North-West Territories and Mani- toba, locally distinguished as · Prairie’and .Thickwood' Indians, number nearly 18,000, while those of British Columbia at the Victoria and Fraser River Superinten- dencies-estimated at upwards of one-third of the whole Canadian aboriginal race-comprise among them repre- sentatives and sole survivors of a great variety of tribes, by far the most numerous being the Tsim psheean, Quach- eweth, Hydah Bella Coola, and ſlet Luck Indians. The business of this branch of the Department is adminis- tered by 116 officers and employés, known as commis- sioners, superintendents, agents, interpreters, clerks, and farming instructors; and the total expenditure for 1879 amounted to 304,667 dols. The tourist who is not a sportsman in the strictest sense of that much-abused word, but who goes to Canada in the spirit of good Dr. Syntax, in search of the pictur- esque, and for the benefit of that best of all good com- pany, his health, will have no cause to regret his choice of camping or tramping ground. Thirty-one years ago, Canada was what might truly be called 'a rough country.' The means of reaching it were in excellent keeping with, and formed a suitable introduction to, the country itself. The 'floating palace,' as the modern ocean-steamship has been justly styled, had not then come into fashion- had not, indeed, been built. Three and four, and not anfrequently five and even six, weeks were passed in crossing the Atlantic and the Newfoundland banks pre- paratory to beating up the long Gulf of St. Lawrence against wind and wave. There was no ' getting off' or · leaving ship at Rimouski or at Father Point in those primitive and pre-steam-propelling days. No short cuts, as now, viâ Rivière-du-Loup, Richmond, by Grand Trunk, and Intercolonial Railways. It was sea and river, river and lake, lake and canal navigation long drawn out; and when at last Quebec and Montreal, and finally Toronto, were reached, the adventurous, and possibly ambitious traveller, found himself at the remoter end of an attend- ated, straggling, thinly tenanted frontier, face to face with the virgin prairie and the backwoods. A diversion to PLEASURE RESORTS. 59 Chaudière or Montmorenci, to Niagara Falls, New York, CANADA, or the White Mountains in Vermont, a week at Cacouna and the Saguenay, a sail through the Thousand Isles of the St. Lawrence, or a ride round Mount Royal, rather varied than dispelled the monotony of the long journey to the 'Far West,' as all beyond Toronto was then called. Now, happily for the modern tourist, all this is changed. Magnificent ocean-ferries ply semi-weekly between the British ports and the principal seaboard cities of the Dominion; the Intercolonial, Grand Trunk, and Canadian Pacific afford continuous lines of easy and even luxu- rious travel for upwards of 3,000 miles from Halifax, Qnebec, and the whole Atlantic seaboard to Winnipeg and the growing settlements of the Saskatchewan and Assiniboine valleys. Steamer, railway, and stage-coach companies vie with each other in providing the readiest, cheapest, and most expeditious means of locomotion. Hotels are numerous and excellent, and the facilities for observation and recreation are abundant. The eight or ten weeks' journey in a timber barque or coal-ballasted brig and merchandise-freighted propeller through the St. Lawrence and Great Lakes to Sarnia or Detroit has become a pleasure tour of at most a fortnight; and the six or twelve months' trip of '49 or '50 is now a pleasant holiday excursion, a profitable way of passing the London 'silly season' or the 'Long Vacation.' The principal and most popular resorts for Canadian Pleasur tourists and pleasure-seekers are in the seaboard or resorts. maritime provinces, and mainly on the St. Lawrence river and its tributaries. They are all readily reached by steamboat, or by railway over the Grand Trunk and Intercolonial lines from the chief centres, Halifax (N.S.), St. John's (N.B.), Portland (Me.), Charlottetown (P.E.I.), Quebec, and Montreal. From Portland the famed White Mountains of New Hampshire are distant only ninety miles, and are readily reached in three to four hours by the Grand Trunk railway via Gorham Sta- tion. Mount Washington, “the monarch' of the White Mountain range, is best approached by turnpike and the mountain railway, three miles in length, from the Glen House. The city of Quebec, the ancient colonial capital, and still the provincial capital, occupies the centre of 60. HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Quebec. picturesque Canada. Though shorn by recent changes of all its political and much of its commercial importance, it is still historically one of the most interesting and remarkable cities on the continent of North America. It is the first landing-place of a large majority of Canada. bound travellers not reluctant to 'step ashore' and once more tread terra firma after experiencing the 'ups and downs' of life on the ocean wave.' This fact alone will serve to render a short stay desirable. Added to this, the city contains two very excellent hotels—the St. Louis and Russell—both for many years under the able management of Mr. Willis Russell, and a still finer than either is about to be erected on the site of the Château St. Louis on the Dufferin Terrace, near its eastern extremity, where it will command one of the most extensive and picturesque inland views to be found on the American Continent. The drives in the neighbourhood are varied and charming, each in its own peculiar way. They will be found briefly described in the chapter on Quebec. A sleigh and “toboggin' party to Montmorenci Falls in winter constitutes the sensation of that de- lightful season, and should not be omitted from the visitor's programme. For the western sections of Quebec Province, Mon- treal is the natural centre, as Toronto is for the adjoin- ing province of Ontario. On the Pacific coast all points of special interest to the sportsman or sight-seeking tourist can be most advantageously reached from Vic- toria, V.I., and New Westminster, B.C. These routes will be found briefly described in the chapter on British Columbia. An excellent compendium of inland tours, readily accessible from the main centres of Atlantic and St. Lawrence river travel, accompanies the handbook issued by the Allan Steamship Company, and can be had free on application to them or their agents. Tourist centres. THE MODERN ACADIA. Nova Scotia and Cape Breton. THE peninsula of Nova Scotia, so named in the grant NOVA SCOTIA. made by King James I. to Sir William Alexander, in 1621, forms the most easterly or seaboard province of the Dominion of Canada. It is, therefore, nearer to England than any other inhabited portion of the American Con- tinent. Nova Scotia and New Brunswick-to which the former is joined by the narrow Isthmus of Chig- necto, sixteen miles long—and Prince Edward Island, which is separated from both provinces by Northumber- land Strait, form what are now known as the maritime provinces of Canada. Up to, and for some years subse- quent to, 1621, they formed part of the French posses- sions in North America, and were called Acadie. Although its settlement as a colony of the British Crown commenced at a comparatively recent period, its history dates from the earliest authenticated explora- tions on the North American Continent. To Jacques Cartier, the St. Malo pilot, fresh from his discoveries in the Straits of Belle Isle and the Gulf of St. Lawrence, these rugged shores first revealed themselves in 1534. Some portion of the coast now belonging to Nova Scotia may have been seen by the Northmen who are said to have sailed these seas A.D. 1100-1200, and by them named Mark:land, or the Forest Country.' But this is, at best, supposititious. Adventuring in a south-westerly course in his little sixty-ton craft—which only two months previously had been ice-locked off Cape Bona- vista, Newfoundland-Cartier first sighted the welcome shores of Acadia. It is believed by some that Verazzani, Verazzani's the Venetian, ranged this coast from the Florida Capes Vis to Newfoundland about the same time, but we have no authentic record that he ever visited any portion of the present territory of Nova Scotia. The land first sighted 62 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA. by Cartier is supposed to have been Cape Escuminac, at the southern entrance of Miramichi Bay, New Bruns- wick. The land-fall took place June 30. The next day, his chroniclers tell us, he 'landed and found the country to be fertile and well wooded.' 'Nevertheless, we went that day ashore in four places to see the goodly and sweet-smelling trees that were there. We found them to be cedars, ewe trees, pines, white elms, ashes, willows, with many other sorts of trees to us unknown, but with. out fruit. The grounds, where no wood is, are very fair, and all full of peason, white and red gooseberries, strawberries, blackberries, and wild corn, even like unto rye, which seemeth to have been sown and ploughed.' Such is the account given, in briefest form, of this part of Canada by its first recorded discoverer. The fisheries of Newfoundland and Acadia, however, proved, even at that early day, more tempting as an incentive to further adventure and discovery than their inland productions, however attractive these may have been. Large numbers of hardy seamen flocked to the fishing-grounds, ready to cast their nets or to trade with the Indians, as occasion for gain offered. In this way the whole coast of the great Gulf of St. Lawrence, from its north shore to Gaspé and Chaleur, became well known long before Canada or Acadia con- tained a single white settler. The 'toilers of the sea' then were the pioneers as they yet are the industrial mainstay of the maritime provinces. Thus, slowly but steadily, the dim outline of the New World displayed its form to the people of Europe, and the spirit of ad- venture-no longer confined to the great and the wealthy -grew and strengthened in the hearts and consciences of the people. The French Period. A.D. 1604 to 1710. De Monts AMONG the numerous early French explorers in the New appointed World, the name of De Monts is seldom mentioned. Yet, Lieut.- General of if the records of these early days are to be credited, to Acadia.. him the honour of founding the first permanent settle- A.D. 1603. ment within the limits of the present Canadian Do- minion is unmistakably due. But little is known of him THE FRENCH PERIOD. 63 ·beyond the fact that he was a gentleman of King NOVA SCOTIA. Henry IV.'s bedchamber, whom Chauvin and Pontgravé had accompanied. From the liberal-minded Henry he obtained (November 8, 1603) a patent, constituting him Lieutenant-General of the Territory of Acadia between the 40th and 46th degrees of latitude, with power to take and divide the land, to create offices of war, jus- tice, and policy ; to prescribe laws and ordinances, to make war and peace, to build forts and towns, and establish garrisons; in short, “to do generally whatso- ever may make for the conquest, peopling, inhabiting, and preservation of the said land of Acadie.'* Such in brief were the terms of his patent from King Henry. Between 1603 and 1606 De Monts and Champlain A.D. 1603– established a colony on St. Croix Island, which was sub- 1606. sequently (1605) moved to Port Royal on the north bank of the river of that name, now the R. Annapolis, and six miles from the present town of Annapolis. Four years later the colony was strengthened by the arrival of Poutrincourt and his son Biencourt, who, with De la Tour continued faithfnl to its failing fortunes until its destruction by Captain Samuel Argal, a Virginian free- booter in 1614. Beyond this mere handful of French colonists and the native Indians, there were no inbabitants in Acadie. Yet we are told the winter of 1605-6 passed pleasantly. “Fifteen of the leading men formed a club which they named the Order of the Good Time. Day- about each member held the office of Grand Master, whose duty it was to provide for the table, and to furnish amusement during his day of office. Each, as his turn came to play host, strove to outdo his predecessor. After dinner the members of the club smoked their lobster- claw pipes and listened to the old chief's (Memberton) Indian tales. Sir William Alexander, afterwards Earl Stirling, A.D. 1621– obtained a grant from King James of territory, after. 1622. wards confirmed by his son Charles I., which embraced the whole of the Provinces of Nova Scotia and New * This word, by which the whole territory now embraced within the provinces of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island continued to be called while under French rule, is said to be derived from the Micmac Cadie, 'abounding in.' The Latin form is Aeadia 64 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA. Brunswick and the Gaspé Peninsula. The territory thus granted was to be known by the name of Nova Scotia, and to be held at a yearly quit-rent of one penny Scots, to be paid on the soil of Nova Scotia on the festival of the Holy Nativity,' if demanded. Beyond a brief visit in the following year, and the creation of a small settlement on the west side of Annapolis Basin, nothing resulted from this ambitious scheme of the Scotch nobleman. The Com Two years after the accession of Charles, the war pany of New between England and France, which was ostensibly France. undertaken for the relief of the French Hnguenots, sud- denly broke out, and again changed the fortunes of the infant colony. Cardinal Richelieu, then at the height of his ecclesiastical power, as well as of his temporal ascendency over Louis XIII., formed an association of one hundred gentlemen, among whom were Richelieu himself, Champlain, and De Razilly. This was called the Company of New France.' Its prerogatives were in accordance with its ambitious title. Twelve of its principal members received patents of nobility. The receipt and transmission of merchandise of every kind was allowed it, without payment of dues, and free entry was given in France to all articles produced or manu- factured in Canada. To these privileges were added the monopoly of the valuable fur trade, of hunting and of the shore fishery, the power of government, and of declaring peace and war. In July 1629, Lord James Stuart landed at Port aux Baleines, about ten miles from the present settle- ment of Louisburg, in Cape Breton, where he erected a fort which was soon after destroyed. This is the ear- liest recognition we have of the importance of Cape Breton as a position of defence for the Gulf of the St. Lawrence. On April 30 of the following year, La Tour, who, with his son Charles, had been created a baronet A.V. 1630. of Nova Scotia, received from Sir William Alexander a grant of Acadian territory extending from Yarmouth to Lunenburg, a tract roughly estimated to contain 4,500 square miles. Port La Tourin Shelbourne county marks the site of La Tour's fort in the seventeenth century. Up to this time neither England nor France had seriously regarded either the value or the growing importance of THE FRENCH PERIOD. 65 these New World possessions. Charles I. was unwilling, NOVA SCOTIA, it seems, to risk further difficulty on their account with his Most Christian brother Louis, and on March 29, 1632, the whole of Acadia was, together with Canada, A.D. 1632- formally restored to France under the terms of the 1636. treaty of St. Germain-en-Laye. Port Royal soon after French surrendered to Isaac De Razilly, and with it the name Settlement. and all but the memory of Sir William Alexander's Scotch colony in Acadia was extinguished. The suc- ceeding four years cover a comparative blank in the history of the country. Isaac De Razilly's settlement at La Have, his brother Claude's command at Port Royal, and Charles La Tour's little colony at Cape Sable, were almost the only inhabited places in the vast terri. tory now embraced within the Provinces of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, and this conspicuous but isolated and solitary distinction they seem to have enjoyed for a period of forty years. The tenure of the locality on which Charnisé's little band of French colonists landed on the Annapolis-or, as it was then known, the Port Royal river—was of too uncertain and precarious a cha- racter for it to be regarded as a settlement. The rival claims of La Tour and Charnisé for supre- Civil War. macy now led to civil warfare, and the Paritans of New England, under the then governor Winthrop, found themselves entangled in the domestic factions and colonial aspirations of those idolatrous French. The conflict which ensued, and which was carried on with great bitterness till 1645, resulted destructively to both. La Tour lost all he possessed, and was actually beggared, while Charnisé’s financial condition was scarcely less hopeless. Three years later he died. During his occu- pation of Port Royal he had cultivated two farms on his own account, and built two vessels of seventy tons each, besides some smaller craft. These were probably the first vessels built in the present province of Nova Scotia. They were the most meritorious acts of a life which was soon after terminated by drowning, and which, accord- ing to his contemporary Nicolas Denys, was 'marked by rapacity, tyranny, and cruelty.' We now return to the period of English occupation. Port Royal On August 16, 1654, Port Royal surrendered to the, captured. English fleet and forces of Colonel Sedgwick; and 66 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. MOYA SCOTIA. Captain John Leverett was stationed there as governor and commander of the Forts St. John, Port Royal, and Penobscot. Cromwell's In 1656 the Lord Protector Cromwell gave to La interfer Mann in onninna Tour, in conjunction with Thomas Temple and William ence justi- fied. Crowne, the grant of the greater part of Acadia, on condition of the payment of a small annual rental in beaver-skins. This mixed ownership and occupation seems to have lasted till the death of Cromwell and the restoration of Charles II., in May 1660, when Temple regained possession of his former rights and territory by an annual payment of 6001. In July 1670, Hubert d'Andigny, Chevalier de Grande-Fontaine, under the treaty of Breda and a com- mission from Louis XIV., received Acadia from Temple, who had been peremptorily ordered by King Charles to deliver it up. Thus Acadia became once more an Census appanage of France. The total number of inhabitants taken in the country at that time, as established by the census A.D. 1671. of 1671, was four hundred and forty-one, including twenty-five soldiers, which formed the garrison at Penobscot. In the whole of Acadia the amount of cultivated land amounted to only 439 arpents, and the live stock consisted of 866 horned cattle, 407 sheep, and 36 goats. Chignecto was about this time added to the list of settlements, and a few years later the still richer and more populous colony of Minas was founded. The ar- rival of the ship L'Oranger with sixty immigrants also marked the increased vigour which was at this period infused into the work of colonising Canada. Grande-Fontaine was succeeded by Chambly, De Castine, and La Vallière, and these were in turn followed by Bergier, Gautier, Boucher, and De Moentes. These latter formed a company for the prosecution of the Early im- sbore fisheries. Fifteen years later the census taken migration, A.D. 1686. by De Meulles shows the population of all the Acadian settlements to have amounted to 851. The gain of one hundred per cent, in a period of fifteen years must have been largely due to immigration, as the natu- ral increase was very small. In April 1687 M. de Menneval was appointed Governor, with orders to pre- vent foreigners fishing or trading on the coast. Three THE FRENCH PERIOD. 67 years later Port Royal surrendered to an English expe- NOVA SCOTIA. dition, under command of Sir William Phips, recruited at Boston, Massachusetts. The inhabitants took the past on Capture of oath of allegiance, and bound themselves to administer A.D. 1690. the affairs of the settlement under the Crown of Eng. land and the Government of Massachusetts.' In 1692 Villebon, a brother of Menneval, removed his garrison from Jemseg to Fort Nashwaak, on the St. John River, the better to continue his warlike operations against the hated New Englanders. Here he commenced the erec- tion of a new fort on a point of land nearly opposite Fredericton, the present New Brunswick capital. Until his death in 1700, France and England now being at peace, Villebon's energies, which seem to have found their fallest occupation in the field, were chiefly directed to keeping the English fishermen off the coast, and in confining the ambitious colony of Massachusetts within its proper bounds. Nothing, however, could long with- stand the sweeping tide of affairs. It is of little mo- ment now,' as the historian of Acadia, Hannay, remarks, to comment on the folly of the French in abandoning the St. John, for it was inevitable that this river and the whole of Acadia would fall into the possession of the English whenever they chose to make an effort to take it." * By the twelfth article of the Treaty of Utrecht, Treaty of all Nova Scotia or Acadia comprehended within its ut ancient boundaries, as also the city of Port Royal, now called Annapolis, 'were yielded and made over to the Queen of Great Britain and to her Crown for ever.' In the course of time the limits of Acadia, like those of Oregon, British Columbia, and many another inter- national boundary, became the subject of dispute and arbitration. But these, with other matters thereto pertaining, will more properly be considered elsewhere. In 1693 the Acadians were again numbered, and the Population. census found to represent a population of 1,009, of which one half, divided into eighty-eight families, re- sided at Port Royal. A census of Port Royal and Minas, taken in 1714, returned the population of these * History of Acadia from its first discovery to its surrender to England by the Treaty of Paris.' By James Hannay. J. & A. McMillen, St. John, N.B. 1879. London : Sampson Low & Co. F 2 68 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ren NOVA SCOTIA, settlements alone at 1,773. The entire population at the time of the Treaty, independent of the native Mic- mac tribes, did not certainly exceed 2,500. Of all the possessions once held by France in Acadia, she now alone retained Cape Breton, the Island of St. John (now Prince Edward Island), and the smaller islands of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. In 1710 Port Port Royal Royal was again and finally given up, and in honour of the reigning Sovereign its name was changed to Anna. Annapolis. polis Royal. But though once more a British colony, it was, dar. ing the early period of the thirty years' peace, found difficult to reconcile its inhabitants to the fact-a cir- cumstance scarcely to be wondered at, when the nature of its previous tenure and occupation is fairly con- sidered. On the death of Queen Anne in 1714, Messrs. Ca- poon and Button were commissioned by Governor Ni. cholson to proceed to Minas, Chignecto, St. John River, Passamaquoddy, and Penobscot, to proclaim King George. The French refused to take the oaths of alle- giance, and General Phillips, who became Governor of Nova Scotia in 1717, met with no better success. De- spite the peace which then existed between the home governments, there were occasional outbreaks both in Indian Acadia and Maine. Fortunately both for New England and for Nova Scotia, the Indians were growing tired of war and were disposed to treat for peace. Finally, a treaty was entered into between the representatives of the Penobscot, Norridgewock, St. John, and Cape Sable native tribes, at Boston in 1725, and afterwards ratified at Annapolis and Falmouth, by which the Indians engaged to abstain from further hostilities, and to acknowledge the Sovereignty of King George to the Province of Nova Scotia. At the conclusion of the long peace between France and England there were only two garrisoned places in the province-Annapolis and Canso—and the garrisons in both were extremely weak. Louisburg, on Ile Royal, as Cape Breton was called, was a mighty fort- ress for that continent and that age, and was spoken of and written about as the 'Dunkirk of America.' It was determined to reduce it, and, for this purpose, 4,070 wartare. THE BRITISH PERIOD. 69 troops were enlisted in Boston in March 1745, and placed NOVA SCOTIA. ander the command of Generals Pepperell and Warren. ; en: Fall of Du Chambon, the French Governor, after a siege of Louisburg, forty-nine days, capitulated, and on June 17 the flag of June 17, 1745. England floated gaily over fort and town. One, and only one, further serious attempt was made by the French to drive the British out of Acadia. A great fleet of seventy sail, under command of the Duke D'Anville, was despatched from Brest to attack Louis- French burg, Annapolis, and Boston, and a large body of Cana- attacks. dian Rangers was collected at Quebec to co-operate with the fleet. The fleet, however, was crippled by a storm, and the expedition failed in its object. Another, commanded by La Jonquiére, one of D'Anville's officers, shared a similar fate. All subsequent events of a mili- tary or aggressive character on the part of the French only helped to betray their utter inability to recover either their prestige or their possessions. The power of France to achieve the reconquest of Louisburg and Acadia had departed. The Treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle, Treaty of which was signed October 18, 1748, brought the war Aix-la- to a close, and virtually ended the French political oc- Chap A.D. 1748. cupation of Acadia, as it had closed in old Canada. Notwithstanding this, Acadia, in 1749, continued to be as much a French colony as ever. The only difference between the situation of affairs then and what it was forty years before was that the English, instead of the French, were at the expense of maintaining a garrison, and that the former issued orders to the inhabitants which the latter very seldom chose to obey. The British Period. A.D. 1749 to 1880. In the year following the passage of the Treaty of Aix- la-Chapelle, the Hon. Edward Cornwallis was appointed Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief of Nova Scotia, and in June 1749 arrived in Halifax harbour with some two thousand five hundred immigrants, mainly from Immigra- England. This was the first distinctively British settle. tion. . ment within the present Province of Nova Scotia, which then held about 8,000 Acadians. Cornwallis left the 70 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ans. NOVA SCOTIA. Province in 1752, and was succeeded by Governor Hopson. Expulsion An expedition consisting of two thousand men, com- of Acadi- manded by Lieut.-Col. Monckton, sailed from Boston, May 23, 1755, to attack and reduce Beauséjour (after- wards Fort Cumberland), the last fortress erected and occupied by the French in the country. Forts Baie Verte and Gaspereaux and the settlement of Beaubassin soon followed, and then the exile and the end of Acadie. Louisburg surrendered to Wolfe, Boscawen, and Am- herst, in 1758, after a seven weeks' siege, and in 1759 England's sovereignty was supreme. February On the conclusion of the Treaty of Paris and the 10, 1763. Seven Years' War, a large number of Acadians settled on the Great and Little Miquelon Islands off the island of Newfoundland, where they built a town (St. Pierre), and established a valuable fishery. The great majority, however, finally took the oath of allegiance as British subjects, and returned, many of them, to their former homes, to the Acadie they loved so well. In 1766 settlements were commenced at Maugerville in Sun. bury County. In 1775 the American colonies revolted, and the coast settlements were kept in a state of con- stant alarm by New England privateers, who plundered them all the way from Yarmouth to Annapolis. In 1783 Great Britain acknowledged their independence, and in the same year some 10,000 Loyalists were suc. Settlement cessfully settled in the province, and half as many more of Loyalists at Parr Town, now St. John, at the mouth of the St. John river, New Brunswick. During 1784 New Bruns- wick and Cape Breton were organised as separate provinces. The population of Nova Scotia at this time was 13,000, of which number Acadians formed one-fifth. Since then, for a period of one hundred years, the history of the province has been marked by many political changes. These are briefly noted in the preceding historical portion of this work. Among the most im- portant of these changes was the establishment of re- sponsible government in 1836, and the adoption and abrogation of Reciprocity with the United States, the former of which events took place in 1854 and the latter in 1870. 72 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA, which stretch along its northern border. The extreme cold which is experienced in the interior and more northern portions of the Dominion and of the United States is seldom felt in Nova Scotia. This province may indeed, considering its comparatively limited ex- tent, be said to afford a great variety of climate as well as of productions—the average temperature of Annapolis County being gº higher than in the Cape Breton counties, and 6° warmer than in the State of Massa- chusetts. In the central portions the mercury seldom rises above 85° in the shade, and as rarely falls below zero in winter. The maximum salubrity of the climate is attested by the low rates of mortality and vital statistics of the province generally. Geology. The geology of Nova Scotia, as bearing upon the future mineralogical and manufacturing progress of the province, is a subject of the highest interest. Nova Scotia undoubtedly possesses the materials required for building up large mining and manufacturing industries. The various rock systems, according to Dr. Dawson, are distributed as follows:- 1. Triassic strata, occupying the Annapolis valley and the north shore of the Minas Basin. 2. Carboniferous, including five groups :-1. Upper coal measures. 2. True coal measures. 3. Millstone grit. 4. Lower carboniferous marine formation. 5. Lower coal measures, 3. Devonian.—These strata occur in Annapolis county, and contain very valuable beds of magnetic and hematite iron ores. 4. Upper Silurian, holding valuable deposits of bedded iron ores. 5. Lower Silurian, undefined. Succeeding these strata come a vast depth of strata considered to embrace all the older measures typically developed in Canada proper. The true coal measures contain all the workable seams thus far opened in the province, and are estimated by Dr. Dawson to have an average thickness of 4,000 feet. The areas covered by the various metalliferous or ore-bearing districts are thus estimated by Mr. Edwin Gilpin in his recently-published compendium :- PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. NOVA SCOTIA Square miles Gold district • . 3,000 Associated granites 4,500 Iron (thus far worked by two companies) . 85 Coal and carboniferous measures . . 5,000 Devonian, lower and upper Silurian, or iron ore- bearing strata . . . . . . . 6,000 vers. Total area . . . . 18,585 The central watershed of Nova Scotia extends the Mountains. whole length of the province, throwing streams to the north and south. The South Mountains, in Annapolis and King's counties, form a part of this central ridge. The North Mountain rises parallel with the Bay of Fundy, from Cape Blomidon to Digby Neck. The Cobequid Mountains extend through Cumberland and Colchester Counties from Cape Chignecto to the borders of Pictou. The northern part of Cape Breton, from Nigonish to St. Anne's is mountainous and much admired for its bold scenery. The number and extent of its lakes invariably sur- Lakes and prise the Old Country visitor. In the Atlantic coast" counties the lakes are very numerous. Grand Lake is the largest of a chain of lakes in the basin of the Shubenacadie river Lake George is the largest of the Tusket group in Yarmouth county. Rossignol, in the western portion of Queen's County, and Lake Ainslie in Cape Breton, have fine scenery and good fishing. The rivers, owing to the peculiar configuration of the province, are short and of small volume. The largest are the St. Mary's, La Have, Annapolis, Avon, Liverpool, Shubenacadie, Wallace, Philip, and East river of Pictou, Minas Basin. The east arm of the Bay of Fundy is considered the most remarkable body of water in the province. The tides, which at the equinoxes rise some- times to a height of 50 feet, rush in with great force and form what is called the bore. The most important islands on the coast are Pictou, Islands. St. Paul's, Scatarie, Cariboo, Boularderie, Madame, Sable, Tancook, Cape Sable Island, Long Island, and Briar Island Isle Madame, separated from Cape Breton by Lennox Passage, is sixteen miles long, and has a population of 6,000, chiefly engaged in fishing. Boularderie forms part of Victoria County, C.B., and 74 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA, contains about 1,300 inhabitants. Sable Island is situate about 100 miles south of Cape Breton. Bays and The following are the principal coast waters of Nova Capes. Scotia :-On the Bay of Fundy-St. Mary's Bay, Grand Passage, Digby Gut, Annapolis Basin, Minas Basin, Cobequid Bay, Chignecto Bay, and Cumberland Basin. On Northumberland Strait-Baie Verte, Pugwash Har. bour, Tatamagouche Harbour, Pictou Harbour, and Merigomish Harbour. On the Atlantic Peninsula coast, Chedabucto Bay, Milford Haven, Tor Bay, Sheet Harbour, Musquodoboit Harbour, Halifax Harbour, and Bedford Basin, Lunenburg Harbour, Mahone Bay, Shel. burne Harbour, Port la Tour, and Argyle Bay. Nothing can well exceed the scenic attractions of many of these lovely waters. The principal capes are: Chignecto, Split, D'Or, Blomidon, Malagash, Jean Mabou, St. Lawrence, St. George, Egmont, Granby, Dauphine, Sambro Head, Breton, Baccaro, Sable and Fourchu. Divisions. Nova Scotia is geographically divided into Nova Scotia proper, and Cape Breton Island. A narrow strait, known as the Gut of Canso, alone separates them. It is further sub-divided for legislative and judicial purposes into eighteen counties, fourteen of which are in Nova Scotia proper :- County Chief Town Population in 1881. . Annapolis . Antigonish. Colchester. Cumberland Digby. Guysborough Halifax Hants . . King's. . Lunenburg. Pictou . Queen's Shelburne Yarmouth, Annapolis Antigonish. Truro . Amherst Digby. Guysborough HALIFAX. Windsor . Kentville . Lunenburg. Pictou . . Liverpool Shelburne. Yarmouth. 20,598 18,060 26,721 27,368 19,881 17,608 67,920 23,360 23,470 28,583 35,536 10,577 14,918 21,284 . Total 355,884 And four in Cape Breton Island, viz. :- PRODUCTIONS, ETC. 75 NOVA SCOTIA, County Chief Town Population in 1881. reton Inverness . Richmond . Victoria . Sydney Port Hood. Arichat Baddeck 31,262 25,651 15,122 12,470 . . . Nova Scotia proper 84,505 355,884 Grand total 440,389 Productions, etc. NEXT to her forest growth and wealth of wood, the fisheries of Nova Scotia constitute her most important interest. In 1879, the number of vessels employed was 715, number of boats 10,706, and number of men 27,610. Fisheries The quantity of codfish caught was 576,101 cwt., valued at 2,448,429 dols.; of mackerel, 102,000 barrels, valued at 1,015,590 dols.; of haddock, 126,542 cwt., valued at 442,897 dols.; of herrings, 131,000 barrels, valued at 527,000 dols.; of lobsters, 3,182,276 cans, valued at 477,340 dols. Of fish oils, the quantity obtained was 357,030 gallons, of a value of 228,168 dols. The total value of the fisheries of this province for 1879 was 5,752,936 dols. For 1877 it amounted to nearly 7,500,000 dols., of this 4,157,193 dols. was exported as follows:- To Great Britain . . . . . $465,264 , United States . . . 715,958 ,, West Indies . „ Newfoundland , » Other Countries . 62,772 . . . . 2,865,386 47,813 4,157,193 Of the amount shipped to Great Britain, by far the Tinned larger portion consisted of canned lobster. This is a lately Lobsters. developed and rapidly extending industry. Commenced in 1870, in four years it developed into a trade amount- ing to 5,600,000 pounds annually, since which time it has maintained its position as an important branch of trade. As many as 20,000 lobsters are reported to have been landed at St. Andrew's Point in a single day. The close season is now rigidly enforced. PRODUCTIONS, ETC. 77 NOVA SCOTIA, • 29:57 COMPOSITION OF ASH OF THE SYDNEY COAL. Sand and clay . Peroxide of iron. . · 51:33 Alumina . . 4.84 Sulphate of lime. 10.98 Lime . . . . . . . . . 3:05 Magnesia Phosphoric acid, decided traces .. 0:23 Manganese, traces Chlorine, traces . . . Coal gas. 100.00 GAS RETURNS. By Mr. G. Buist, Manager of Halifax Gas Works. Gas (average of four tests) per ton of 2,240 lbs. . . 8,200 cubic feet. Coke, ditto . . · 1,295 lbs., of good quality. Illuminating power of gas (average of six tests) . 8 candles. The ash has about the average composition of that of bituminous coals. 'I conclude,' says Mr. How, 'that the Sydney coal fully Extent of merits the very high esteem in which it has been so long coal-beds. held for domestic use; and I am inclined to think its sulphur has been over-rated by repute.' The coal-fields of Pictou have been pronounced by mining engineers to be the most extraordinary carboniferous deposits in the world. The seams already opened in the leased areas of the Sydney District are said to contain over 212,000,000 tons. Mining operations were first commenced by the French more than a century ago; there are now twenty mines in full or partial operation; and in Cumberland and Pictou counties, in Nova Scotia proper, there are half as many more. Of the Pictou Coal-field, Mr. Rutherford remarks, • though not so extensive as the Sydney and Cumber- land areas, is of great capacity as regards yield by reason of the great thickness of its seams.' The foi- lowing list embraces all the mines now being worked. with their yield in 1877, so far as can be reliably as- certained :- 78 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA. Collieries Seams Produce in 1877 Coal mines. | Cumberland Joggins . North . . . 1,432 10,223 1,213 530 93,606 Acadia S| Deep Main Acadia Acadia McBean . 63,101 20,792 95,243 57,827 27,001 42,513 | 61,938 26,197 7,768 CUMBERLAND COUNTY, N.S. Cumberland Joggins . Scotia . . Seaman . Spring Hill Pictou COUNTY, N.S. Acadia . . Albion Mines* . . Intercolonial , Nova Scotia . Vale. . CAPE BRETON COUNTY, C.B. Block-house Caledonia, . . Collins Emery Gardener. Glace Bay. . Gowrie International Lingan . McInnes and Le Cras Ontario . . . Reserve . . . . Schooner Pond. . South Head . . Sidney Mines, . Victoria . INVERNESS COUNTY, C.B. Broad Cove Port Hood . . . . VICTORIA COUNTY, C.B. New Campbellton . Block-house Phelan Collins . Emery . Lorway . Harbor McAulay. Harbor . Lingan . . . . hor . . . . . 3,540 ? 36,295 28,154 18,346 21,054 10 Phelan Phelan . , 13,391 Main Ross. 363 109,098 14,262 Il 706 366 2,527 757,496 * These valuable mines are at Stellarton on the Pictou branch of the Inter-colonial Railway, three miles from New Glasgow, and 100 N.E. of Halifax. The Foord Shaft of the mine was the scene of the late casualty by which many lives were lost. PRODUCTIONS, ETC. 79 The following table illustrates the progress made in NOVA SCOTIA. the coal production of Nova Scotia from 1827 (the year Increase of in which the General Mining Association commenced coal trade. operations) to 1880, inclusive :- Tons 1827 to 1830 51,172 1831 to 1840 808,145 1841 to 1850 1,415,385 1851 to 1860 2,292,805 1861 to 1870 5,092,587 1871 to 1879 7,911,331 1880 1,096,183 Grand Total. 18,667,628 The following summary exhibits the extent of the Summary mineral production of Nova Scotia during 1879:- of mineral produce. Gold. . 13,801 Ounces Coal . 788,273 Tons Iron Ore . . 29,889 Gypsum . 95,126 Limestone . 9,444 Manganese Ore. .. 145 Coke made . . . 9,646 Building Stone. 5,562 Barytos . . 480 Fireclay . Grindstones, &c. . . 1,675 The most noticeable feature in the coal trade for the past year has been the marked increase in the sales to Quebec and Ontario, and the still more marked decline in export to the United States. Next to coal the most important mining industry of Gold. this province is that of gold. The first mine (the Tangier) was opened in 1860-61, and operations have been conducted, with more or less activity, during a period of twenty years. Nova Scotia gold, like that of California and Australia and other countries, is an alloy in which silver forms the chief impurity. "The dis- tinctive features of the gold leads of Nova Scotia,' writes Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, are their general conformability with the slate and quartzite beds and their regularity, suggesting that they are rather beds than veins. But there are characters that point to their being true veins in spite of these features, and they are the following :- 1. The roughness of the planes of contact between ...... 50 80 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA. quartz and slate and quartzite; 2, the crushed state of the slate or gonge on some foot-walks ; 3, the ir- Gold ore. regularity of their mineral contents; 4, the terminations of the leads; 5, the effects of contemporary disloca- tions; 6, and the influence of stringers and off-shoots on the richness of the leads. These are characters that singly or collectively it would be difficult to account for associated with a stratified deposit. So far as my present observation goes, I think that to describe the gold lodes otherwise than as interstratified beds would be to give a false notion of their geognostic relations. The laminated structure of many of the lodes, and the intercalation between their layers of thin continuous films or layers of argillite can hardly be explained in any other way than by supposing these bodies to have been formed by suc- cessive deposition at what was at the time the surface of the earth.' “The extent of the formation in which the auriferous rock is found,' writes Mr. Rutherford, .may be said to cover almost the entire length of the Southern coast of Nova Scotia. The width inland is, roughly speaking, from twenty to forty miles.' . Principal The principal gold-mining districts are situate in the gold mines. counties of Halifax, Guysborough, Victoria, and Hants, and are named as follows:-Tangier, Waverley, Oldham, Musquodoboit, and Lawrencetown in Halifax County ; Sherbrooke, Wine Harbour, and Stormont in Guys. borough ; Renfrew in Hants, and the rest in Victoria. Claims have also recently been opened in Queen's County. Goldenville, three miles from Sherbrooke, is said to be one of the richest fields in the province. Halifax is the gold centre of the province. Production The mines reached their highest yield in 1867, when of gold. upwards of 1,000 men were engaged in their operation. Since that time the amount produced has been steadily on the decline, until the year 1879, which has been marked by increased activity. The following tables show the number of mines open, men at work, the yield from year to year, and the fluctuations, and total production for a period of eighteen years :- PRODUCTIONS, ETC. NOVA SCOTIA. Year Total ounces of Gold extracted Quartz Crushed Yield per Ton of 2,000 lbs. Total days' Labour Average earnings per man per day and year, at 300 working days, $18 per oz. Gold statistics. A Day $.83 92 1.42 2.15 Tons Oz. Dwt.Gr. 6,473 2 11 17,002 16 11 21,434 18 16 24,423 10 20 32,161 31,386 32,262 35,147 10 30,829 30,791 12 17,093 17,708 13,844 14,810 15,490 17,369 19 17,990 13 23 15,936 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 12 Oz. Dwt. Gr. 7,275 00 14,001 14 17 20,022 18 13 25,454 4 8 25,204 13 2 27,314 11 11 20,541 6 10 17,868 019 19,866 5 5 19,227 7 4 13,094 17 6 11,852 7 19 9,140 13 9 11,208 14 19 12,038 13 18 16,882 6 1 12,577 1 22 13,801 8 10 13,234 0 4 10,750 13 2 14,107 3 20 A Year $249 276 426 645 642 672 459 456 615 636 ܟܨܣܟܢ ܟܝܢܣ ܘ ܙ ܒ 156,000 273,624 252,720 212,966 211,796 218,894 241,462 210,938 173,680 162,994 112,476 93,470 77,246 91,698 111,304 123,565 110,422 92,002 2.14 2.24 1.53 1:52 2.05 2:12 2:09 2.28 2:12 2:20 1.94 2:46 2.05 627 684 636 660 582 10 111! 335,464 2 3 392,148 2,927,257 Alluvial gold-mining has not been thus far carried on in Nova Scotia to any great extent. The Montague mines, seven miles east of Halifax The city, will well repay a visit. The total value of their Montague gold-yield since 1861 is estimated at 6,000,000 dols., or mines. about 1,200,0001. The manager of the Rose Gold- Mining Company at Montague is announced to have recently brought to Halifax a bar of gold weighing 800 ounces, and valued at 16,000 dollars. Its production had occupied fourteen men for six weeks. The profit to the company on it would be over 14,500 dols. Iron.-Iron ore, though known to exist in one form Iron. or another in every part of the province, has thus far been little worked. There are but two mines in actual operation. These are the Acadia' at Londonderry in Colchester county, owned by the Steel Company of Canada, and the works of the New York and Nova Scotia Iron and Coal Mining Company at Clementsport, Annapolis county. The former mine and works were visited by the Governor-General, Aug. 16, 1880, in his 82 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Gold statistics. NOVA SCOTIA. GENERAL STATEMENT OF THE WORKING OF THE Nova SCOTIA GOLD MINES FOR THE YEAR 1879. Showing the number of Mines now at work, days' labour performed, quantity of Quartz, &c., crushed, yield of Gold, fv. Maximum Districts Number of Mines Days' Labour Quartz, &c., Crushed Yield per Ton yield Total yield of Gold Average yield per man per day for twelve months, at $18.00 per oz. per Ton 1.60 Caribou Gay's River . Montague : Oldham . Renfrew . Sherbrooke . Stormont : Tangier . . Uniacke . . Waverley . . Wine Harbour . Unproclaimed, &c. N CANN mo 7,648 1,031 4,483 5,322 734 44,965 3,447 9,267 7,775 2,922 3,166 1,242 Mills employed Steam Power Water Power co w NNNNC Ivan a 1--loc la we low-lell Oz. Dwt.Gr.Oz.Dwt.Gr. 781 017 7 4 0 21 1000 8 4 1 0 15 5 485| 3 3 0 6 13 6 1,787 0 17 22 | 11 2 20 419 0 5 0 0 12 9 9,209 0 16 1 17 12 0 124 1 11 6 2 1 21 1,454 0 10 6 3 0 0 744 1 1 4 | 3 5 16 442 O 5 7 1 8 0 424 1 0 0 1 9 5 0 57 | 1 6 0 19 18 21 Oz. Dwt. Gr. 676 1 21 41 0 1 1,527 10 20 1,600 17 0 104 1 2 7,389 17 15 198 15 0 857 7 12 787 18 0 116 11 1 427 5 6 2 22 •71 6:13 5:41 2.64 2.97 1:03 1.66 1.82 71 1 2 2.40 1:00 40 | 92,002 28 12 15,936 0 17 8 19 18 21 13,801' 8 10 2:34 PRODUCTIONS, ETC. 83 recent visit to and through the province. The amount NOVA SCOTIA. produced in 1879 was 29,889 tons of iron ore, and 2,444 Phosphoric tons of ankerite. The average daily force employed is iron. 177 men. In reference to the more phosphoric ores of the province, it may be remarked that they promise to become workable by the Thomas Gilchrist process, as by this method pig iron holding 1.4 phosphoras and 1:4 of silicon, and nearly 20 phosphorus and 1:0 of silicon, has given a satisfactory product in Germany, and the process appears to be considered practically workable in England. The total number of persons at present engaged in Miners. the various mining industries of Nova Scotia may be stated in round numbers at 6,000, divided as follows:-- Coal . . . . . . . . 3,000 Gold . . . . . . . . . 3,034 Iron . . . . . . . . . 117 6,151 “The development of our iron ores and coal,' writes Mr. John Rutherford, M.E., 'must form an important page in the future history of the province. Lead Lead. (galena) has been found at Lower Gray's River, one mile from Shubenacadie station, on the Intercolonial Railway. No copper mines have yet been systematically worked. Superior building stone is found throughout the province. Manganese is also worked. Splendid varieties of agate Stones, &c. are found on the shores of the Bay of Fundy, and amateur geologists will there find an extensive and remunerative field for the prosecution of their researches and studies. Mineral waters are found in Halifax, Pictou, Shelburne, and Hants counties. The productions of Nova Scotia, as already shown, are mainly those of the sea, the mine, and the forest. Pines, spruce, hemlock, beech, and birch are among the best-known woods. It is not in any sense an agricul- Timber,&c. tural country, and so long as there is an acre of uninhabited or uncultivated prairie.land left in the Dominion it is not likely to become so. The soil in many parts, however, is very fertile, and in some of the interior counties (Hants, King's, and Annapolis espe- cially) fine crops are raised. The best soil for farming Aerienl. purposes is on the northern slope. The agricultural in- ture. 84 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. iron ores. Analysis of NOVA SCOTIA. The following Analyses of the Iron Ores of Nova Scotia will be found useful to Investors and Inquirers. CONSTITUENTS I. II. | III. | IV. | v. | VI. | VII. VIII. IX. | x. | XI. 97.52 81.90 06 93.09 1:10 Oxides of Iron » » Manganese Alumina Lime . . 84.54 •76 .19 1:02 75 67 :52 .45 2.44 .98 19:43 65.26 trace. 5.59 1.88 1.05 23.68 92:01 2:16 .21 1.27 .43 3.68 85.01 .38 .69 •49 .19 2:14 88.92 •78 •71 1:44 .82 2:14 .32 .91 Magnesi 52:30 | 60-71 •15 .18 undd. undd. undd. undd. undd. undd. undd. 29.97 undd. undd. .34 •19 .63 (.08) (26) 1.98 undd. -05 .43 2.22 . . 5.84 3.20 06 (5003) 4.80 04 ·002 ndd. 09 Silica . . Iron Pyrites. (Sulphur) Phosphoric Acid (Phosphorus). Water : Loss on Ignition .24 •29 .22 •16 •08 05 trace. 04 .99 (43) 9:46 .25 .34 (14) 4.61 11.13 11:41 -45 : 2.54 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.78 100.08 99.93 100.00 99.94 100.00 Metallic Iron. . .5436 | 43:4 | 36.61 | 42.50 64:41 | 68.33 59:50 | 57.71 | 62:24 65:2 | 59-17 VII., IX., X., XI.-Limonite, Fraser Saddlers', East River, VIII.-Limonite, Cullen's, East River. In Colchester County. XII.-Limonite, Ross' Farm, Londonderry. III.-- In Pictou County. I., II.-Red Hematite, East River. Webster Vein. IV. Blanchard Vein. V., VI.-Specular Ore, McDonald's, East River. . " PRODUCTIONS, ETC. 85 XII. | XIII. | XIV. XV. | XVI. XVII. XVIII. XIX. XX. | XXI. XXII. XXIII. CONSTITUENTS 81.78 .21 88.21 84.73 .23 •23 •14 .14 79.68 2:51 •63 50·14 24:74 3.68 69.86 2:25 trace. 11.70 •42 •07 83.79 2:05 1:16 •52 62 •52 •75 83:13 •72 .66 .88 .25 1.93 96.93 trace. 33 04 11 1.26 2 •57 .35 .10 83:29 82.65 •41 .25 trace. •56 .39 •15 25 4:13 4:79 02 (.001) (.008) •32 •38 (13) | (:166) 11.21 | 10.82 1.22 .12 5:37 race. 34 3:05 2.67 4076 4.81 9:04 6917 | Oxides of Iron undd. , Manganese undd. Alumina undd. Lime undd. Magnesia 18.94 Silica Iron Pyrites (.05) (Sulphur) 1.82 Phosphoric Acid (579) (Phosphorus) Water Loss on Ignition •20 *016 trace. (08) (.04) trace. •004 •19 (.08) 11.40 .016 .86 (37) | 11:53 •14 (.06) 10.68 •21 (.004) .44 (•19) 12:43 •007 (5003) .82 trace. 1.53 7.07 9.20 11:25 (309) 11.06 .05 99.74 100:61 99.98 100.00 99.72 99•68 99:98 99:66 99.49 100.00 100.00 59:31 | 48:92 58.68 5830 57.85 57:25 | 58:27 | 55:17 67.85 61.39 35:10 50:09 Metallic Iron Vein, XIII.---Limonite, P. Totten's, Londonderry. XIV.- Folly Mountain, XV., XVI., Martin's Brook, Cumberland Br., XVIII.- , „' North Vein, London- derry. XIX.—Limonite, Cumberland Brook, South Londonderry. XX.-Specular, Cook's Brook, Londonderry. XXI.- Red Hematite, Big Pond, Cape Breton. | XXII.-Limonite, Goshen Hills, Hants County. XXIII.--Nictaux Ore. XVII.- 1 iron ores. Analysis of NOVA SCOTIA. 86 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Fruit. NOVA SCOTIA, terests of the province are superintended by a Central Board of Agriculture, now in its twentieth year of opera- tion. There are 80 agricultural societies, with 4,130 members, the number having increased from 37 with a membership in 1864 of 1,744. The total grant in aid of these societies in 1878 was 6,478 dols. Annapolis county is fully entitled to precedence as the best general farming and fruit-growing district of the pro- vince. The Annapolis valley proper presents such a pic- ture as is found nowhere else except in Devon, Kent, or some of the southern counties of England. In this charm- ing valley, sheltered from the rude cold winds by the north-western mountains, and consequently favoured with a higher temperature than any other part of the province, Indian corn ripens and fruits grow in perfection. The Annapolis orchards are famous throughout the Atlantic sea-board. Both soil and climate are adapted to the growth of apples. At the Truro exhibition of October 1878, no less than thirty-five single varieties were shown; among them the nonpareil, ribston pippins, golden rus- sets, pomme-grise, bishop pippins, northern spy, green- ings, harvey delawares, chebucto beauties, newtown pippins, baldwins, spitzenbergs, and yellow bellefleurs. Peaches, pears, plums, grapes, and melons are grown in the open air. All the small fruits, such as currants, goose- berries, strawberries, raspberries, blackberries, blueber- ries, huckleberries, cranberries, &c., are very abundant, Hops. both in a wild state and cultivated. Hops may be pro- fitably raised, as the climate is well adapted for the growth of the plant, and the dry, warm climate of some of the western counties would ensure the early ripening of the blossoms. A few English hop-growers would do well, as there is a steady home market for the article. Cum. berland county is noted for its hay crop. Antigonish county, in the eastern part of the province, is a good grazing district, and large droves of horned cattle are raised there for the Newfoundland market. This branch of industry might be profitably extended, Halifax offer- ing every facility for shipment. Yarmouth county is famed for its pogies' (potatoes). Peat abounds in King's county, and will in time, no doubt, be largely cut Building and used for fuel. The marble and limestone deposits of stone. Cape Breton are worthy the attention of investors. They MANUFACTURES. 87 · are situated at North Mountain on the West Bay of the NOVA SCOTIA. Bras d'Or Lake, and are pronounced by Mr. Hugh Fletcher the most valuable deposits yet developed in Nova Scotia.' Quarries of limestone have been opened at Catalogne, L'Ardoise, Salmon Creek, McNab Cove, and other places. Of the marble in its several varieties Marble. Professor How reports : "While somewhat similar to the Vermont and New York marbles, it is tougher, and takes a much sharper "cutting. The facilities for mining, draining, and shipment are excellent. Oil is stated to have been discovered in Cape Breton Oils. in large quantities, and a Halifax Company is already formed to assist in its working. From the sap of the rock-maple, sugar and syrup are produced in consider. Maple able quantities. Both have a delicious flavour. The season for collecting the sap is March, when the trees are tapped by boring them with an auger a foot or two from the ground, and allowing the sap to run into troughs. When a sufficient quantity is collected, it is boiled down in large pots, or cauldrons, and sugar is made by a simple process known to all Nova Scotian and New England farmers. Manufac- tures. Manufactures, Trade, etc. The intelligent and observant visitor to Nova Scotia cannot fail to be struck with the great natural ad. vantages which this province enjoys for manufactu- ring on a large scale. Advantages, which other countries possess to a much smaller extent, have been utilised, while those of Nova Scotia have been either despised or neglected. Partly from this apathy and in- difference, and partly by reason of the unjustly discri. minating tariff regulations of her southern neighbours, her great privileges have remained unimproved. She is possessed of all the great requisites for becoming an important manafacturing centre. A climate at once bracing and healthy, coal and iron in abundance, numerous excellent harbours, a position at once cen- tral and commanding-half-way between the great bread-producing prairies of the North-West and the com. bined markets of Great Britain and Europe. Possessed of such transcendent advantages, her present manufac- 88 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA, turing industries are capable of almost limitless ex- pansion. 'I know of no part of the globe,' says a late writer, 'so well adapted by Nature as Nova Scotia to Ships and become a manufacturing centre. ship- Nova Scotia owns more shipping in proportion to building. her population than any other country in the world. In her list of ports Yarmouth ranks first in the amount of tonnage owned by her shippers ; Halifax coming second. At the close of 1878 the registry books showed a total of 2,975 craft of all kinds owned in the Province, with a carrying capacity of 552,159 tons, distributed as fol- lows:- Name of Port Vessels Tons 14 . 77 . . 124 30 . 9 . . . . . 163 41 1,001 106 6 219 14 16 . Amherst Annapolis Arichat. Barrington Baddeck Digby . . Guysboro' . Halifax Liverpool . Londonderry. Lunenburg . Maitland Pugwash Parrsboro' . . Pictou . Port Hawkesbury . Port Medway Sydney . Shelburne . . Truro . Windsor . . Weymouth . Yarmouth . 5,737 22,769 6,034 1,796 581 17,379 2,309 98,149 10,565 2,726 14,794 36,328 1,051 10,961 31,405 1,922 1,468 6,912 13,625 1,649 97,813 5,911 160,075 . . 76 . 99 . . 2 . . 98 129 . 4 . . 195 23 437 . . Total. El 2,975 552,159 Exports. During 1879 the total number of new vessels built was 126, with an aggregate tonnage of 39,208. The total Exports of Produce, for 1877, amounted to $7,425,723, of which $5,538,402 worth were the pro- duce of the sea, the forest, and the mine, as follows: 90 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA, 1879, 285 grants, covering 45,0531 acres, were made in eighteen counties. The amount received as the proceeds of these Crown lands, during the same period, amounted to 10,446 dols. 84 cents, distributed as follows:- Crown Lands revenue. Return showing the amount of Moneys paid into the Provincial Treasury for Crown Lands, by the several Counties, during 1879. · · Digby: · · · · · Annapolis 88 00 Colchester . 820 68 Cumberland : 1,126 61 131 80 Guysboro 1,342 67 Halifax. 1,267 56 Hants. 142 32 Lunenburg . 114 40 Pictou . . 1,375 22 Queens. 356 00 Shelburne 44 00 Yarmouth 122 88 Total in Nova Scotia Proper* . . Cape Breton . . . . 860 59 Inverness . . . . . 1,129 38 Richmond . 829 15 Victoria . . . . . 695 58 · · 6,932 14 3,514 70 Grand total. The receipts in 1877 were . „ „ „ 1878 10 ) „ . . . 10,446 84 . 7,825 97 7,001 88 Govern- ment. The responsibilities of government are divided in Nova Scotia, as in other confederated provinces, between the General or Dominion and Provincial authorities. She sends twenty-one members to the Ottawa Parliament, two each from Halifax and Cape Breton counties, and one each from the remaining sixteen. The Provincial executive or Local Government is precisely similar to that of the other provinces. There is a Lieutenant-Governor appointed by the Governor-General in Council, and an Executive Council of nine, chosen from the members of the Legislature. This includes the heads of the various departments, viz., the Treasurer, Secretary, Attorney-General, and the Com- missioners of Works and Mines and Crown Lands. A * Antigonish and King's counties are unrepresented. GOVERNMENT. 91 Legislative Council or Upper House, of twenty-one NOVA SCOTIA. members, appointed by the Governor, and the House of Assembly or Lower House, of thirty-eight members, elected every fourth year by the people, form the Legis. lature. The Members of the Executive and Legislative Coun. cils are Justices of the Peace throughout the Province, so long as they belong to either branch. The population in 1871 was 387,800. It is now Population. about 440,500, and increasing under the laws of natural increase, there being little immigration for purposes of settlement. Nearly three-fourths of the population are Protestants, and the remaining fourth Roman Catholic. Immigration to and within Nova Scotia is now almost Immigra- entirely in transitu to the North-Western provinces and tion. to the Western States of the American Union. In No- vember 1879 the arrivals were 990, eight-tenths of whom were farm and general labourers and female domestic servants. Mr. H. P. Clay at Halifax is the acting agent. The public schools are sustained by provincial en- Education, dowment, county and district assessment, and are free &c. to all children over five years of age. There are five colleges, viz. :-Dalhousie, belonging to the province; King's, to the Episcopalians; Acadia, to the Baptists; and St. Mary's and St. Francis Xavier, to the Roman Catholics. The Free School System prevails in this province. At the close of 1878 there were 1,673 school sections with 1,915 schools, and 101,538 registered pupils. The cost is thus stated :- 2,000 teachers, paid Of which the Government grant (lo The balance by assessment . . Government (Nova Scotia local) grant . Subdivided : Public Schools. Colleges and Normal School 721,898 8208,114 513,784 721,898 . • 208,114 25,900 - 208,114 82.214 The Temperance movement has gained a firm foot- Temper- ing in this Province, and at the close of 1879 the ance Societies. various temperance organisations had an approximated so 92 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA, enrolled membership of 44,700, the numerically strongest being the 'Sons' and the ‘Blue Ribbons' clubs. Indians. The Indians of Nova Scotia belong to the Micmac tribe. They number 2,122, and are pretty evenly dis- tributed throughout the province; Pictou and Cape Breton counties having the largest number of them. There are two reserves for them in Cape Breton county, near Sydney. Railways. The consolidated railway system of this province embraces the following lines :- Windsor and Annapolis . Halifax to Annapolis . 129* Western Counties. Digby to Yarmouth : 67 Eastern Counties . New Glasgow to Antigonish 60 Intercolonial. Halifax to Aulac, N.B. . 1447 . Truro to Pictou . 52 Total . . . . 452 Miles The Intercolonial line is admirably built and equip- ped throughout its entire length, with comfortable hotels * At Annapolis a steamer connects with the Windsorand Annapolis Railway for Digby and St. John, N.B., and thence by rail or steamer to all parts of New Brunswick, the United States and the Upper Provinces. + The Intercolonial Railway connects at Pictou (during the navigable season) with Prince Edward Island Steam Navigation Company's steamers for Port Hood, Charlottetown, Georgetown, Summerside, and Shediac; also at St. John, by rail and steamers, with all parts of the Upper Provinces and the United States. This fine road which was opened July 3, 1876, embraces 730 miles of main line and branches, connecting Halifax with St. John, N.B., and with almost every important town in Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island. The following sections and mileage are comprised in its operation :- 66 .. 123 63 · · · · Rivière-du-Loup to Rimouski, Quebec . Rimouski to Campbellton, New Brunswick Campbellton to Bathurst Bathurst to Miramichi Chatham Branch Miramichi to Moncton • ,, Moncton to Point du Chêne Moncton to St. John Moncton to Amherst, Nova Scotia Amherst to Truro Truro to Halifax Truro to Pictou 19 · ........... · 49 · 77 · 61 · · 94 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA, primitive wilderness, and in the least accessible forests the stately moose and cariboo are scarcely molested by Sport. the hunter. Cumberland county has been pronounced one of the finest moose-hunting grounds in the world.' This animal resembles the reindeer of Europe. Nearly every stream abounds in trout, and althongh civilisa- tion, with its dams and mills, had nearly exterminated the salmon at one time, the efforts of the Canadian Go- vernment since 1868 have so far restored the streams that this royal fish may also be taken in nearly all its old haunts. The salmon rivers are short, only a few miles apart, and readily accessible from Halifax. Sea- trout begin to run up them towards the end of June. Shelburne, Queen's, and Lunenburg counties—the lake region'-afford, perhaps, on the whole, the best sport for the angler. There is also capital salmon and trout fish- ing to be had among the mountains of Cape Breton county, and on the Margaree river in Inverness. The scenery around Lunenburg, the county seat of Lunen- burg county, and in the neighbourhood of Chester and Mahone Bay, is picturesque. Annapolis, so desirable in other respects, also offers attractions to the sportsman. Woodcock, snipe, duck, and plover shooting are first- rate. The close time for woodcock, snipe, blue-winged duck or teal, is from March 1 to August 1. Officers in either of H.M's services are exempt from the licence fee when subscribing members of the Game and Inland Fishery Protection Society, of Nova Scotia.' The game Annapolis laws of the province should be rigidly observed. Moose, valley. deer, bares, and foxes afford good sport in certain sea, sons. Digby, situate at the foot of the Annapolis basin, and readily reached by the Annapolis and St. John steamers, commands some really fine scenery, much patronised by New Brunswickers. Judge Thomas C. Haliburton and General Fenwick Williams (of Kars) are both natives of the Annapolis Valley, the former having been born at Windsor, the latter at Annapolis Royal. Hillsborough, nine miles east of Digby, lying on both banks of Bear River, and sentinelled by high hills, is the centre of a large trade in lumber and her. rings, the product of the Annapolis Basin. Clements- port, one of the oldest settlements in the province, is close by. Along the shores of St. Mary's Bay, south of Wey- SPORT, GAME, ETC. 95 mouth, a pretty village at the mouth of the Sisiboo river, NOVA SCOTIA. there is a large settlement of Acadians. Windsor, the county town of Hants, is the seat of King's College. The Points ruins of Fort Cumberland and the site of Fort Lawrence interest. are reached from Amherst, the county town of Cumber- land County. Halifax, being strictly a shore county, with a coast-line upwards of 100 miles in length, offers special attractions to the salt-water tourist and sportsman. Bedford, nine miles from the city, on the line of the Intercolonial Railway, is its chief summer resort, and affords every facility for boating, fishing, and bathing. Lawrencetown, Middleton, Aylesford, Berwick, Kent- ville, a beautifully embowered little town and the county town of King's county; Wolfville, where is situate Acadia College; and Grand Pré, which is the extreme eastern point of what is called the . Annapolis Valley,' will each repay a visit. The scene of Longfellow's 'Evangeline'is laid here- The Basin abouts. The scenery is charming, and the view of the of Minas. Grand Pré, Blomidon, and the Basin of Minas, from the top of the Horton Mountain, is remarkably fine. Here the discerning and meditative traveller learns the simple lesson that poetry is not in nature but in the searching, loving eye, aud that after beholding this lovely land- scape the light that never was on sea or land may shine round his own farm and fireside. In the Acadian Land, on the shores of the Basin of Minas, Distant, secluded, still, the village of Grand Pré Lay in the fruitful valley. Vast meadows stretched to the east- wards, Giving the village its name, and pasture to flocks without number. Again : Still stands the forest primeval; but under the shade of its branches Dwells another race, with other customs and language. Only along the shores of the mournful and misty Atlantic Linger a few Acadian peasants, whose fathers from exile Wandered back to their native land to die in its bosom. In the fisherman's cot the wheel and the loom are still busy, Maidens still wear their Norman caps and their kirtles of homespun, And in the evening fine repeat Evangeline's story, While from its rocky caverns the deep-mouthed neighbouring ocean Speaks, and in accents disconsolate answers the wail of the forest. The following characteristic sketch of this charming 96 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA, section of the province is from Principal Grant's admi- rable paper in Scribner's Magazine : '- . Evange- ‘Every year tourists flock to see Evangeline's line's country. In truth, were it only for the sake of the country. holiday they could not do better. The wise Acadians had found or had lighted upon the garden of Nova Scotia. Fairer scenes the eye seldom looks upon than the valley of the Gaspereaux or that wide expanse seen from Lookout or almost any point on the North or South Mountain. This is the lovely Annapolis Valley, where, as Joseph Howe used to boast exultingly, “you can ride for fifty miles under apple-blossoms." The tidal waters of the great Bay of Fundy, rushing along the coast outside, seeking for admission into the heart of the province, have found an opening, three miles wide, between the high trap needles of Cape Split and a cape on the opposite shore. Swirling round Cape Split and pressing through the narrow passage like a mill stream, the turbid waters peacefully expand into the Basin of Minas. The broad basin reposing at your feet looks like a wide-opened hand, sending out long, beneficent fingers all round into the heart of a grateful country. One of these fingers touches the valley of the Cornwallis, and into its tips stream the tidal rivers, dyked by the old Acadians. On these fat and fair dyked lands dwells another race, with other customs and language-in large modern farm-houses, embowered in roses and honeysuckle. In fancy you can rebuild the old thatched cottages beside ancient apple-trees with tall poplars, and young willows branching widely out from decayed roots—sure signs of the former inhabitants. At Grand Pré the first person you meet points where the sturdy blacksmith's shop stood, and the village church, and the wells, and the once well-filled cellars, now only grass- grown depressions pockmarking the face of green fields. The great features of the landscape are still the same-. the vast meadows reclaimed from the sea, and worth from one hundred to four hundred dollars an acre; the orchards and cornfields "spreading afar and unfenced ” “ o'er the plain; ” while away to the north, across the Basin of Minas, grand old Blomidon aplifts to the sky his dark cindery forehead over bright red sandstone and scatters agates and amethysts at his feet. Not one Frenchman SPORT, GAME, ETC. 97 is to be found where everything reminds as of them NOVA SCOTIA, and their handiwork. You meet their descendants almost everywhere else in Old Acadie—from Cheti. camp to Clare, and from Chezzetcook to the Bay Cha- leur; but not one on the Canard river, not one from Grand Pré to Annapolis Royal. Farmers from New England received the reclaimed lands; and their grand- children—a race as little likely as their ancestors to surrender their fathers' inheritance--now raise potatoes for the New England of to-day, and build ships from the forest primeval on Cape Blomidon, and not only build, but own and sail them on every sea.' There is little need of saying much of Halifax, for the Halifas, simple reason that the visitor will prefer to explore and see it for himself. It is at once the political, commer. cial, and social capital of the province, the centring and radiating point of travel along the coast and to and from the interior. It is, moreover, the only British military and naval station in British North America. For this reason, if for no other, it possesses a transcendent interest for the stranger Briton.* Occupying as it does the west side of what was once called Chebacto Bay, covering the whole of a peninsula formed by the harbour on the east, and by its river-like inlet—the North-West Arm-on the west, upwards of four miles in length, with an average width of nearly two miles—its site is at once picturesque, impressive, and commanding. The whole area of the city may be roughly stated at eight square miles, and of this more than one-half is either built upon or available for building purposes Fort George, or the “Citadel,' commenced when the Duke of Kent, father of Queen Victoria, was in command of this station, crowns the summit of the slope on which the city proper stands, and commands the best view to be obtained of it and the surrounding landscape and waters. The Prince's favourite residence was on the west side of Bedford Basin, a beautiful place belonging to Governor *Not the least of its recommendations,' says Rowan, 'to the re- tired or reflective stranger is that it is one of the few towns on the American continent which combine all the advantages of a high standard of social life-clubs, pleasant society, official and unofficial -with the equally endearing charm of being within easy reach of forest and barren and river and lake.' I HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA. Wentworth, and known as the Prince's Lodge. Cluster. -ing almost beneath the observer's feet, and spreading Halifax out more visibly on his either band, north and south, is Harbour, the town, stony, wooden, and smoke-begrimed. Be- yond it lies what is often, and not without truth, called • the finest harbour in the world. Set in it, like a gem on the throat of some fair lady, is the green, mound. like St. George's Island, crowned by Fort Charlotte. These waters-blue as ever the Mediterranean was- stretch away to the right, or south-west, laving for miles the shores of McNab's Island, with its forest-clad hills and breezy downs; gleaming through the dark pine-tops of the luxuriant Tower Woods; mirroring the pretty village of Falkland, which seems to clamber up the steep hill-side from the lofty summit of which frowns York Redoubt (a venerable fort, with a formidable modern battery on the seaward face-crowns a high, steep bluff, its armaments of nine- and ten-inch guns sweeping the approaches for miles, with shot and shell not quite as big as a barrel of flour, but somewhat heavier); now playfully rippling and anon rolling in curling and foaming waves, over Point Pleasant ledges and the more distant Thrum Cap sboal; until off Sambro Head, scene of many a shipwreck, about nine miles distant, they mingle with the broad Atlantic. On the farther, or eastern, shore of the harbour, the thriv- ing town of Dartmouth, built to the water's edge, and backed by bold wood-crowned hills, rises to view. On the other hand, to the northward, this sheet of water contracts in width, forming what are called The Narrows, the shores of which are beautifully variegated with groves, green-fields, and pretty clusters of houses. Par- suing the view still farther in that direction, we may Bedford catch a glimpse of Bedford Basin over the shoulders of Basin. the hills which form the northern part of the peninsula. Turn to the rear or westward, and Halifax Common, or Campus Martius, spreads out from the base of Citadel Hill, an expanse which is, every year, being more exten- sively planted and otherwise improved, and will soon be a charming public park. This—more properly the North Common—comprises, together with the Public Gardens, an extent of about ninety acres. Of this area the Public Gardens comprise over fourteen acres. They 100 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. A run NOVA SCOTIA. land into Germany; while in Chezzetcook of East Halifax, the more southern section of Yarmouth, and Clare township in Digby, most of the inhabitants are more conspicuously old-fashioned French than are the natives of old France itself. Annapolis is the oldest town in the province. The ruins of the old fortifications form the chief attraction for tourists. From Halifax north and westward the Intercolonial through Railway furnishes the most direct and speedy means of the Pro communication. A fine view is had of Halifax in round- vince. ing the head of the bay near Bedford. The soil here- abouts is of that scant bat strong character which grows nothing but rocks, and Bedford itself is what might be called a Micmac pic-nic sort of a place. Grand Lake, twenty-three miles north, is a beautiful sheet of water, eight miles in length. Wellington Lake, nestling lovingly midst pines and cedars, affords a passing picture. At Elmsdale, seven miles beyond, the Nine Mile River joins the Shubenacadie, and affords some fine salmon and trout fishing. The Shubenacadie is one of the main rivers of the province, which it almost bisects. Passing Polly Bog, Stewiacke and Brookfield stations the town of Truro is reached. Here are extensive manu- factories, also the provincial normal and model schools. From this place, which is situated on the Onslow Marsh, a branch line, fifty-two miles long, carries the traveller on through Stellarton, and New Glasgow, to Pictou, the centre of the great coal-mining region of Nova Scotia Albion and proper. The “Albion' mine at Stellarton and the Vale Coal Vale' colliery at New Glasgow, will each repay a visit Mines. from the inquiring traveller. At Londonderry, on the main line to Moncton, Spring Hill and Maccan, there are also mining properties, and near the latter station some fine scenery. Outside of Halifax, Pictou is con- sidered to be the richest town in Nova Scotia, the most of the wealth having been made in the coal and ship- building trades. There are several hotels in the place, in which the table and accommodation are very good, and the charges moderate. The steamers of the “ Allan' line furnish a fortnightly service between St. John's and Liverpool, and between St. John's and Halifax. The steamers of the Prince Edward Island Steam Navigation Company leave Pictou four times a week for Charlotte- INTERCOLONIAL RAILWAY. 101 town, Prince Edward Island, and Port Hawkesbury, CAPE Sydney, and other places on Cape Breton. Steamers of BRETON, the Quebec and Gulf Ports Line leave on Tuesdays and Fridays, for Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, and Steamship lines. Shediac, Newcastle, Chatham and Dalhousie, New Bruns- wick, and ports on the St. Lawrence. The boats of the Montreal and Acadian Steamship Company also call weekly. The sail from Pictou, through Northumberland Straits, to Charlottetown is very pleasant; the water is seldom rough, and the boats are strongly built and comfortably furnished. Cape Breton. As stated in the opening of this chapter, the island of Cape Breton is situate immediately off the northern extremity of Nova Scotia proper. Though for the most part tame and monotonous in its scenery, it has some strongly marked features. Its history may be Histor thus briefly stated. It was discovered by Verazzani, who A.D. 1535– named it Isle du Cape; ceded to France under the 1820. treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1748 ; annexed to Nova Scotia in 1765 ; made a separate colony in 1784; and in 1820 reannexed to the mainland. Previous to this it was known without doubt to the Basque fishermen, who came to the banks and coasts of Acadia in quest of cod-fish. As early as 1516 Jacobus Bartoldus, according to Peter Martyr's account, speaks of it as 'A newe lande where is neyther cities or castell, and where the inhabytants live in companies lyke heardes of beastes.' Its inhabitants, wbo may now be fairly numbered at about 65,000, are mainly the descendants of Scotch Highlanders and Acadians. It is 110 miles in length and eighty-seven miles Area. wide, and embraces an area of 3,231 square miles. Capes North and St. Lawrence, its most northerly extremities, are each about seventy miles south of Cape Ray, Newfoundland. The area of the island is about 2,650,000 acres, one-half of which is said to be susceptible of cultivation. Few countries of its limited extent,' writes its historian, Richard Brown, F.R.G.S., present such varied natural features.' Of these the Bras d'Or (pronounced Brah-dor) lakes, the 102 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CAPE Mediterranean Sea of the island, are the most remark- BRETON. able. They divide the island into two unequal parts or peninsulas, united by an isthmus less than twelve miles wide. The trend of the hills and valleys is N.E. and S.W., corresponding with the distribution of the geological formation of the island. Eastern In the eastern division there are only two ranges division. of hills of noteworthy elevation. One of these runs parallel with and near to the source of Bras d'Or lake from St. Peter's to the head of East Bay. The other from Long Island nearly to the Straits of Barra. The land rises very gradually from the coast to the interior. The cliffs, which are composed for the most part of sandstone and shells of the carboniferous formation, constitute the northern boundary of the Sydney coal- field, which occupies an area of 250 square miles on the N.E. coast. The old capital town of Sydney, situated on the S.W. arm of Sydney Harbour, contains the barracks and other memorials of the olden time when this land formed a separate province. The coal mines, five miles from North Sydney, will repay a visit. Englishtown, near the entrance to St. Anne's Harbour, is famed for its highland scenery. Louisburg, the old French capital, is now only a small fishing village. The Bras The scenery of the Bras d’Or lakes, and of the north- d'Or lakes. east coast between Margaree and Cape St. Lawrence, is Western diversified and striking. The western division con- division. sists mainly of a vast plateau, elevated in some places 1,000 to 1,200 feet above the sea, bounded on three of its sides by a coast-line of bold, rugged bluffs and lofty precipices, furrowed by deep clefts and gorges. The Mira hills, which stretch from Salmon River to L'Ardoise, form a prominent object in the landscape. Mira River, thirty miles long, is the largest and only navigable river. The remaining rivers and considerable brooks are the Margaree, Mabou, and Grand, which flow into the sea, and the St. Denys, Wagamatcook, and Baddeck, which discharge into the Bras d'Or lakes. Scatari, Scatari Island, separated from Cape Breton by St. Paul's S, Main-à-Dieu passage, is composed largely of felsites of and Sable Islands. various colours interesting to the geologist. Its shores consist alternately of rocky headlands and sand and CLIMATE AND PRODUCTS. 103 gravel beaches, guarded by reefs and inclosing ponds. CAPE Fishing is the main pursuit of the inhabitants. There BRETON. are scarcely ten acres of cultivated land on the whole island. St. Paul's Island, a dangerous rocky islet about three miles long, the dread of St. Lawrence navigators and the scene of many a shipwreck, situate ten miles north of Cape North, and Sable Island, eighty miles south of the mainland, constitute the only other dependencies of Nova Scotia. The climate of the whole island is marked by rather Climate. wide extremes of heat and cold, accompanied by sudden fluctuations of the thermometer. Snow covers the ground usually from December to April. The summers, which usually last from May to October, are delightful. The coal measures and mines of Cape Breton bave Minerals. been already described in the chapter on Nova Scotia proper. It only remains necessary to mention the re- cent oil discoveries which promise to make this island as famous as Pennsylvania and Ohio and some portions of Ontario were a few years ago. Lake Ainslie is stated to be the centre of the oil-bearing district. Already, we Oils are informed, at least 100,000 acres of land-probably a good deal more—have been leased or purchased around Lake Ainslie, and large expenditures for exploring, for boring machinery, for tanks, and for actual sinking of wells have been made. Here, as elsewhere throughout the mineral fields of Nova Scotia, the enterprising Americans are taking advantage of local apathy and in. difference and securing the best places. The first com. pany to appear on the scene was the American Oil Company, and they were quickly followed by the Cape Breton Oil and Mining Company,' Inverness Oil and Land Company, in both of which Boston capitalists have controlling interests. The 'Standard' Company of New York and Cleveland have also made extensive purchases, with a view to immediate operations. At Baddeck the Victoria Oil and Mining Company own a large tract. The oil belts in the Lake Ainslie district are very clearly defined, and of great extent. The oil thus far discovered is chiefly a lubricant, and possesses valuable properties. Professor Richards, of the Boston In- stitute of Technology, reports as follows on the oil:-Test, 223, gravity; 375° Aash test; 460° fire test; limpid at zero. 104 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. PRINCE PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND—So-called after H.R.H. Prince EDWARD Edward Duke of Kent-forms the smallest of the ISLAND. divisions of the confederated Dominion of Canada. Under its former name, the Isle St. John, it was ceded by the French to King George III. under the Treaty of Paris, and constituted a separate colony in 1770. Its situation in the middle of the St. Lawrence Gulf, not less than its fertility—the result largely of the alluvium deposited by that mighty river—have earned for it the title of the Garden of the St. Lawrence. It is some- times called the Garden of North America. Position, It is 130 miles in length and thirty-five miles in extent, &c. extreme width, and covers 2,135 square miles or about 1,365,400 acres. Its coast line is, however, so indented and irregular that in some places its width is narrowed to three or four miles. Its peculiar geographical posi- tion virtually cuts it off from the adjoining provinces during five months of the year. From November until end of March it is literally isolated, for the floating masses of ice render navigation even in the narrowest part of the straits always difficult, and sometimes perilous. The winter passage between the island and the mainland from Cape Traverse to Cape Tormentine, a distance of nine miles, is one, therefore, to be cautiously considered before undertaking it. The island during the summer months is more easily reached. A steamer runs daily between Summerside and Pointe-du-Chêne, N.B., in connection with the trains on the Intercolonial Railway and the railway on the island. The steamers have excellent accommodation for passengers, and are first-class boats in all respects. The journey by water occupies between four and five hours, and in the months of July and August is a delightful trip. But even in summer the island is somewhat out of the beaten track of travel. It is not 106 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, Lieutenant- Governors. separate province, and of the Lieutenant-Governors since Confederation :- Walter Patterson . . 1770 Lieut.-Gen. Edmund Fanning 1786 Col. J. F. W. Des Barres 1805 Charles Douglas Smith . . 1813 Col. John Ready . . . 1824 Sir Aretes W. Young . . 1831 Sir John Harvey. 1836 Sir Charles Augustus Fitzroy 1837 Sir Henry Vere Huntley 1841 Sir Donald Campbell . . 1847 Sir Alexander Bannerman . . 1851 Sir Dominick Daly . . 1854 George Dundas . 1859 Sir Wm. F. C. Robinson, K.C.M.G. 1870 SINCE CONFEDERATION. Sir Robert Hodgson, Administrator .. . . 1874 Hon. Thomas Heath Haviland, Q.C. ........... · 1879 Natural The coast, as already stated, is indented by numerous Features. bays, two of which nearly divide the island into three parts, and the harbours are numerous. The surface is gently undulating, presenting a charming aspect of hill and dale; it is well watered with numerous springs and rivers, and it has a larger proportion of land occupied and under cultivation than any other province in the Dominion. Climate The climate is temperate and healthy, and fogs do and soil. not prevail to the same extent as on the coasts of Nova Scotia. The winters are less severe than in Quebec and New Brunswick provinces, and the range of the thermometer throughout the year less variable. The soil is a light, sandy, fertile loam, easily cultivated. Large deposits of what is called 'muscle mud' are found in the beds of all the rivers, some of them from 10 to 20 feet deep; it is used as a fertiliser, giving very large crops of hay and clover, and is specially adapted for the growth of oats, buckwbeat, and root crops. Industries Farming is the chief industry of the island. Ship- and produc- building ranks next in importance. The fisheries are among the best in the Gulf, and give employment to a large number of men. Cod-fish, mackerel, and herring abound on the entire coast. Lobsters and oysters are plentiful. The 'canning' and shipment of lobsters has tions. SOCIAL STATISTICS. 107 of late years become an important branch of industry. PRINCE The province is famed for its horses, which are much EDWARD sought after by New England dealers. A stock farm is ISLAND. maintained near Charlottetown for improving the breed of cattle. The island contains about 109,000 inhabitants, mainly Population. of English and Irish extraction, whom half-a-dozen policemen serve to keep in perfect order. Good sea-bathing, boating, shooting, and fishing Sport. may be enjoyed on the island. Black duck, snipe, and plover abound in August, and speckled salt-water trout are plentiful. Hares (lepus Americanus) are very nume- roas. In winter they form 'yards’ like moose and deer. They are sold in the Charlottetown market for 8d. a pair. The school system is under the control of a board of Educatiou. eleven members. The first school was established in 1821. In 1852 the Free School Act was passed, and the number of schools now open is 417, attended by nearly 20,000 pupils. There is one railroad on the island, running between Railways, Tignish and Georgetown, 1981 miles long. It is under belegraphs, &c. the control of the Dominion Government. Steamers ply regularly during the season of navigation between the ports on the island and the seaports of Quebec, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and the New England States. A steam ferry crosses the harbour to Southport every half-hour. The chief drawback is that during a part of the winter communication is interrupted with the main shore owing to ice blockades. A submarine telegraph connects the Island with New Brunswick. It is divided into three counties, King's, Queen's, Divisions, chief towns, and Prince; each of which elect ten representatives and four councillors. Queen's is the most thickly set- tled, and has a population of 48,147. Charlottetown, the provincial capital, is pleasantly situated on the north side of the East River, near its confluence with the North and West rivers, in the parish of Charlotte, Queen's County. It is well laid out, lighted with gas, contains a population of 12,000, and several spacious public buildings. Among these the most noteworthy are the Colonial Building, built of Nova Scotia freestone, the Provincial Building, Post 108 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND Principal Towns. Office and Custom House, Market House and Public Hall and several handsome churches, Prince of Wales' College, Government House, the Lunatic Asylum at Fal. conwood, Victoria Park, Bishop's Palace, St. Dunstan's College, &c. Summerside, the second town in population and trade, is situate on the north side of Bedeque Bay. It is the centre of the oyster trade and of the traffic on the island railway, which extends westward seventy miles to Tignish, and eastward fifty miles to Charlotte- town. The Island Park Hotel, situated on a pretty island opposite the town, is the largest building of its kind in the province. At Tignish, fifty-five miles from Summerside, are large fishing establishments, where large fleets of vessels are employed in mackerel fishing. No better sport can be had than to spend a day in one of these vessels, catching mackerel in almost endless numbers. The fish-curing establishments are also well worth a visit, and the scene along the coast during the mackerel season is most enjoyable. At Alberton, another point on the line of railway, are also large fish- ing establishments. Here, also, and indeed all over the island, shipbuilding is very extensively carried on, there never being less than 100 vessels building in the differ- ent yards, some of them being of 1,000 tons measurement. From Charlottetown the railway extends to George- town and Souris, the latter at the eastern extremity of the island. The line passes through a pretty and generally well cultivated country, and crosses numerous rivers and arms of the sea, where excellent fishing is to be obtained. Sea trout, some weighing six pounds, are to be had in abundance, and in many of the smaller streams brook trout are very plentiful. The fishing all over the island is excellent and diversified, and easily accessible. Georgetown, the capital of King's County, is the eastern terminus of the Prince Edward Island Railway, and has a fine harbour open during three-fourths of the year. The rivers Cardigan and Brudenelle divide the narrow strip of land, on the extremity of which the town is built, from the mainland. Rustico, at the back of the island, 16 miles from Charlottetown, has fine bathing and good accommoda- tion for visitors at the 'seaside hotel.' Ship- building. HISTORICAL SKETCH. 109 NEW BRUNSWICK. NEW BRUNSWICK borders Nova Scotia to the west, the NEW narrow isthmus of Chignecto, so often referred to in BRUNSWICK. the preceding pages, forming the only land-link between them. Northward and north-westward it is bounded Position by the province of Quebec, eastward by the Gulf of St. and area. Lawrence, south by the Bay of Fundy and Nova Scotia, and west by Maine, the most northern of the original thirteen states of the Americah Union. It is 210 miles in length and 180 miles breadth-somewhat larger than the united areas of Belgium and Holland, and about two-thirds the size of England. Its area is 27,322 square miles, equal to 17,486,280 acres. Its coast-line of 500 miles greatly resembles that of its sister province, Nova Scotia, being everywhere indented with com- modious bays, harbours, and inlets, and penetrated by navigable rivers. The numeroas fine harbours on its eastern shore afford ansurpassed facilities for the pro- secution of its extensive fisheries in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Northumberland Straits. The interior is generally a level, undulating country. On its north- east coast from the Bay Chaleur to the boundary of Nova Scotia 200 miles, there is hardly a hill exceeding 300 feet in height. There are some elevated lands skirting the Bay of Fundy, La Baye Française of De Monts, and the River St. John, but the only section of a mountainous character is that bordering on the Pro- vince of Quebec, where the country is beautifully diver- sified by oval-topped hills ranging from 500 to 800 feet in height, clothed with lofty forest trees almost to their summits, and surrounded by fertile valleys and table- lands. It was first settled by the French in 1639. Together First with Nova Scotia, until the fall of Quebec, it formed settled, A.D. part of Acadia, or New France. As an independent 1638. province it bas not yet reached its first centenary. Prior to 1784 it formed one of the Nova Scotian counties under the name of Sunbury. 110 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NEW In that year it was formally separated from Nova BRUNSWICK. Scotia and endowed with provincial honours. In the following year Sir Guy Carleton was appointed Go- Made a vernor, with his seat of government at Fredericton, province. which had been previously known as St. Anne's. At this period eleven or twelve Acadian families, scattered between the Nova Scotia boundary and the Miramichi river, formed the entire population. In 1842 the boun- dary between New Brunswick and the United States, which had been a formidable bone of contention be- tween the two Governments for many years, was finally adjusted. Eleven years later the European and North American Railway was commenced, and in 1854 the Reciprocity Treaty was concluded, only to be abrogated in 1870.* Divisions. Population County Town in 1881 Counties ST. LAWRENCE COUNTIES Restigouche . Gloucester Northumberland Kent i Westmoreland . . 7,057 21,614 25,111 22,618 37,719 Dalhousie Bathurst Newcastle Richibucto Dorchester BAY OF FUNDY 12,379 52,967 26,086 Hopewell St. John St. Andrew's Albert St. John . . Charlotte . . INLAND COUNTIES King's Queen's . Sunbury. . York . . Carleton Victoria ; . 25,617 14,017 6,651 30,400 23,367 15,576 Hampton Gagetown Oromocto FREDERICTON (the capital) Woodstock Grand Falls . Total Population 321,129 Madawaska has been lately organised with Edmunston as a County seat. Total area, 17,486,080 acres. * The following is the list of Lieut.-Governors since Confedera- tion: 1867. Col. F. P. Harding, C.B. 1873. Hon. J. Leonard Tilley. 1868. Col. L. A. Willmot, D.C.L. 1878. Hon. E. B. Chandlers. 1880. Hon. Robert Duncan Wilmot. PRINCIPAL RIVERS. 11 BRUNSWICK. The available land in these counties amounts to NEW 6,000,000 acres, and is classified as ‘upland,' “inter- vale,' and 'swamp.' Maugerville in Sunbury County, twelve miles N.E. of Fredericton, is the oldest English settlement in the province. Indian reserves are established on the Tobique Indians. River in Victoria County, and on the St. John, Iroquois, and Madawaska rivers in the same county. The Micmac Indians number 913, and the Amelicites 536–1,459. In the census of 1851 they were returned at 1,116, and by Mr. Perley in 1841 at 1,377. - An inspection of the map will show that the surface Rivers. of the province is everywhere intersected by rivers and streams, adding to the fertility of the soil, and furnish. ing easy access to every locality. The principal river is the St. John, which is 450 miles in length. It is navigable for steamers of large class as far as Frederic- ton, eighty-four miles from the sea. The steamers run- ning between St. John and Fredericton almost rival the splendid steamers that ply on the great American rivers. Above Fredericton smaller steamers ply to Woodstock, about seventy miles farther, and when the water is high they make occasional trips to Tobique, a farther dis- tance of fifty miles. Sometimes they extend their trips to Grand Falls, a distance of 220 miles from the sea. Into the St. John flow numerous large tributaries navigable for various distances : these are the Kennebec casis, the Washedemoak, the Grand Lake, the Oromocto, the Tobique, and the Aroostook. The Madawaska, another affluent, is navigable to Lake Temiscouata, the upper end of which is within twenty miles of the St. Lawrence. The Miramichi is a large river navigable for vessels of 1,000 tons for twenty-five miles from its mouth, and for schooners twenty miles farther, above which for sixty miles it is navigable for tow-boats. The Resti. gonche* is a noble river 220 miles long, three miles wide at its entrance into the Bay Chaleur, and navi- gable for large vessels for eighteen miles. This river and its tributaries drain about 4,000 square miles of terri. * This is accounted by all sportsmen who have tried it one of the finest salmon-fishing rivers in the world. The name is Indian, and signifies the river which divides like the hand' = 5 Rivers. 112 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NEW tory, abounding in timber and other valuable natural BRUNSWICK. resources. Besides these rivers, there are the Richi. bucto, the Petitcodiac, and the St. Croix, all navigable for large vessels. Lakes. Grand Lake in Queen’s County is the largest of the New Brunswick lakes. It is twenty-eight miles long, with an average width of nearly three miles, and com- municates with the St. John river fifty miles from the sea. Washedemoak, also in Queen's County, is next in size. Maquapit and French Lake, connected with Grand Lake, are near the boundary of Queen's and Sunbury counties. Temiscouata Lake, at the head of the Madawaska River, is within twenty miles of the Trois Pistoles River, an affluent of the St. Lawrence. Loon Lake, Eel Lake, the Oromocto and Magaguadavic lakes form a chain along the main boundary in the provincial county of York. The Miramichi, Salmon, Nepisiquit, and Nictaux lakes are in the eastern division of the province. Bars, har. One of the most important and interesting features bours, &c. of the topography of this province is the extent and varied character of its sea-coast. Its bays are world- famous for the value of their shore fisheries. In the south division the most noteworthy are the Bay of Fundy, and the smaller bays of Chignecto, Cumber- land, and Passamaquoddy. In the east division Bay Chaleur (Baie des Chaleurs), which forms the northern provincial boundary, Restigouche and Kouchibouguac bays, and Nepisiquit and Great and Little Shippegan and Shediac harbours are the most important. Bay Chaleur is said to produce the best wheat crops and the greatest profusion of salmon and trout in the province. Tides. The tides of the whole New Brunswick and Nova Scotia coast are peculiar, but those of the Bay of Fandy are especially so. Natural History New BrunswICK presents a rich field for the studies and researches of the naturalist. Its wealth of forest and marine growth is scarcely equalled on the American continent, and is nowhere surpassed. There is pro- bably no equal water area in the wide world,' says Rowan, “in which so many or such variety of fish are · NATURAL HISTORY. 113 NEW Fish. to be taken. Nature has bountifully provided within its waters the utmost abundance of those fishes which BRUNSWICK. are of the greatest importance to man, as affording not min only nutritious and wholesome food, but also the means of profitable employment. The value of the fish caught and material employed in 1876 was nearly two millions of dollars, and later years show a steady increase. The mackerel, herring, and cod fisheries are the most extensive and most valuable. The subject of riparian rights, which is one of very Riparian great importance, is still undergoing judicial inquiry in rights. the New Brunswick courts. It affects the fishing rights of all who own lands along the banks of the fishing rivers of this province, including such noble streams as the Resti- gouche, Nepisiquit, South West and Little South West Miramichi, Big and Little Sewogle, l'abusintac, Charles, Jacquet, Upsalquitch, Tobique, St. John, and, in fact, all the rivers of New Brunswick, and, for that matter, the whole of the Dominion. It also affects the value of these lands, for if the decision of the New Brunswick Court be sustained, the lands at all points favourable for salmon fishing will at once be held at a high price. There is also the possibility of ordinary sportsmen being offered a wider range of choice than at present, when the rivers are beld by a few persons. The way in which the Dominion revenues will be affected, though a small matter compared with other iuterests at stake, is still worthy of consideration. There appears to be an apprehension in some quar. ters that, in the case of final decision being adverse to the Domivion Government's claim, the rivers above tide water will be entirely freed from Government supervision, and the owners of the lands and reckless sportsmen will be a law unto themselves. A list of New Branswick fishes, compiled from the well-known works of Gesner, Perley, and others, will be found in Alexander Munro's work on New Brunswick. The extensive seaboard and marsh and meadow Sport. lands of this province afford every facility that a rea- sonably enthusiastic or exacting sportsman can desire for shooting snipe, ducks, plover, woodcock, sheldrakes, and wild geese. The north-eastern coast abounds with wild geese and brant. These birds make their appear." BOTANY AND GEOLOGY. 115 The principal part of the feathered tribes seen in the NEW summer months are migratory, the number peculiar to BRUNSWICK. the province being very small. New Brunswick is rich in timber, the growth of her Botany. forests being scarcely less abundant than the increase of her waters. The trees are arbitrarily divided into 'hardwood' and 'softwood,' or those which drop their leaves in autumn, such as the maple, beech, birch, &c., and those of the evergreen family. Of the latter the most valued are the white and red pine, black spruce, cedar, and hemlock, Bay Chaleur offers unrivalled opportunities for the Canoeing. practice of canoeing. New Brunswickers have rendered themselves famous for their aquatic achievements. The secret of their success in the rowing world is said to be the tide in the St. John river. A canoe voyage down the St. John is one of the pleasantest experiences imaginable. There are only two portages in 400 miles of navigation. Indeed, this fine river only requires to be better known to become as famous as the Hudson or the St. Lawrence. So far as explorations have determined the geological Geology. formations of this province, they may be thus classified. 1. Grey sandstone. 2. Upper Silurian. 3. Cambrian. 4. Granite. 5. Lower Silurian. 6. Red sandstone. 7. Trap. Of these the grey sandstone, or coal forma- tion, is the most extensive, covering more than one-third of the entire area of the province. The Albert mine, situated twenty miles from Moncton, and five and a half from Hillsborough on the Petitcodiac river, is one of the most valuable bituminous deposits on the whole Atlantic coast. The upper Silurian system embraces the counties of Restigouche, Victoria, and parts of Northumberland and Carleton, and the lands more favourable for agricultural settlement. The granite region is mainly confined to a ridge extending from Bathurst Harbour to the Chipatneticook lakes on the St. Croix river. The red sandstone, or lower carbon- iferous system, comprises a great variety of soils, and is met with in Albert, Westmoreland, and King's coun- ties. The counties of King's and Restigouche contain the largest extent of trap, which indicates land difficult of cultivation. 12 116 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Produc- NEW New Brunswick being a level, semi-maritime coun- BRUNSWICK, try, situate in the temperate zone, has a bracing, healthy Climate. climate. It is, however, subject to occasional and some- times sudden extremes of heat and cold. The range of observations over a period of years give the following figures of thermometrical registration at St. John :- Average extreme of cold . . . . . 24° heat . . . . . 96° Mean annual temperature . . . 44° At Fredericton the range is somewhat wider. The mean length of summer for farming operations is about seven months. The average number of stormy days in the year is about ninety-five, which is rather less than the usual British average. The New Brunswick autumn months are especially delightful for travel and sport. Essentially a maritime province, New Brunswick's tions and greatest wealth is in her ships and ocean trade. She industries. can never become a farning country. Situated on the sea, with forests of superior ship timber, New Brunswick has long been celebrated as a shipbuilding country and for furnishing vessels remarkable for their model, strength and durability. With a population in 1871 of 285,594 souls, she had in 1876, on the registry books of the Dominion, 1,154 vessels having an aggregate of 324,513 tons. The first vessel known to have been built in New Brunswick was the Monnequash, built by Jonathan Leavitt in 1770. St. John is the fourth port in the British Empire in respect of tonnage. The following table shows the amount of shipping remain- ing on the port registry books on December 31 of each year for the past twenty-one years :- Year No. of Vessels Tons 1854 . . . 582 119,955 1855. 566 110,451 585 135,713 543 133,669 1858. 497 114,457 1859. 489 112,420 1860 . 492 123,425 486 137,873 1862 . . . 475 135,247 521 174,135 1864 . 1856. 1857. ............ 1861 185,700 1865 . . 203,783 1863 570 628 PRODUCTIONS, ETC. 117 Tons 640 ....... 814 Year No. of Vessels NEW 1866. 612 195,199 BRUNSWICK 1867. 186,300 1868. 682 196,018 Shipping 1869. 703 203,660 1870. 734 214,811 1871. 767 226,727 1872 . 246,485 1873 803 247,227 1874. . . 808 263,407 Next to St. John the principal shipbuilding places are Richibucto, Bathurst, Dalhousie, Campbellton, Cocaigne, St. Andrews, &c. The following is a summary of the tonnage of St. John on December 31, 1874, showing the number and tonnage of each class of vessels :- Vessels Tons 98 ships measuring 119,555 121 barques 78,151 9 barquentines 4,468 8 brigs 2,622 61 brigantines 16,358 316 schooners 27,151 142 wood boats 8,889 3 sloops 54 50 steamers . 6,159 808 .. . . 263,407 In 1782 the total tonnage of the province was less than 300 tons. . Commerce and Trade. NEW BRUNSWICK being a country originally covered Timber with magnificent forests, the cutting and shipping of timber naturally soon became the foremost industry of its people. St. John is, next to Quebec, the largest timber port in Canada. Masts and spars for England's navy constituted the first articles of export, and to this day these staples enter largely into its foreign trade. Since 1784 the character of the trade has greatly changed. Pine wood has been superseded by spruce. How enor- mously the export of this article has increased in less than thirty years may be seen from the fact that in 1845, the total quantity of deals shipped from the entire province was only 127,860 superficial feet, while in 1874 217,691,000 superficial feet were shipped from St. John alone. ····· trade. 118 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CLEARANCES OF TIMBER AND SAWN LUMBER FROM ST. JOHN FOR THE YEARS 1865-1874. Destination Vessels Tonnage Pine Timber Birch Timber Deals Boards, Scantling, and Planks Sugar Box Shooks M 111 14 Tons 246 4,094 39 23 408 Liverpool London . Bristol Channel Clyde Ireland . Other British Ports Continent of Europe . . . United States . South America Africa . Other Places . est Indies West Indies Tons 9,668 826 947 1,244 512 4,789 283 *M 85,329 10,288 18,753 10,878 44,612 20,792 19,412 501 405 563 744 102 116,663 12,570 23,609 16,181 49,657 28.181 21,349 31,351 29,870 3,542 977 1,137 129 13 55 57 139 289 12 19 6,703 10,068 26,390 2,395 503,460 3,830 921 847 Total in 1874 » 18713 1872 1871 1870 1869 1868 1867 1866 1865 848 934 1,069 1,142 1,137 951 898 698 334,887 341,181 305,702 295,985 309,785 383,196 331,094 279,543 796 1,481 1,829 1,640 4,557 9,474 8,383 8,485 17,793 9,498 18,288 11,241 10,791 9,792 7,360 10,152 7,621 5,968 11,331 18,748 217,691 208,624 146,643 149,219 155,381 144,931 178,288 163,203 158,283 163,352 46,024 57,892 85,996 83,543 83,150 68,070 57,941 42,522 35,293 43,334 507,299 864,348 1,110,743 912,589 977,956 1,024,556 1,119,884 693,616 554,880 427,922 * M. signifies one thousand feet. EXPORT TRADE. 119 NEW The statement of the value of the exports from the Port of St. John, for the month ending May 31, BRUNSWICK, 1880, compared with the same month in the preceding Exrorts. year, shows the increase in the latter year to be 56,112 dols. in the exports of the forest, 8,556 dols. in animals and their produce, 8,087 dols. in manufactures, and 2,853 dols. in miscellaneous articles. The produce of the mine and the sea receded somewhat. The facts brought to light by the tables are fair subjects for analysis. We quote as follows :- 1879 1880 Products of the mine Fisheries and their produce. Products of the forest . . Animals and their produce Agricultural productions Manufactures Miscellaneous articles . . 2,863 . 17,405 . 205,799 7,895 . 10,849 . 7,897 . 430 6,319 261,911 16,451 830 15,984 6,090 • Total produce of the Dominion Goods, not produce . . . 255,945 33,767 308,015 73,242 Total exports . . . 289,712 381,257 The timber trade returns of New Brunswick for 1880 exhibit an increase in the exports of 111,000,000 feet over those of the previous year. The shipment of cattle direct to England has lately Cattle become an important feature of New Brunswick trade. trade. The following is a list of the ports where duties are collected :- ON THE BAY OF FUNDY, ETC. St. John Woodstock Fredericton Harvery Grand Manan Hillsborough Campobello Moncton St. George Dorchester St. Stephen Sackville St. Andrews On the GULF OF ST. LAWRENCE, ETC. Bay Verte Shippegan Shediac Caraquette Buctouche Bathurst Richibucto Dalhousie Miramichi 120 . HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NEW The mineral wealth of this province is admittedly BRUNSWICK. large. Both coal and iron are abundant, the coalfields Mines,&e. alone covering 10,000 square miles, or nearly one-third of its entire surface. A bed of hæmatite iron ore exists within three miles of Woodstock. Thus far, however, the proximity of the more extensive and more valuable deposits of Nova Scotia has attracted capital and labour to them, and retarded the development of the New Brunswick beds. St. John St. John has been styled the “Liverpool of British City. America,' and not inappropriately, as the following de- scription of it will show. It is most picturesquely situated on a rocky and almost insular eminence at the mouth of the St. John River, the entrance to which is protected by Partridge Island. For municipal and electoral pur. poses. St. John embraces the adjoining towns of Port- land and Carleton. The river, which forms a prominent feature in the harbour, together with its tributaries, has an almost uninterrupted steamboat navigation of 800 miles, and a further length of nearly 1,000 miles navigable by boats and canoes. Its Indian name is Looshtook, the 'Long River.' The river rises and falls 26 feet. The area drained by it is estimated at seventeen millions of acres, of which nine millions are in New Brunswick, six millions in the state of Maine, and two millions in the province of Quebec. In approaching the city from the sea, Partridge Island, circular in shape and with high, rocky banks, is first seen, then a high bluff, commanding the western entrance, called Negro- town Point. Thus approached the city presents a very imposing appearance. The whole upper portion of it- rebuilt since the great fire of June 20, 1877—stands on solid rock, which for the purpose of street construction has been excavated to a depth in many places of from 30 feet to 40 feet. St. John has been three times swept by fire since its incorporation in 1785, first in 1837, second in 1839, and third in 1877.* King Street, the Broadway of St. John, extends from the St. John river on the west, to Courtenay Bay on the east, side of the city. Market Slip and Square and the wharves con. tiguous thereto form the commercial centre, and here at * The Story of the Great Fire, by George Stewart, jun. Toronto : Belford Bros. 1877. ST. JOHN CITY AND SUBURBS. 121 VI all hours of the forenoon a busy, motley crowd is to be NEW met. The aroma which pervades these haunts of com. merce and midst which the trade flourishes is emi. pently suggestive of codfish and molasses, the leading features of St. John's import and export trade. The lower end of Market Square marks the spot where, on May 18, 1783, the loyalists of St. John landed and founded . the city. The French settlements, dating from the time of De Monts and Poutrincourt's visit in 1604, had all disappeared, and the embryo village commenced by Cap- tain Peabody and Mr. White in 1764 was alone visible. The other principal thoroughfares are named Water, Prince William, Dock, and Charlotte Streets. King's Square contains about 3 acres, studded by trees, which were planted in 1860 during the visit of the Prince of Wales. From the east end of King Street a fine view of Courtenay Bay and Portland Heights is obtained. The public buildings and institutions best worth visit- ing are the Provincial Penitentiary, the Wiggins Pro- testant Orphan Asylum, the Academy of Music, near the site of the Victoria Hotel, R. C. Cathedral, and Trinity Church, both destroyed by the last fire. The Custom House and Post Office are fine buildings. Among the drives and walks of St. John and its vicivity may be noted the following :-To Portland, the Falls, Indian- town, and Point Pleasant. To Spruce Lake by the Manawagonish Road, through Fairville, is a pleasant drive of eight miles. Spruce Lake is five miles in length, and teems with fish. From Carleton Heights another pleasant drive is Carleton. that to the Rural Cemetery, Moose Path Park, and Lawlors Lake, by the Marsh Road; and still another to Mispec (Anson) and the Loch Lomond chain of lakes. The first, or lower lake, is four miles long and one and a half miles wide. The fish in this lake are larger than those in the others, and are of two species, the red and the white—the latter appear to be peculiar to these lakes, and vary in weight from 1 to 10 lbs. The best fishing ground is on Land's Bar, across the head of the lake. Another favourite spot is at the mouth of Dead Brook, about balf-way up on the left side. In the neighbourhood of these lakes there are a great many smaller ones, teeming with fish, the prin- 122 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Frederic- ton. ulaid, NEW cipal being Ben Lomond, Henry's, Tracey's and Mount BRUNSWICK. Theobald. The last-mentioned, owing to its great dis- tance from town, is but little disturbed, and splendid sport can be had, as the fish are plentiful. Carleton is historically interesting as the spot (Navy Island) selected by La Tour in 1629 as the site of his fort, so heroically defended by Madame La Tour against Charnizé. Fredericton, the capital, is a charming little semi- rural city, bearing very much the same relationship to St. John that the Dominion capital, Ottawa, sustains to Montreal. It has a new Parliament House, a fine library, a beautiful cathedral, and—adds Rowan-'a real English bishop'-Right Rev. J. Medley, D.D., Metropolitan of Canada. Dalhousie. Dalhousie, situated at the head of Bay Chaleur, is a delightful summer resort, directly in the path of com- munication between London and Quebec, if the lines were but laid. Railways. New Brunswick is well supplied with railways and other means of internal communication, connecting the commercial capital, St. John, with Halifax on the Atlantic, with Pictou on the Gulf of St. Lawrence, with Quebec, Montreal, and other places in Canada, by the Intercolonial Railroad, and all the cities and towns of the United States, by lines viâ Bangor. Besides these, there are the Rivière du Loup line, via Fredericton and Woodstock to the great river St. Lawrence, and several interprovincial lines of considerable importance, com- prising a total length of 1,085 miles in actual operation. Land. Free grants of land for purposes of actual settlement are also made in this province. The limit of the grant is 100 acres, and the customary conditions are enforced. Education. The common school system prevails in this province. The sum of 120,000 dols. is annually and publicly appro- priated to educational purposes. The balance is raised by rate. Population. The population of New Brunswick, by the census of 1871, was 286,137. It is now probably about 330,000. The population of St. John in 1840 was 19,281, in 1851 it was 22,745, and in 1861 it numbered 27,317. Including Carleton, the total population, according to Munro, in 1864 was 38,817 souls: the census of 1871 MANUFACTURES. 123 states the population of St. John, including Portland, NEW to have then been 41,508. The city proper now contains BRUNSWICK, 35,128. The chief local elements in the composition of a Manufac- successful manufacturing district, such as cheap and tures. abundant building material, cheap fuel, easy modes of collecting the raw material and of distributing the manufactured products thereof, are not wanting in and round St. John as a centre. The manufacturing in. terest of the province has accordingly increased during the past few years, though it has scarcely kept pace with the growth of the staple industries already men. tioned. Establishments for the production of woollen and cotton goods, boots and shoes, leather, lumber, furniture, carriages, doors, sashes, stoves, paper, soap, agricultural implements, nails, steam-engines, locomo- tives, &c., &c., are in successful operation, and yearly multiplying, giving employment, directly and indirectly, to thousands of operatives. 124 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Voyage out. QUEBEC. To a very large proportion of Canadian tourists the maritime provinces, through which we have just journeyed, are a sealed book. The Dominion tour is usually made during the mid-summer and autumn months, when the ports of Quebec and Montreal are open, and the St. Lawrence river and lakes are navi. gable throughout their entire length. Ocean steamers arrive at and depart from these ports almost daily, while the Grand Trunk railway and the various other Canadian and American lines from Portland, Boston, New York, Saratoga, the White Mountains, and the whole of New England bring thousands daily, at the height of the St. Lawrence season, to join the gay parties wbo throng the seaside and rural resorts of this truly picturesque province. To those among our home readers who pur- pose making the round trip,' and who are naturally anxious to see as much of Canada as possible, we an- hesitatingly say go by way of Belle Isle and Quebec, and return viâ Halifax, N.S., and St. John's, Newfoundland. The summer voyage in clear, fine weather, on board one of the splendid Allan' steamships between Belle Isle and Quebec forms one of the most delightful features of the whole tour. As will readily be seen by reference to the accom- panying map, the Belle Isle route is much the shortest, the entire distance to Montreal being 2,790 miles, while the ocean voyage by Halifax is 2,764 miles, and that by New York 3,016 miles. If our traveller decide to visit Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island before proceeding westward, he will of course take the steamer to Halifax. In either case he has ample choice, of both ways and means, the steamers of the Allan' line sailing for Quebec weekly during the summer from both Liverpool and Glasgow, and weekly for Boston, viâ Halifax, during the winter, leaving Liver. ST. LAWRENCE ROUTE. 125 alen pool every Thursday and Londonderry every Friday. QUEBEC. The service has been regularly maintained for more than twenty years, and the steamers composing the line are unsurpassed for safety, speed, and comfort. The New. foundland tour now forms a subsidiary service from IIalifax direct to St. John's. The voyage out, when made by Queenstown and the South of Ireland, brings the traveller to Cape Ray, the most south-westerly extremity of Newfoundland, usually on the seventh day, and soon after the steamer enters the great Gulf of St. Lawrence. On the steamer's port bow rises Prince Edward Island, sentinelling the huge bay formed by Cape Breton Island on the east, Nova Scotia on the south, and New Brunswick and Quebec on the west. Farther on the steamer's course the Magdalen group of Maod islands and a treacherous islet, known as the Bird Rock, Islands. and Mount St. Louis, 2,000 feet high, are passed. Higher up the gulf Anticosti Island is sighted and passed. Then come the nuble Saguenay River and Rivière du Loup, the picturesque summer resort of the Quebec excursionists, with the rugged range of Laurentian hills in sight all the way up the river, until the lovely Isle Isle D' D'Orleans, with its clusters of snow-white cottages and Orleans. luxuriant gardens, rises to view ; then Montmorenci's cataract of waters, with its fleecy cloud of vapour over. hanging it, are seen on the right bank. Eight miles farther the lofty promontory of Cape Diamond, sur. mounted and surrounded by the loftier citadel and the walled city of Quebec, is reached. Here the ocean voyage fitly terminates and the inland journey commences. This sketch of the St. Lawrence summer route to Quebec supposes the traveller to have made his sea voyage from Liverpool by Cape Race and the south shore of Newfoundland. The northern and now usually travelled summer route by Moville and the Belle Isle B straits reduces the distance and the duration of the ocean Isle. voyage nearly a whole day. Belle Isle, which towers up in rugged majesty to the height of 650 feet at the mouth of the straits, 800 miles below Quebec, forms a fresh point of departure, so to speak, both in the outward and homeward voyage, and thus serves greatly to enhance the interest and popularity of this route from the lands- man's point of view. Belle 126 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. History. The history of this province ap to the period of Confederation may almost be said to be the history of Canada, and may be thus briefly recapitulated. Dis. covered by Cabot in 1497, it was first settled by Cartier in 1541. In 1608 a permanent colony was founded by De Champlain on the present site of Quebec city. A Council of Administration was appointed in 1663. The French occupied the country from this period till 1759, when it was surrendered to the British forces, and soon after (1763) formally ceded to the Crown by the Treaty of Paris. It was divided into Upper and Lower Canada, and a Constitution granted in 1791 ; and in 1840 re- united under the name of the United Provinces of Canada. In 1867 these were once more separated, and now form, under the names respectively of Ontario and Quebec, the two most populous and wealthy provinces of the Dominion. Physical Geography, etc. QUEBEC long occupied the first place among the Crown colonies of Great Britain on the American Continent. It is now second to Ontario, both in popu- lation and production. It possesses an historical inte. rest which no other province in the Dominion can boast, and this interest is greatly enhanced not only by the perpetuation of the French language, laws, and customs amongst a large majority of its inhabitants, but also by the uniquely picturesque character of much of its land. scape, and the antiquated appearance of many of its public institutions. Boundaries Quebec is bounded north by Labrador and the and ex- Height of Land, east by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, tent. south by Bay Chaleur, New Brunswick, and the States of Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, and New York, and west by the river Ottawa and Ontario. It has a mean length, east and west, of about 850 miles and a mean breadth of 300 miles. Inclusive of Anticosti and the Magdalen Islands, which belong to the electoral district of Gaspé, it comprises a territory of 210,000 square miles, equal in round numbers to 130,000,000 acres. This is classified and distinguished as follows :- PHYSICAL ASPECT. 127 Acres. QUEBEC. Conceded in fiefs. . 10,678,981 In full and common socage (townships). . 8950,953 Surveyed in farm lots . . . . . 6,400,000 Awaiting survey . . . . . . 103,970,066 Total . . . . . 130,000,000 These figures represent the total territorial superficies under the new measurement. The total land area under county organisation in 1871 was 120,018,964 acres. Mr. Jesse Sparrow, of Woodlands Farm, Doynton, Physical near Bath, furnishes the following description of its aspect, &c. physical aspect, in a recent letter to Mr. J. W. Down, of Bristol:- Speaking of its physical aspect and general ad- vantages, he says :-The province of Quebec is princi- pally rolling land, or hills and valleys. In some parts of it are large tracts of bush land or woods, containing the pine, spruce, and many other sorts of timber. The sugar maple grows to a great height. The farms throughout this province are offered at very low prices. A person can purchase a farm here, with good barns, stables, &c., and dwelling-house, already cleared and fenced (except a portion of woodland left for repairs of farm buildings), at from 31. 10s. to 61. per acre, payable on easy terms. These are not such good wheat lands as those in Ontario. They will grow remarkably good oats and capital roots, the soil being a sandy loam and gravel loam. I have seen some splendid crops of potatoes in these parts, much better than in Ontario. From three to four pounds I have seen drawn from one haulm. The water here is very good, and the farmers have much better accommodation and comforts for their cattle in winter than on many of the farms in England. The barns are so constructed that they tie up their cattle under the corn and hay lofts. I have seen barns that will accommodate fifty head of horned cattle (a stall for every one), with root-house. They generally have a pump in the centre, with troughs in front of the cattle; the water, by pumping, runs through these troughs from one to the other.' The surface of the country is much diversified in flood and field, by hills and mountain ranges, rivers, LEGISLATIVE DIVISIONS. 129 QUEBEC. Counties and Constituencies Population in 1881 County Towns . . . . . . "ce . . . . Brought forward i Champlain Charlevoix Chateauguay . Chicoutimi? Saguenay ſ . Compton . . Dorchester . Drummond 1 Arthabaska : Gaspé , Hochelaga Huntingdon Iberville . . Jacques Cartier. Joliette Kamouraska . La Prairie . L'Assomption. Laval . . Levis . . . L'Islet . . . Lotbinière. Maskinonge Megantic Missisiquoi Montcalm. Montmagny Montmorenci . Montreal C. Batiscan St. Paul's Bay St. Martine s Chicoutimi Tadonsac Cookshire Ste. Henedine S Drummondville St. Christophe Perce Longue Pointe Huntingdon St. Athanase Pointe Claire Joliette Kamouraska La Prairie L'Assomption Ste. Rose Levis St. Jean Port Isle Lotbinière Rivière du Loup Leeds Frelighsburg St. Julienne St. Thomas Château Richer Montreal . . . . . 169,948 26,937 17,901 14,393 32,409 19,581 18,710 37,360 25,001 40,079 15,495 14,459 12,345 21,988 22,181 11,436 15,282 9,462 27,980 14,917 20,857 17,493 19,056 17,784 12,966 15,268 12,322 25,078 67,506 48,163 10,511 26,611 49,432 19,939 25,175 17,898 31,900 12,648 20,278 26,339 20,218 33,791 18,547 . . . . . . . . . . . W. Napierville Nicolet . . . . Ottawa . Napierville Becancour Hull Bryson Cap Santé Quebec Pontiac . Portneuf . Quebec, C. . . . . W. ........ . . . Quebec Co. Richmond Wolfe ] Richelieu . Rimouski . Rouville. Charlesbourg ſ Richmond Dudswell Sorel Rimouski Marieville . ... . . Carried forward ward . : . : 1,137,645 130 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC! Counties and Constituencies Population in 1881 County Towns Brought forward. St. Hyacinthe. St. John's . St. Maurice Shefford . Sherbrooke Soulanges. Stanstead. . Temiscouata . Terrebonne : Three Rivers Two Mountains. Vaudreuil. Verchères . Yamaska. . . ............... 1,137,645 20,631 12,265 12,986 23,223 12,221 10,220 15,556 25,484 21,892 9,296 15,856 11,485 12,449 17,091 St. Hyacinthe St. John's Yamachiche Waterloo Sherbrooke Coteau Landing Stanstead Isle Verte St. Jerome Three Rivers Ste. Scholastique Vaudreuil Verchères St. Francis du Lac . Total Population. .1 1,358,310 Climate and soil. The official figures are 1,359,027, between which and the census returns per county there is a difference of 17,391. Total area of above counties, 120,764,651 acres. This province is further subdivided into five land districts or main centres for purposes of colonisation and settlement. These are briefly treated on p. 140. The rigour of the Lower Canadian winter has been very much exaggerated. The province of Quebec, especially, may be said to furnish the climatic pièce de résistance for attacks on the Canadian winter. Its people are certainly amongst the hardiest and most vigorous to be met with on the American continent, or, indeed, in the world. The snow, far from being a disadvantage, is almost as valuable a covering as manure, and the effect of the winter's frost and snow is to make the land more friable, and to impart to the soil the vigour which makes the northern vegetation of the colony so sudden and luxurious. The soil is naturally rich, and susceptible of the highest cultivation. In point of quantity and quality the crops in Quebec compare favourably with those of other parts of the Dominion. Overcropping and reckless farming, combined with ig. norance of the more modern and improved systems of cultivation, have in some districts impoverished a soil otherwise fertile. CLIMATE AND SOIL. 131 " The summers, like the winters, are also decided, but QUEBEC. most enjoyable. It may be observed that these decided Seasons. climatic tendencies seem to produce an effect of another kind also, which is not least, among the enjoyable features of the country. In no part of the world is the atmosphere clearer, or the 'skies,' clouds, sunrisings and sunsets, more captivating. Fruits and vegetables which cannot be ripened in the open air in England come to maturity in Quebec. The length of season in which labour may be performed in the field is apparently greater in Great Britain. The province is also wholly free from fever and ague and from the low malarial fevers which so frequently visit settlers in the western United States. An instance illustrative of its fine climate is that the sparrow at all seasons of the year may be seen flitting about. Productions, etc. The products of the forest constitute the second Forests, most important interest of this province-agricultural timber, &c. products alone aggregating a greater value. The timber regions of Gaspé, Labrador, and the Upper Ottawa, under judicious management, must long con. tinue to be a fruitful source of revenue to both Quebec and Ontario especially to the former. Thus far the great hindrance in the path of the enterprising lamber merchant who acquires timber limits, has been the dif- ficulties and cost of getting the product of his capital and skill to market. It is estimated that there are still upwards of 100,000 square miles of timber territory within the province awaiting purchase. These form the preserves, so to speak, from which this staple provincial trade is fed. It may be well here to mention that the Go- vernment never relinquishes the fond or proprietary right over these timber-lands, but merely leases the usufruct. The leases, under the present system, continue in force twenty-one years, with the right of renewal (usu- ally sale by auction to the highest bidder) under certain conditions. A most useful list of the timber and ornamen. tal trees of Quebec province has lately been prepared by Dr. G. M. Dawson. It forms part of the report for 1879 of the Montreal Horticultural Society. • The lumberman is a most valuable pioneer and agent K 2 132 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Mines. in settling the country; the operations of a lumbering camp furnish employment for the settler, and a profit- able and ready market for his products. The forests are divided into “limits' embracing a certain number of square miles. The numerous streams which intersect the country serve to float the logs and timber to market. The districts watered by the Saguenay, the St. Maurice, and the tributaries of the Ottawa from the east, are the principal lumbering grounds. Lumbering operations are carried on in winter, and about 30,000 men are yearly employed in the business. During the summer months the logs and timber are floated down to the various 'coves,' saw-mills and markets. The average value of the timber exported is about 10,000,000 dols. Mining in Quebec is still in its infancy. In 1876— the last year for which we have any official return-the yield of all mines in the province is said to have been 365,546 dols. Within the past four years this depart- ment of industry has shown signs of revival and exten- sion. During 1879 no less than 680 licences were issued to eighteen different companies for mining in the seign. ories of Rigaud, Vaudreuil Parish, St. Francis of Beauce. On the Du Loup river hydraulic mining is being prosecuted by New York capitalists. The total re- ported product for the year amounted to 32,972 dols., which sum, the division-inspector states, represents only about one-half the amount actually obtained. The Chaudière gold district, situate fifty miles south of Quebec city, comprises about 8,000 square miles, and is attracting much attention at the present time. Recent explorations and surveys, extending over an area of 3,500 square miles on both sides the St. Lawrence, give promise that at no very distant day Quebec will take high rank as a mining country. Valnable beds of apatite, containing phosphate of lime, which is valuable as a fertiliser, exist in Hull, Templeton, and Buckingham townships, and hopes are entertained of snccessfully working them. The phos- phate beds of the Ottawa valley are rapidly being developed. Geological surveys of the rocks compris- ing the Quebec group are now in progress by Messrs. Selwyn, Richardson, Vennor, and Hitchcock. On the whole, it may be said that the mineral resources of Minerals. COMMERCE, ETC. 135 other financial institutions of Quebec are the chief institu- QUEBEC tions of the kind in Canada. The shipbuilding industry of the province is well known, and so, too, is the manufac- ture of timber, or, as it is commonly called, the lumber trade; but a summary statement of the exports will, Exports. perhaps, give a better insight into the commerce of Quebec than mere words. The figures in 1876 stood thus:- The Mines yielded . . . 365,546 The Fisheries . . . . 2,751,962 The Forests . 11,047,082 Animals and their produce : 7,487,027 Agricultural products . . 8,672,358 Manufactures . . . . 2,389,446 Miscellaneous articles . . 225,802 This does not include coin and bullion. The provision trade of the St. Lawrence, dependent as it largely is upon the development and progress of the interior and the agricultural and pastoral indus- tries of the entire province, has shown during the past season (1879–80) a very marked enlargement. The exportation of live stock from Montreal has been as follows: 1880 1879 1878 1877 Cattle40,749 ; 24,823 18,655 , 6,940 Sheep . 68,151 78,792 41,250 - 9,599 Swine . - 4,745 . 2,078 , 430 The returns for 1880 are to October 8 only. The increase of numbers is not the most gratifying part of it, but the fact that of the 18,655 cattle exported in 1878 fully one-half were American cattle, whereas in 1880 they were all Canadian. The shipments of cereals also showed a very considerable increase :- 1879 1878 Flour, barrels . . . 626,593. 602,658 . . . Wheat, bushels Corn Peas Oats Barley Rye . 9,535,144 . . 4,004,708 . . 2,402,891. 618,531 . 413,592. 333,491 . 5,749,347 . 5,612,990 . 1,905,086 . 918,946 .. 208,239 . 38,267 Total . 17,308,357 14,432,875 136 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Shipping. The great feature in the development of the grain ship ments was the establishment of a direct export trade with European Continental ports, instead of serving them, as heretofore, through agents or middlemen in England. The remaining shipments in provisions were :- 1879 1878 1877 Cheese, boxes. . 515,360 . 455,449, 398,138 Butter, packages : 180,863. 101,596, 87,245 Some of the shipments of cheese, however, were not Canadian, but American, from the counties bordering on the St. Lawrence, and from Wisconsin, which were attracted to this route by the more favourable freights. During 1879 there were built and launched in this province twenty-nine vessels, measuring 7,421 tons. The following is a list of the provincial ports, with the shipping and tonnage belonging to each :- Ships Tons Amherst. 1,265 Gaspé . . . . .. 2,833 Montreal : . 1,007 130,133 New Carlisle 1,932 Percé . . 3 230 Quebec . . . . 856 109,632 Total : · 1,975 246,025 These figures are exclusive of the craft engaged in the fisheries. Of these there were at the close of 1877 up- wards of 400 vessels and 16,000 boats, giving employ- ment to nearly 12,000 men. The land area of Quebec is thus classified :- · Acres Old seignories, now held in fee simple . . 10,678,391 Crown sales and grants . . . . 10,153,781 Crown lands . . . . . . 99,767,878 33 ...... 356 Land system. 120,600,050 About 5,720,939 acres of the Crown lands have been surveyed and subdivided into. farm lots, and are now offered by the Government partly for sale and partly in free grant. Crown and These lands may be purchased at prices ranging wild lands. from 20 to 60 cents per acre, on the following conditions. One-fifth of the purchase-money payable on day of sale, CROWN LANDS.'. 137 the remainder in four equal annual instalments, with QUEBEC. interest at 6 per cent. The purchaser must take posses. In sion within six months from the date of sale, and must grants. reside on the land for two years. During the first four years the settler must clear and cultivate ten acres for every hundred acres so held, and erect a habitable home at least 16 ft. by 20 ft. in extent. In the case of Free Grants the exceptions are trifling. Pamphlets contain- ing full particulars and instructions in regard to the acquisition and cultivation of Crown lands in the pro- vince may be had on application to the Commissioner of Crown Lands, Quebec. The emigrant who enters upon the occupation of an uncleared farm must expect that eighteen months, or a year at the very least, will expire before he can get a return from his land. Such being the case, it would be highly imprudent for a family of five or six persons to settle on a lot of wild land, unless they possessed at least 200 dols. While he is clearing his own lot, the settler may find occasional work, either in working for a more fortunate neighbour, or on a colonisation road, or by hiring for a month or two during the winter season with a lumber merchant. Fish and game are very abundant, and with these, at certain seasons, the settler may furnish his table. The cost of clearing, when it is done by contract, is about 10 dols. per acre. A skilled farmer who has not the means of purchasing a farm, or settling at once upon uncleared land, will find many proprietors prepared to lease their farms, or to farm on shares. The English immigrant who selects as his home the Eastern Townships will find Eastern himself in the midst of his own countrymen, and in a townships. section of Canada which, in every respect, is, for all practical farming purposes, unsurpassed on the continent of America. In the townships there are still upwards of three-quarters of a million acres of land for sale at from 50 cents (2s. 4£d.) to 60 cents (3s. 4d.) per acre. : There are also lands held by the British American Improved Land Company. On the other hand, “improved farms' farms. may be purchased by the larger capitalist, with a house, barn, stables, fences, &c., already built, and with crops already growing, and everything in readiness for im- mediate farming operations. The actual purchase money varies, naturally, according to circumstances. The 138 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Soil and products. reason why these farms are open for sale is that there is a constant tendency among the original settlers, or pioneers,' after clearing a homestead and remaining there for a few years, to move westward, either from a love of adventure or for the sake of obtaining a larger area for the settlement of their sons. Having completed the period of settlement necessary for acquir- ing absolute possession of their land, and improved its market value, these old colonists seize an opportunity of selling it at a price, in order to proceed to the new lands continually opening up, which they and their sons may secure, as already pointed out, for a merely nominal sum. It is this spirit of progress and advancement which has through past generations made the British Empire what it is, and at the present time these circumstances afford an opportunity to tenant farmers at home which many of them will not be slow to seize. The soil of the Eastern Townships is very fertile and susceptible of the highest degree of cultivation. The features of the country are rolling, having the appear- ance, when viewed from an elevation, of an upheaval of immense waves suddenly stilled; these slopes and val. leys, before they were cleared, were covered with a lux. uriant growth of those kinds of forests which in America are known as a sign of naturally drained soil and great fertility. There are many kinds of wood in the forests, among which the following may be enumerated-maple, hard and soft; birch, elm, ash, spruce, bass-wood, but- ternut, hickory, cedar, tamarac, &c. These woods are of great value for making agricultural implements, &c., and supply numerons local factories for the manufacture of tools, carriages, furniture, &c. Contiguous to these woods are numerous streams, affording water-power for mills or factories. The country is literally inter- sected with streams and rivulets, the waters of which are clear and cold, and the home of the red trout. There are also numerous lakes of very great natural beauty ; one of them, Lake Memphremagog, compares with, if it does not exceed, Loch Lomond in loveliness of scenery. Megantic and Massawippi lakes, as well as the streams, are rich in valuable fish. In a word, for natural beauty of landscape the Eastern Townships may compare with any part of the world. Grapes may also be grown in the open 140 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Colonisa- tion Cen. tres. Crown Lands Department at a cost of between 30 or 40 cents (1s. 3d. to 2s. sterling) per acre; or take a free grant of 100 acres along one of the colonisation roads. Of these there are thirteen, named as follows :-Tachè. Temiscouata, Metapedia, Kempt Matame and Cap Chat, Elgin, Etchemin, Mailloux, Ware and Langevin, Lake St. John, Maritime South and North Shore, Kennebec. On these roads 17,4242 acres were located during 1879. There are five main centres of colonisation :-(1) The Valley of the Saguenay--The extent of land surveyed and disposable in this district is about 616,600 acres, the price of which is about 20 cents (10d. sterling) per acre ; (2) The Valley of St. Maurice–There are in the Townships of this district, surveyed and divided into farm lots, 441,200 acres of land for sale at 30 cents (1s. 3d. sterling) per acre; (3) The Valley of the Ottawa—The number of acres surveyed and divided into farm lots actually to be disposed of in this district is 1,358,500 acres, the price of which is 30 cents per acre ; (4) The Eastern Townships In this rich grazing district there are 850,000 acres of wild land, which the Government is prepared to sell at a moderate rate: the Govern- ment lands in this section sell at from 50 cents to 60 cents (2s. 1d. to 2s. 6d. sterling) per acre ; (5) Gaspém In this district the Government offers for sale 491,100 acres of land, at the rate of 20 cents or 30 cents (10d. to 1s. 3d. sterling) per acre. Besides this, on the south shore of the Lower St. Lawrence, the Government offers for sale 1,423,200 acres at 30 cents (1s. 3d. sterling) per acre. A Homestead law is in force which exempts from seizure under certain conditions the property of emigrants. The lands in St. John district, situate north of the City of Quebec, from which a railroad is in course of con- struction, and in the Ottawa Valley, are also attracting attention rapidly, especially in those parts opened up by the Q. M. O. and O. Railway. A vast territory of fertile land has also been opened up by the Intercolonial Railway, in the county of Rimouski. The townships along the line of the Quebec Central and the St. Francis and Megantic and International Railways offer superior inducements to settlers. The Government, having 129,000,000 acres of land RAILWAYS AND CANALS. 141 at its disposal, performed the best service a Government QUEBEC. can perform by making an effective survey. Having nduce- divided into farm lots 6,400,000 acres of land, it next ments to caused the greater part of this territory to be traversed immi- by colonisation roads, founded agricultural societies, and grants. enacted a law to give aid to intending settlers. It has laid the basis of a most important railway communica- tion; spends thousands of dollars also, yearly, in pro- moting education. There are no questionable titles in Quebec, so that the purchaser from the Crown has nothing to fear. The comparative labour and cost required to pur. chase and put ready for successful cultivation a small farm in the North-West Territories and in the Eastern Townships of Quebec, are thus stated by a recent writer who has given much attention to the subject. IN THE NORTH-West TERRITORIES. Land Free. Breaking up 10 acres, at two dollars and a half per acre $25.00 Barn and stable 300.00 House materials $260.00 Labour . . . . . 40.00 300.00 Total . . . . . . $625.00 IN THE EASTERN TOWNSHIPS. Purchase of 160 acres at 40c., $64 Clearing 10 acres of land at $15 per acre . $150.00 (This means making the land fit for cropping.) Cost to build a good block house 20 ~ 24. . . $ 80.00 Cost to build a good barn, 25 x 35 : 100.00 Cost to build a good stable. . . 40.00 $284.00 $434.00 Difference in favour of Eastern Townships. "191.00 $625.00 The following railways are wholly or partially ope- Railways rated within the province :-Grand Trank; Interco- and canals. lonial; Quebec, Montreal, Ottawa, and Occidental; 142 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Canals. Quebec Central; International Lawrentian ; Montreal and Vermont Junction ; South Eastern; Stanstead, Shefford, and Chambly; St. Lawrence and Industry ; and the Montreal, Portland, and Boston. These various lines comprise over 1,500 miles, to the construction and maintenance of which the Government and municipalities have contributed over 13,000,000 dols. A large sum has been expended in the construc.. tion of public works in the province, the most note- worthy of which are the canals, and particularly the submerged canal in Lake St. Peter, below Montreal, which has been excavated by steam at an enormous expense, to enable vessels drawing 22 ft. of water to reach that port from the sea. It has a length of 161 miles, and a width of 200 ft. The last stone of the Chaudière railway bridge has just been laid. This bridge is 3,800 ft. in length, exclusive of 900 ft. of work on the islands. There are eleven piers, and four abutments. Political Geography. The public affairs of this province are administered by a Lieutenant-Governor (Hon. Theodore Robitaille, M.D.), an Executive Council of seven members, a Legisla- tive Council of twenty-four life members, and a Legisla- tive Assembly of sixty-five members.* The present premier is the Hon. J. Alfred Mousseau, Q.C., who suc- ceeded Hon. J. Adolphe Chapleau, D.C.L., Q.c., July 31, 1882. Public instruction is under the direction of a member of the Provincial Government, called the Superinten- dent of Public Instruction, who is assisted by a Council of twenty-one members, appointed by the Lieutenant- Governor; of these fourteen are Catholic and seven Protestant. The separate school system prevails to the atmost satisfaction of all creeds and classes in the province of Quebec. Primary education is compulsory, so far that every citizen is bound to contribute to its maintenance a moderate sum, which is assessed on his property. To poor municipalities 8,000 dols. per annum are allowed. There are three normal schools—two Roman Catholic * See County and Constituency Divisions on pp. 128-130. Govern- ment. Education, &c. PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 143 and one Protestant, where 640 school teachers are QUEBEC. trained. There are nearly 4,453 primary schools, at- tended by about 200,000 pupils; about 225 secondary and 115 model schools, attended by 11,500 pupils. Be- sides these there are special schools, lyceums, commer- cial schools, and schools of agriculture. These number about 150, and are attended by 3,000 pupils. The whole number of scholars in attendance in 1879 amounted to 237,489. The total number of educational institutions giving instruction in 1878 was 4,681, attended by 234,828 pupils, independent of 211 libraries, containing 130,000 volumes. There are fifteen superior schools in Quebec, where the classics are mainly taught; twelve are Catholic and three Protestant. The Roman Catholic schools owe their existence to the generosity of the Catholic clergy. The first was opened at Three Rivers by Père de Plessis, the next at Quebec by Père le Jeun in 1632. The professors are nearly all ecclesiastics, and are content to receive a remuneration of 40 dols. per annum. This explains the low rate paid by pupils for board and tuition, which is about 100 dols. per year. There are three universities in Quebec, two of which -McGill, founded 1827, and Bishop's, founded 1843– are Protestant, and one Roman Catholic. The Catholic University of Laval was founded in 1854 by the Semi- nary of Quebec (1678), and is maintained, without State aid, by that important college. The law provides that if at any time ten Catholic or Religious five Protestant members of the Council shall be of instruction. opinion that their respective educational institutions should be separately managed, they shall be separated. The council thus resolves itself into two, so that the members of the different religious creeds shall have the exclusive management of the schools of their respec- tive denominations. Nothing, however, thus far indi. cates a desire to put into operation this clause of the law which provides for separation; on the contrary, the most friendly relations exist among the gentlemen of different religious denominations who constitute the council. The religious and charitable institutions form a pleasing feature in Quebec. There is, as might be ex- pected, a very large preponderance of Roman Catholic 144 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Judiciary. QUEBEC. establishments, to meet the demands of the population, four-fifths of whom are Catholic. With the earlier mis. sionaries came the Sours Hospitaliers to care for the sick, and the Ursuline Sisters to attend to female educa- tion and assist in civilising the Indians. By the side of the Roman Catholic institutions have grown up and prospered those of other religious communities, between which and the Roman Catholic institutions no rivalry exists except in doing good. The province devotes a large sum to the support of charitable institutions. For judicial purposes the province is divided into twenty districts, each district having equal jurisdiction in all matters, except as to revision and appeal. The Supreme Court of Canada, established by 38 Vict. c. 11, is composed of a chief justice and five puisne judges, and has four terms. There are two chief justices in Quebec -Queen's Bench (Sir A. A. Dorion) and Superior Court (Hon. W. Collis Meredith) and sessions are held at Montreal and Quebec. A Dominion Law Society was formed at Ottawa June 6, 1879, and is now fully organised. Population. At the last census, taken in 1881, the population of Quebec amounted to 1,359,027 souls. Of these 929,817 were of French origin, 69,822 of English, 49,458 of Scotch, 123,478 of Irish, and the remainder of other origins. Classified according to religion, the population of the province is composed of 1,019,850 Catholics and 171,666 Protestants. There is also a considerable sprinkling' of United Empire Loyalists, whom the War of Inde- pendence in the United States caused to emigrate to Canada. To recompense their allegiance the British Government granted them magnificent grants of land in the Eastern Townships of Quebec, and in the peninsula formed by the great lakes of Ontario. In this way there exists to-day in the province a mixed population con- sisting of French and English speaking people. Indians. In 1871 the Indian population of Quebec was re- turned at 8,657. They now number 11,089; of these 4,024 reside on reserves. The Naskapees of the Lower St. Lawrence, and the Iroquois of Caughnawaga, are the most numerous tribes. There are about 600 Mic- macs settled at Restigouche and Gaspé Basin. TOURIST ATTRACTIONS. 145 The chief attractions and points of interest of this QUEBEC. province, and indeed of the whole St. Lawrence valley, Points of for the tourist and sportsman, are readily accessible interest." from Quebec and Montreal as centres of travel. They are the citadel of Cape Diamond, Plains of Abraham, and Wolfe's monument, fortifications, gates, &c., and Montmorenci and Chaudière Falls. Both the latter are a short distance from the city. In and round Montreal the chief objects of interest to visitors are the Victoria tubular bridge, the mountain, cathedral of Notre Dame, and Bonsecours market and quay. The Saguenay River, Rivière du Loup, Tadousac, Murray Bay, and Cacouna, and the Thousand Islands—the former 130 miles below Quebec, and the latter 130 miles above Montreal-afford two of the most picturesque tours in the province. There are many inducements to sportsmen in the salmon and speckled trout fishing of numberless streams both north and south of the St. Lawrence; the moose grounds of the eastern part of the province bor. dering on New Brunswick and Maine ; and the wild fowl found everywhere in the marshes of the numerous streams. The tourist will not fail to be attracted by the grand and beautiful sights of nature. The winter sports of this province are most enjoy- Winter able. Sleighing, skating, and toboggining, and coasting or spor sledding, are among the exercises and pastimes most in- dulged in. During the winter months, November to March, the trees are frequently covered with frost. Nothing more brilliant or artistic can be imagined than the effect of the sun's rays on a cloudless calm day on the frost-clad boughs. At such times every particle of the icy crystals sparkles with the refulgence of a Koh-i-noor, and all nature seems literally decked with diamonds. A “thing of beauty is a joy for ever.' No sketch of Quebec Province, however elaborate Tourist at- or exhaustive in other respects, could possibly be con- tractions. sidered complete which did not treat in more or less detail of its scenery. Nor could we expect to be for- given by our friends of the gun, rod, and saddle, if we turned from the natural history of Eastern Canada without some reference to the opportunities it affords for the pursuit of their favourite pastimes. Quebec has an area equal to nearly twice that of Great Britain and 146 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Ireland. In such an extent of country the stranger will naturally look for great diversity of scenery. Nor will he look in vain. Mountains and valleys, rivers and lakes, waterfalls and rapids, forests and plains, combine in wonderful and pleasing variety, and form a natural panorama of most picturesque diversity and rugged beauty. Quebec City. Thechief attraction in the picture to very many will, no doubt, be the sight of Quebec City—the Ancient Capital' itself. Although more than two centuries and a half old it looks as newly finished as if Champlain had just left it. In the bright, crisp, untainted air of the St. Lawrence Valley, citadel, cathedral and college, even the cottage and cabin of the humblest habitant all have the appear- ance of having been freshly painted yesterday. Not altogether improperly, outsiders regard Quebec as common property-as a bit of the Old World trans- ferred to the New--tacked away carefully for safe keep- ing as it were in this remote corner of the continent, and to be religiously preserved from all iconoclastic desecration, especially from that phase of the latter which, with some, goes by the name of modern im- provement, but passes for wanton Vandalism with others. They wish to have to say of Quebec at the present day, as Longfellow sang of Nuremberg of yore, that it is a Quaint old town of toil and traffic, Quaint old town of art and song, Memories haunt thy pointed gables, Like the rooks that round them throng. Historically, Quebec is the most interesting city in the British possessions. Situated 360 miles from the month of the St. Lawrence, and 180 miles below Montreal, it was once the capital of French dominion in America, and for a long period the capital of the lower or eastern province of Canada. It is still the pro- vincial capital. Though shorn by recent changes of much of its political, as well as of very much of its commercial, importance, it is still, historically, one of the most interesting and picturesquely unique cities on the continent of North America. Approached either by THE ANCIENT CAPITAL. 147 steamer or railway, the view of the citadel and ramparts, QUEBEC. crowning Diamond Point, leaves an impression on the visitor which no amount of subsequent sight-seeing is likely soon to efface. No city which the New World tourist is likely to visit in the course of his journeying so impresses, by the startling peculiarities of its site, or the novelty of its physical aspect, or stamps that impress so indelibly on eye and memory, as the quaint old citadel, which has very appropriately been called the 'Gibraltar of the New World. Whether seen from below, in ascending the river, or from the railway station and steamer landing, at Point Levi, the picture it presents to the visitor is equally novel and impressive. Thus viewed, the upper and lower towns are no imaginary divisions, but alto- gether separate and distinct quartiers, the former crown- ing the lofty promontory of Cape Diamond, with its double line of massive ram parts, and containing the civil and fashionable quarters, with the public buildings and fine residences; the latter extending along the narrow strip of land beneath the cliffs and under the beetling walls as far as the suburb of St. Roche. From the Dufferin and Durham Terrace, or, indeed, from any of the prominent ramparts and terraces of the upper town, the view downward upon the wide wooden quays and tortuous, narrow streets of the lower town, crowded with carioles and caleches, and busy throngs, dwarfed to pigmy proportions by the dizzy height, while the eye wanders to the blackened throats of ponderous chim- neys, the well-worn flights of breakneck-looking steps, and upon the moss-overgrown roofs of the time-browned and grimy buildings, is one to be studied with the eye of an artist, and to be long remembered. The city was founded by Samuel de Champlain, the French geographer and navigator, in 1608, on the site of the Indian village of “Stadicona,' at the confluence of the St. Lawrence and St. Charles Rivers, which Jacques Cartier is said to have first visited in 1535. Its form is Citadel and triangular, the base resting on the memorable Plains of gates. Abraham, and the St. Lawrence and St. Charles Rivers apon either side. A massive wall of hewn stone, nearly three miles in length, with projecting bastions and frowning cannon, pierced by five massive gates, encloses L 2 148 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC, the better portion of the upper town. Prescott, Palace, and Hope gates communicate with the lower town. Through St. Louis gate, newly restored, the suburbs, in the direction of the Plains of Abraham, are reached. St. John's gate leads to the suburbs of St. Roche, Beau- port and Montmorenci. Through these two gates the remnants of Montcalm's shattered forces made their retreat from the Plains of Abraham to their camp at Beauport. Near Palace Gate a painted board marks the spot where Montgomery fell, Dec. 31, 1775. St. Peter Street is the principal thoroughfare of the lower town, and St. John and St. Louis Streets the leading avenues of the upper town. Kent gate is still under construction. The St. Foye and St. Louis roads (Grand Allée) are lined with fine residences, and afford pleasant drives. The Citadel, Mount Hermon Cemetery, Plains of Abraham, the Public Garden with Wolfe's and Mont- calm's Monuments, Governor's Garden, Place D'Armes, and English Cathedral, Ursuline Convent, University of Quebec, and the Custom House and Exchange, in the lower town, constitute the show-sights of the city. The Literary and Historical Society has a valuable library of 12,000 volumes, besides magazines, reviews, &c. It is open daily to visitors on a member's introduction. The Suburbon Geographical Society has been recently organised, and walks and numbers nearly 300 members. Delightful drives may drives. be had to Montmorenci Falls and the battle-ground, Montcalm's Cottage on the Beauport Road, round the Isle of Orleans (19 miles long and 51 miles wide), Chaudière Falls, and the Indian village of Lorette. At the confluence of the St. Charles and Lairet Rivers, on the road to Lorette, Jacques Cartier wintered and left one of his ships, the Petite Hermine, 1535–36. A census of the settlement (which dates from 1697), taken in 1879, returned 336 as the total population of the village. An interesting sketch of a visit to Indian Lorette is given by J. M. Le Moine in his recently published * Historical Notes on the Environs of Quebec. The drive round the lovely Isle of Orleans, and that to Mont- morenci are among the most delightful experiences of the tourist's visit to the Valley of the St. Lawrence. A sleigh and ' toboggan' party to Montmorenci constitutes TIE ANCIENT CAPITAL, 149 the 'sensation of the winter season, and to the true QUEBEC. lover of innocent sport is worth the Atlantic voyage to experience. The hotels are the St. Louis and Russell. A new hotel, which is much wanted in this delightful old city, is shortly to be built on the Dufferin Terrace to the east of the citadel and officers' quarters. It is to be called the Château or Hotel St. Louis. It will occupy Hotel St. the site of the ancient château, built by Champlain in Louis. 1624, and burnt down January 23, 1834. The view from the windows of this building when complete will be at once extensive and picturesque, commanding a view of the noble river and opposite shore for many miles. The population of Quebec is about 65,000. Point Levi, opposite Quebec, marks the site where Point Levi. General Arnold encamped in 1775, in his foolish attempt to dislodge the British forces within the city. Chaudière Falls, 9 miles below Quebec, are best chaudière reached viâ Point Levi. The Chaudière River is 400 Falls. feet wide, and the fall 130 feet. Montmorenci Falls are 8 miles from Quebec, viâ Mont- morenci Beauport, and afford a charming drive. They are Falls. situated in a beautiful nook in the river bank, and are nearly 250 feet in height. In winter the spray from the fall freezes, and forms into cones, which are much patronised by the toboggan 'sports’ from Quebec. The natural steps, two miles above the falls, and the famous ford—the scene of Montcalm's defence in 1759 —will each repay a visit. Another pretty drive from Quebec is that by the New Provincial Government buildings (Edifices publics) on St. John's Road; Female Orpban Asylum, Battle-field Cottage, and by Wolfefield to · Benmore,' the country seat, model farm and scientific vegetarium of Colonel Rhodes. At Wolfefield may be seen the precipitous path ap St. Denis' Burn by which the Highlanders and British soldiers gained a footing on the memorable Plains of Abraham on the eventful September 13, 1759. Thornhill, Spencer Wood, Spencer Spencer Grange, the residence of J. M. Le Moine, the historian, Wood. Clermont, ' Cataraqui,'' Ravenswood,' and other pretty country seats of the Quebec merchant princes are passed, until Cap Rouge' is reached. The return to town by the St. Foye road is scarcely less attractive. Since Confederation Spencer Wood has been in turn 150 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Saguenay River. occupied by Sir N. F. Bellean, Lieutenant-Governor Caron, Lieutenant-Governor Letellier de St. Just, and by the present Lieutenant-Governor the Hon. Theo. F. Robitaille, whose munificent hospitality adds greatly to the natural charms of the place. From Quebec as a centre, as already stated, tours may be made to the Saguenay River, the largest tribu- tary of the St. Lawrence River, below Quebec, and one of the most remarkable rivers on the continent. The steamers of the St. Lawrence Steam Navigation Company leave St. Andrew's wharf, Lowertown (ex. cept Sunday and Monday), during the season (June to September) daily at 7 A.M. For times of arrival and departure of trains and steamers the local guides pub- lished in various cities of the Dominion must be availed of to ensure the tourist against delay or disappointment. Murray Bay, 90 miles from Quebec, is a favourite watering-place. Rivière du Loup (en bas), 112 miles from Quebec, formerly the eastern terminus of the Quebec branch of the Grand Trunk Railway, is now a section station of the Intercolonial line. Cacouna, 6 miles below Rivière du Loup, is a pleasant watering-place, with a good hotel (St. Lawrence Hall). Tadousac, 134 miles below Quebec, is a popular summer resort at the mouth of the Saguenay. It is 22 miles from Rivière du Loup and 66 from Rimouski, where the mails from the incoming and outgoing steamers are landed and taken on board. Ha-Ha Bay is that portion of the Saguenay River at its confluence with Lake Kenokaim. The village of Grand Bay, 132 miles from Quebec, is much resorted to by sportsmen and those who wish to remain in the neighbourhood of the Saguenay. The finest scenery on the river is found between Ha-Ha Bay and the mouth, a distance of 60 miles. From a strictly commercial point of view, Quebec city is mainly interesting as the centre of the important Dominion export timber and lumber trade, and in this aspect of it a visit to the various coves and mills in its vicinity, where the timber is stored and sawn, may be. profitably made. Montreal, the commercial metropolis and most popu. lous city of Canada, is unquestionably one of the hand- Montreal. MONTREAL. 151 somest and best built cities on the American continent, QUEBEC. and will well reward the traveller for a few days spent in visiting it. The St. Lawrence Hall, in St. James St., near the Bank of Montreal and General Post-office, in the very heart of the city, is an excellent hotel, and affords the best accommodation for travellers. The city stands on the island of Montreal, at the head of St. Lawrence river navigation proper, just below its confluence with the Ottawa and at the foot of inland navigation, 540 miles from the Gulf, and commands a large and prospe- rous trade both with Europe and with the interior. Mount Royal, from which the city is named, rises 550 feet, and forms an imposing background to the picture. The site of the present city was first visited by the explorer Jacques Cartier, in 1535, it being then known by the Indian name of `Hochelaga.' The permanent foundation took place in 1642. It remained under French rule till 1760, when it passed into the hands of the British. The population at that time was less than 5,000. It now numbers 160,000. It has a river frontage of nearly three miles, extend- Victoria ing from Victoria Bridge to Hochelaga village, and Bridge. wharfage for shipping purposes extending nearly 41 miles. The best view of the city and its surroundings is that obtained from the river in nearing the Victoria Bridge. This is one of the grandest works of modern times, and forms the most imposing feature in the Montreal landscape. It is tubular, and rests on twenty. four piers. The centre span is 330 feet, and 60 feet above the river level. It is the work of Robert Stephen- son, and was completed in 1860. It is two miles long, including the approaches, contains 3,000,000 cubic feet of masonry and 10,000 tons of iron, and cost 6,300,000 dols., or rather more than 1,200,0001. The passage of the bridge occupies six minutes. Permits to inspect the interior may be obtained at the Grand Trunk Railway offices, Point St. Charles. The work of tunnelling the river at Hochelaga has recently been undertaken. The other chief objects of interest for the visitor to Notre Montreal are: The Cathedral of Notre Dame, said to be Dame the largest church edifice in North America, and capable Cathedral. of holding 10,000 worshippers. It is 260 feet by 140 feet, and the towers are 220 feet high. The interior has just been redecorated. The 'Gros Bourdon' bell, 152 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Views in Montreal, in the left tower, weighs 15 tors. Å fine view, er- tending as far as the Vermont Hills, is had from the right tower on payment of a small fee. Bonsecour's Market is a substantial, spacious structure, with an assembly room capable of seating 4,000 people. The English Cathedral, on Catherine Street, is a fine specimen of Gothic architecture. The interior of the Jesuit Church, on Bleury Street, contains some fine frescoes. McGill College, Nelson Monument at the head of Jacques Cartier Square, the new City Hall, Court House, Post Office, the Banks of Montreal and of British North America, Merchants' Bank, Molson's Bank, and Mechanics' Institute, on Great St. James Street, are noteworthy edifices of the more modern type. The Champ de Mars, Place d'Armes, or Cathedral Square, Vic- toria Square, with the fine modern edifice of the Young Men's Christian Association, and fountains, are note- worthy. Windsor Hotel is a large, well-constructed edifice facing Dominion Square. Some of the other squares afford pleasant promenades in the very heart of the city. St. Paul Street is the heavy wholesale centre, and St. James and Catherine Streets the fashionable promenades. The St. James, Metropolitan, and City are the leading clubs. Besides these there are curling, snowshoe, skating, lacrosse, cricket, golf and football, and chess clubs, and an excellent gymnasium, Strangers are admitted only on the introduction of a member. The Hôtel Dieu, and the Grey Nunnery, founded in 1642, will each repay a visit. Drives round the mountain' in almost endless variety, may be indulged in by those desirous to study Montreal and its lovely surroundings in all their varied and charming aspects. One-horse vehicles may be hired for 50 and 75 cents. per hour. For two-horses one dollar per hour is charged. The Reservoir, which supplies the city with water, drawn from the St. Lawrence a short distance above the La Chine rapids, commands a wide view. Mount Royal Park Cemetery, and the Roman Catholic Cemetery, may be included in the same drive. The La Chine Road also affords a pleasant drive, the lower road commanding a view of the famous rapids. La Chine may be reached in 36 minutes by the trains on the Grand Trunk Railway. TOURS FROM MONTREAL. 153 The extensive workshops and locomotive and car QUEBEC. sheds belonging to the Grand Trunk Company will well repay à visit from all those who would judge Point s. fairly of the progress and present position of railway Charles. enterprise and industry in Canada. They cover some ten acres of ground at Point St. Charles, a western suburb easily reached by cab, and give employment in their various departments to upwards of 2,000 men. From Montreal, as a radiating point for the pictur- esque portion of Canada and New England, delightful tours may be made in all directions. The more promi- nent and popular of these may be briefly classified for reference as follows:- SOUTH. Route 1.—To Rouse's Point, by Grand Trunk Railway, Tours. and thence by Delaware and Hudson Canal Co., to Lake Champlain, Lake George, and Saratoga Springs. Route II.—To White and Franconia Mountains, Lakes Memphremagog and Willoughby, by South-Eastern Railway. EAST. Route III.-To Richmond, Quebec, Portland, and the White Mountain region via Gorham, by Grand Trunk Railway. Route IV.–To Ottawa city, Rideau and Chaudière Falls, Carillon Rapids, and points beyond, by Q.M.O. and O. Railway direct, or by water and rail. From Bonaventure station to La Chine, 10 miles; steamer up Lake St. Louis viâ St. Ann's, through Two Mountain Lake to Carillon, 50 miles; by rail to Grenville, 12 miles; thence up the Ottawa via L’Original and Buckingham to Ottawa, 50 miles. (For description of Ottawa, see chapter on Ontario.) Route V.-To Cedar Cascades and La Chine Rapids, Cornwall, Brockville, Kingston, Thousand Islands of the St. Lawrence, Cobourg, and Toronto, by Grand Trunk Railway. Route VI.-To Chambly and Richelieu Rapids (fine boating and fishing), by Montreal, Chambly and Sorel Railway. Route VỈI.–St. Hilaire and Belæuil Mountain, by Grand Trunk Railway. 154 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. ONTARIO. History. Our sketch of the early political existence of Ontario we cannot call it a history-must be of the briefest de- scription. The rapid sequence of events during the pre- sent century, and the magnificent progress which this province has made since Confederation, far transcend in public interest and importance all that we find recorded in the earlier stages and annals of her history. For this reason, among others scarcely less cogent, we shall con- fine ourselves within the narrowest possible limits. Ontario is the name by which the western or upper section of old Canada is now officially and familiarly known. It is a relic of the significant and sonorous language of the Wyandot Indians, who formerly occu- pied so much of its territory, and means the beautiful land.' The existence of Upper Canada as a distinct province dates from the passage of the Constitutional Act of 1791, previous to which it formed part of Quebec Province. The then Governor, Lord Dorchester, by proclamation, divided it into four districts, each with a German nanje, as follows:-Lunenburg, extending from the River Ottawa to Gananoque; Mecklenburg, extend- ing from Gananoque to the Trent; Nassau, extending from the Trent to Long Point on Lake Erie. These were shortly afterwards changed to the Eastern' or Middle, 'Home' or Niagara, and · Western' or Detroit districts. Hesse, including the rest of the western part of Upper Canada, to Lake St. Clair, formed the fourth district. Major-General John Graves Simcoe, was the first Lieutenant-Governor, and the first Parliament met at Niagara (then called Newark), September 17, 1792, Three members of the Legislative Council—'plain, homespun-clad farmers and merchants, from the plough and the store’-and five members of the House of Assembly, constituted the first Parliament of Upper First Par. liament Sept. 17, 1792. POLITICAL PROGRESS. 155 Canada, which we are told was opened with the usual ONTARIO. state and ceremony.' Niagara continued to be the seat of Government till 1795, when it was removed to Toronto, which then bore the name of York. In 1820 political discord and dissension prevailed in A.D. 1820. Lower Canada, spreading rapidly westward until 1837, when it culminated, first in insurrection and riot, and afterwards in the reunion which took place in 1840. Custom-houses began to be established on the fron- tiers in 1802 and Cornwall, Brockville, Kingston, Toronto, Niagara, Queenstown, Amherstburg, Sandwich, Fort Erie and Turkey Point, were declared ports of entry. Under the Act of Confederation of 1867, Upper A.D. 1867. Canada, under its present name of Ontario, became the chief province of the Dominion of Canada. On July 16 of that year the following Ministry was appointed :- Hon. John Sandfield Macdonald, Q.C., Premier, &c. Hon. John Carling, Commissioner of Agriculture. Hon. Stephen Richards, Q.C., Commissioner of Crown Lands. Hon. M. Crookes Cameron, Q.C., Secretary and Registrar. Hon. Edmund Burke Wood, Treasurer. On December 19, 1871, this Ministry resigned, and a new Ministry was formed, under the premiership of the present Opposition leader of the Dominion Parliament, as follows :- Hon. Edward Blake, Q.C., President of the Council. Hon. Adam Crooks, D.C.L., Attorney-General. Hon. Alex. Mackenzie, Secretary, fc. Hon. A. McKellar, Commissioner of Agriculture, 8c. Hon. Rich. W. Scott, Q.C., Commissioner of Crown Lands. Messrs. Blake and Mackenzie shortly after retired and were succeeded by Hon. O. Mowat, Q.C., and Hon. T. B. Pardee. February 6, 1878.—The Reform Association of On- A.D. 1878. tario met at Toronto, and passed resolutions of confidence in the Mackenzie and Mowat Governments. Among others the following resolution was passed:- That at this, the first general gathering of the Reformers of Ontario since Confederation, we would heartily congra- tulate the country that the Union of the provinces, for which the Reform party so long contended, has been crowned with such signal success; and that after ten SURFACE OF THE COUNTRY. 157 the said meridional line to the said International Monn- ONTARIO. ment, and thence southerly and easterly, following upon the International Boundary line between the British Possessions and the United States of America into Lake Superior. (Signed) *ROBT. A. HARRISON. EDWARD THORNTON. ‘F. Hincks.'* Ontario is now the most populous and wealthy of the seven provinces of the Dominion. It occupies the fine country which stretches north and west of the great lakes Ontario, Erie, and Haron, and is bounded on the east by the Ottawa River, which separates it in that' quarter from Quebec. Pending the final decision as regards ber boundary lines, it is impossible to state the precise area of this province. Roughly speaking, it is equal in extent to the United Kingdom. The surface and general aspect of this province al- Physical most everywhere testify to its real character as an agri- aspect, &e. cultural country. It is nowhere mountainous, but gently undnlating, and diversified by rivers and lakes. The Laurentian mountain chain, so often referred to, extends westward from the Thousand Isles, near King- ston, and northward of Lake Simcoe, forming the coast of Lake Huron and the Georgian Bay. Another ridge of high land, which enters the province at Niagara Falls, is extended to Hamilton, and thence to Owen Sound, and along the peninsula to Cabot Head and the Manitonlin Islands. The water-power thus afforded is abundant for manufacturing purposes. It may as well be admitted in the outset that as Climate. regards climate Ontario suffers from the absurd preju. dice under which her sister province Quebec, and indeed the whole of Canada, has so long unjustly rested. Not, however, to the same extent. The climate is no doubt greatly and, for farming purposes, most favour- ably influenced by the great bodies of fresh water to * This award, which has given rise to much discussion in the Dominion Parliament and elsewhere, is now before H. M. Privy Council, and, though no decision has been officially announced, it is believed that the above award of the Dominion and Ontario Com- mission will be set aside, and that the territorial area of this province will remain as before. 158 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. the south and west of it. Though its average winter temperature is unquestionably much lower than that of the British Isles, yet the cold of an Ontario winter is more bearable,' as the popular phrase expresses it, than that of an English winter, and is, moreover, probably less trying to the aged and infirm. This is greatly owing to the comparative dryness of the Canadian atmosphere. The province is free from tornadoes. The value It will doubtless sound strange to English ears to be of the snow. told that the keep and protracted frost and snow which would be so much dreaded on the east side of the Atlantic, are welcomed as a real blessing in Canada. In England such visitations paralyse out-door labour, block ap roads, or render them dangerous, and carry privation and misery into countless homes. In Canada they directly promote one of the greatest national industries, namely lumbering, or timber-getting. This important work can, in fact, only be carried on effectively by their powerful co-operation. Frost and snow make good *sleighing,' and that means everywhere splendid roads, rapid, easy, and pleasant travelling, brisk, internal trade, and enhanced social enjoyment. The heaviest loads can then be drawn with ease, even over swamps and streams, which at other times are quite impassable. The Ontario farmer attempts no out-door work which can be very materially interfered with by the wintry elements, which are his servants rather than his masters. Frost and snow are not only found to be the best road-makers, but their general effect on the soil is beneficial. Frost pulverises the earth even if it some. times kills the young wbeat; whilst snow is found to be a good fertiliser as well as a protection to plant life. The period of extreme cold seldom lasts more than two or three days at a time. It is followed by much longer intervals of moderate frost, with a bright sky overhead, and a carpet of dry snow underfoot. Occasionally there are disagreeable thaws in the course of the winter, Open which break up the roads and block business. Some- times the winter is unusually mild and open, with little or no snow. This, for the reason already mentioned, is always a great loss to the country. In short, the winter season in Canada has its advantages and compensa- tions as well as its disadvantages and drawbacks; winters. 160 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. Rivers. Farming. Maganetawan, which fall into the Georgian Bay; the Maitland, Saugeen, and Aux Sables, flowing into Lake Huron ; the Thames, emptying into Lake St. Clair; the Grand into Lake Erie ; the Trent and Moira into Quinte Bay; and the Niagara into Lake Ontario. The lake and river system of navigation is largely and practically extended by means of the Welland and Rideau canals, the former between Lakes Erie and Ontario, and the latter between Kingston and Ottawa. From what has already been written, the reader will learn that Ontario is essentially an agricultural country. Its farming interest is now and will probably always be its paramount interest. The best test of its special adaptation to agricultural pursuits is found in the wide range and high quality of its productions. On this subject the report of the recent Provincial Agricultural Commission may be read with great profit by the intend- ing settler. Nearly all the field, farm, and garden products of the United Kingdom are raised to perfection in this province. The white wheat of Ontario was awarded the first prize at the Paris Exhibition of 1867, and still maintains its high reputation; whilst Ontario grown barley is held in the highest estimation by the brewers of the United States. The operation of putting in the first crop is a very simple one. Peas, coarse grains, roots and grasses of all kinds thrive finely. In the southern and lake shore counties these find their appropriate soil and conditions of growth. Swedes and mangolds average 17 tons and 22 tons to the acre. Flax growing promises to become an important indus- try before many years. In fruit generally, especially apples, it is excelled by few other countries. On the eastern section of the Great Western Railway, between Niagara Falls and Hamilton, fruit is grown in perfection. Strawberries are largely cultivated. The grape is indigenous ; peaches also do well. A writer in the New York Graphic,' in describing the show of fruit at the American Cen. tennial Exhibition, thus reports :— Probably the finest show of various fruits is made by the Fruit Growers' Association of Ontario, Canada. As a representative collection, intended to exhibit the quality of the fruit from the Niagara River and Lake Huron section, and Fruit. 162 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. Cheese and butter. years 1879 and 1880 the amounts were larger, but the trade, owing to the greater profits made in live cattle, is now undergoing a reaction. Increased facilities have recently been furnished by the Harbour Commissioners, and the Grand Trunk Railway, and Allan Steamship Companies, at Montreal, for the reception, maintenance, and shipment of stock, and the trade is now vigorously prosecuted. The or. dinary Canadian horse is a hardy, tractive, strong, healthy animal, and answers well for cabs, omnibuses, tramicars, and other such work. Dairy farming has been extensively and profitably pursued since Confederation. Many districts are specially suited to dairying, and accordingly cheese factories have sprung up all over the country. In certain localities they have paid very well. All the evidence taken tends to show that, at 10 cents or 5d. per lb. for cheese of the finest quality, the business will be a very profitable one. On the basis of allowing 10 lbs. of milk to one of cheese, we get the result that the production of milk at d. per lb. is a very paying business. The great disadvantage is the fluctuating propensities of the trade. During the seasons of 1878 and 1879 cheese was a perfect drug, being quoted as low as 2 d. to 3d. per Ib., and then scarcely saleable. This was a ruinous business, but during the autumn of 1880 it suddenly recovered, and we find during the spring of 1881 it is quoted at 7d. per lb. The remark is often made that the virgin soils of America are practically inexhaustible. It is utter non- sense. No land can keep up its fertility if everything is taken away and no return is made. It is only a question of time, longer in coming in some districts than in others, when every inch of soil will need some assistance in the way of manure. Nowhere is this more clearly seen than in the Province of Ontario, on whose fertile soil, after the primeval forests had been cleared away, immense crops were produced, whereas to-day scarcely a piece of cultivated land throughout the whole Province but shows the want of careful and kinder treatment. For those reasons, and influenced by the immense competition in the grain trade from the western prairies, dairy farming, and all branches of POLITICAL DIVISIONS. 165 ONTARIO. Min's North . » West Population Population Durham, West . • 17,555 Grey, North . • 23,334 Victoria, South . . 20,813 Norfolk, South . . 16,374 » North. . 13,799 „ North . . 17,219 Muskoka . . 27,204 Brant, South . 21,975 Ontario, South 20,378 , North . 11,894 , North . 28,434 Waterloo, South 21,754 Toronto, East. 24,867 North . 20,986 Centre 22,983 Elgin, East . 28,147 West. 38,565 West . 14,214 York, East . 23,312 Oxford, South. 24,732 ,, West 18,884 25,361 , North . . 24,502 Middlesex, East 30,600 Simcoe, South . . 26,891 21,496 , North . 49,238 , North . 21,239 16,387 London, City . . 19,746 Cardwell . 16,770 Perth, South 20,778 Welland . . 26,152 „ North . 34,207 Niagara . . 3,445 Huron, South . 23,393 Monck .. . 17,145 » Centre. 26,474 Lincoln . . 22,963 » North. 27,103 Haldimand 18,619 Bruce, South . 39,803 Wentworth, South . 14,993 North . 24,971 , North . 15.998 Bothwell . . . 27,102 Hamilton, City . 35,961 Lambton . . . 42,616 Halton . . 21,919 Kent . . . 36,626 Wellington, South : 25,400 Essex . 46,962 Centre. 22,265 Algoma . . . 20,320 North 25,870 Grey, South . . 21,127 Total (1881) 1,923,228 » East . . 29,668 | Peel We will now group these counties into districts. Commencing at the western extremity of the western peninsula, we enter what, by way of local distinction, has been styled the 'Garden of Canada. Lake Erie District, embracing five counties, viz. :- Essex, Kent, Elgin, Norfolk, and Haldimand. Kent county, of which Chatham is the county town, is, comparatively speaking, a new country, and offers a fine field for pushing young English farmers who have some means to invest, and are not afraid of work. · Niagara District comprises three-Monck, Welland, and Lincoln. Lake Huron District extends from the north-eastern COUNTY DIVISIONS. 167 prising population, and providing a market which the ONTARIO. farmers of Ontario will have mainly to supply. Lake Ontario District. This is the largest of the ten districts into which the settled and more populous por. tion of Ontario is divided, and skirts the entire northern shore of Lake Ontario, from Hamilton and Toronto in the west to Prince Edward in the east. The counties, seven in number, are Wentworth, Halton, Peel, York, Ontario, Durham, and Northumberland. York is the metropolitan county of the province. Quinté District.—The Bay of Quinté (pronounced Kanty) district is the smallest district in the province. It is divided into Hastings, Lennox, Addington, and Prince Edward counties, and is largely settled by United Empire Loyalists. At Lake, in Hastings county, gold mining on a small scale is carried on. Adjoining and eastward of Quinté, lies an old and well-settled section, extending from Kingston to the Quebec boundary line, known as the St. Lawrence River District. St. Lawrence River District. This division includes six counties, traversed by the Kingston and Pembroke, Brockville and Ottawa, and St. Lawrence and Ottawa railways. These are Frontenac, Leeds, Grenville, Dun. das, Stormont, and Glengarry. Cornwall is the county town of the three last named. Ottawa River District.-As its name implies, this dis- trict is situate on the Ottawa River, and comprises all the land on the north-eastern boundary of the province between the Free Grant district at Pembroke and the old Canadian settlement of L’Original about forty miles below Ottawa city. Its county organisation thus far embraces Renfrew, Lanark, Carleton, Russell, and Prescott counties. The Great Manitoulin.- The Great Manitoulin Island, Manitoulin situate in the north part of Lake Huron, is about 100 Island. miles long by 25 wide, now being rapidly settled, and contains a population, White and Indian, of from 10,000 to 12,000 souls. The lands are held in trust for the Indians by the Dominion Government, but they are sold at fifty cents per acre to settlers, and then become part of the provincial territory, and receive the same help in the shape of grants for roads and neces- 168 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. sary local improvements as other new districts. The settlement in Manitoulin has been chiefly from Ontario county, and most of those who have emigrated thither are enthusiastic in their praises of the capabilities and resources of the island. A railway is in progress. Ontario is richly endowed with forests of valuable Timber. timber, the export of which, though greatly diminished during recent years, still forms one of the main sources of provincial revenue. The timbered areas from which the best qualities are obtained, are found in the Ottawa valley, on the shores of the Georgian Bay, and in the "backwoods' of the Muskoka district.* Minerals. Its mineral resources are also very great and valu. able. Copper abounds on the shores of Lake Haron, and silver in the neighbourhood of Thunder Bay, Lake Superior. Thus far the deposits are but very par- tially developed. The McKellar Island silver vein, near Fort William, is reported to be 40 feet wide, with branches averaging from 1 foot to 21 feet wide. The famous Silver Islet vein is found to widen on further exploration, and upwards of 500 acres have been already located and surveyed. Discoveries of gold are reported from Jackfish Lake, Lambart's Island, Pie Island, Rat Portage, and Pigeon River, all situated in the vast Lake Superior region of Algoma and the North-West Terri. tory. As yet these resources have not been developed to any considerable extent, except as regards salt and petroleum, which for several years have been produced in immense quantities and of most excellent quality. Canadian salt is now highly esteemed for its purity. Mica is also extensively worked. and even Of the twenty-five millions of acres of surveyed tem, free land in Ontario, nearly three millions still remain to be grants, &c. disposed of as free grants to settlers, under the provisions of the Free Grant and Homestead Act of 1868. The lands so appropriated are embraced in ninety-four town. ships of what is known as the Muskoka, Parry Sound, and Nipissing Free Grant, districts. These are situate between the Ottawa River and Georgian Bay, and chiefly northward of the Central and Lake Ontario coun- ties, and the forty-fifth parallel. * Derived from the Indian Mus-qua-tah, signifying 'red ground.' FREE GRANT DISTRICTS. 169 Other townships will be opened as railways and ONTARIO. colonisation roads are constructed. Thus the domain of the poor but industrious immi- grant will be open to him for many years to come in the very heart of the new Dominion. Fifty to sixty per cent. of this land is fairly good, and will grow good crops of wheat and garden stuffs, but it is, as a rule, better adapted for the coarser grains and for grazing purposes. Cattle must, however, be housed during the winter months. The remainder of the land is not of much value for agricultural purposes, being composed largely of Laurentian rocks and swamps. The country abounds with lakes, and is in many places exceedingly picturesque. As a whole this district is better adapted to the settlement of a hardy Scandinavian population than for the British farmer. In regard to the Muskoka district proper, about which Muskoka widely different and often conflicting opinions are en. described. tertained, the Hon. A. P. Cockburn, M.P.P., thus reports : —The population of Muskoka, according to the census of 1861, was 297 souls, in 1871 6,919 souls, and it is estimated that the population will have reached 30,000 souls in 1881. There are three villages, each contain- ing upwards of 1,200 inhabitants, and some small but thriving villages-a dozen flouring mills, numerous churches and schools, four newspapers, six or eight steamers on the small inland lakes, good stores well filled with merchandise of all kinds, including rich and stylish articles, all of which are sold at moderate prices. A large proportion of the population are well cultured, and even a high degree of refinement exists in many parts of the county. There are already upwards of 130 post-offices, yielding a better revenue than the average post-offices of some of the older counties. The Swiss settlers are about to try the vine culture. A good many vines have been recently planted. Some of the settlers have been pretty badly off this winter in two or three of the newer townships, owing to frost which appeared in August last. It is said to be only the second time in the history of the settlement that frost has appeared in August, but this occurrence need not discourage the in. habitants of Muskoka. Similar misfortunes have over- taken the early settlers of Perth, Wellington, and Grey. SOCIAL STATISTICS. 171 ment. purchased at from 20 to 80 and 100 dols. per acre. ONTARIO. Many of the farmhouses and buildings are very hand- some and pretty, and similar to some of our English villas, with their lawns and croquet-grounds.' The governing power in Ontario consists of the Govern- Lieutenant-Governor (Hon. John Beverley Robinson) mer and an Executive Council of six members, and a Legis- lative Assembly of eighty-eight members, elected every fourth year. Ontario has an admirable system of municipal go- Municipal vernment which gives the people complete control over affairs. their own local affairs. The same remark applies to the political institutions both of the province and the Do- minion, which are modelled after those of the mother- country. The principle of responsible government is observed in all. All villages throughout the province having 750 inhabitants may be incorporated under the provisions of the Municipal Acts, and any incorporated village which contains a population of 2,000 or upwards may be created into a town. When such town contains 15,000 people it becomes a city. The gradation of municipal and civil honours, from the position of a squatter or backwoods settler to that of a full-fledged citizen, is therefore in Canada easy and rapid. The qualifications for voters at municipal elections are freehold, household, income, and farmer's son;' the real property qualification ranging upward from 100 dols. in townships to 300 dols. in towns and 400 dols. in cities. But if there is one of their institutions of which the Education. Ontario people are more proud than another, and which is especially worthy the consideration of the British pater et mater familias, it is their system of public in. struction. This not only recognises the right of every child in the country to be educated, but makes ample and generous provision for the purpose. The public or elementary schools, of which there are upwards of five thousand, have been, since 1871, all free and non- sectarian. In 1878, out of a population of less than one million and three-quarters, there were 492,837 children attending the public schools. Upwards of three millions of dollars were expended in 1876 for public school par. MANUFACTURES AND TRADE. 173 the past nine years subsidies, amounting to nearly three ORTARIO. millions of dollars, have been distributed among twenty- six railways, owning or controlling 1,410 miles of track. This result has been brought about by adopting in their construction the narrow gauge of 3 feet 6 inches. Lines of this gauge can be constructed at a far less cost than those of the ordinary width, and are found to answer the purpose of a new country just as well. Toronto will shortly become a manufacturing centre of locomo- tive and railway supply, The Grand Trunk Railway Company's coal docks at Port Huron and Point Edward are now under construction. The building of the On- tario Pacific Junction will help to develop the Free Grant District and greatly stimulate its settlement. The work upon the Eastern Division of the Canada Pacific Railway from Callendar Station, the western terminus of the Canada Central, is being vigorously pushed forward. The ramifications of the railway system of Ontario are now becoming extensive. Such of our readers as may desire to push their inquiries relative to them further are referred to the tables furnished on pp. 44-45. Although Ontario is mainly and essentially an agri. Manufac- cultural country, yet its extensive natural facilities for tures, &c. manufacture have been largely, and to some extent, successfully, utilised. In the city of Ottawa, the seat of the Dominion Government, some of the largest saw- mills in the world are to be found. Owing, however, to existing tariff regulations in the United States, which for many years was the principal market for Ottawa- sawn lumber, these great establishments have, for a long time, been but partially employed. Ontario also manu- factures woollen goods, especially tweeds; furniture, machinery, agricultural implements, edged tools, sewing machines, carriages, clocks, &c. Of these the manufac- ture of agricultural labour-saving machinery offers perhaps the safest and quickest return for invested capital. Oil, salt, and peat are also largely worked. Ontario enjoys a large and steadily increasing inland as well as export commerce. The following official statement of the ports of entry and shipment, and of the Shipping, vessels and tonnage registered thereat during the past ports, &c. year exhibits her present status as a commercial pro- vince:- 174 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO, Name of Port Vessels Tons 11 11 385 932 726 24 Nil. 12 Nil. ...... ........... 35 208 Amherstburg Belleville . Brockville . Brighton . Collingwood Chippewa. Cramahe . Chatham Cobourg Cornwall , Darlington . . Dunville Dundas . . Fort Erie . . Goderich , Hamilton . Kingston - Kingsville . Niagara . Napanee . New Castle Oshawa Ottawa Owen Sound Oakville Port Burwell Port Dover Port Colborne Port Hope . Port Rowan Port Stanley Picton Saugeen Sarnia Sault Ste. Marie. St. Catherine's . Toronto Windsor Whitby Wallaceburg Morrisburg ........··.········· 106 2,247 159 447 2,579 1,102 46 253 1,838 163 559 1,390 7,907 27,222 101 512 3,511 158 538 11,158 1,833 1,006 5,407 1,331 709 3,895 1,375 1,599 5,403 10 ................... ·························· 11 10 41 75 126 83 4,049 264 27,723 9,349 5,810 650 2,194 382 Total New vessels built in 1879: | 1,006 42 136,987 2,464 The Dominion merchant shipping at the close of 1879 CITIES AND TOWNS. 175 stood thus:-Vessels of all kinds, 7,471, measuring ONTARIO. 1,332,094 tons. Toronto, the capital and commercial centre of On- Chief cities, tario, and the second city of the Dominion in population towns, &c: and wealth, has many attractions for the pleasure- traveller. Situate upon a level plateau overlooking a beautiful bay at the head of Lake Ontario, from which it is separated by Gibraltar Point, it occupies a position at once singularly prominent and picturesque. Sur. veyor-General Joseph Bouchette thus writes of it in 1832: 'In the space of five or six years after 1793-94 Toronto. York * became a respectable place, and rapidly increased to its present importance. It now (1832) contains a population of 4,000. The pressure of the late war has been considerably felt here, as it was captured by the American army on April 27, 1813. They held it only a few days; but in that time the Government House and all the public buildings and stores were burned, after removing so much of their contents as could be con- veniently carried off.' Its streets are broad and well paved. Its public buildings are substantially-built and architecturally conspicuous. King, Queen, and Younge streets are the main thoroughfares. Its present popu- lation is between 70,000 and 80,000. The best general view of the city, suburbs, and surrounding country is obtained from the lofty spire of St. James Cathedral in King Street. There are 75 churches in Toronto, capable of seating 50,000 persons. The University, a noble Norman-Gothic edifice, the Queen's Park, Osgoode Hall, Normal School and Horticultural Gardens, Knox College, Trinity College, and the New Custom House and Post- office buildings, and the Exhibition building will each repay à visit. Near the south-west corner of the Exhibition building stands a memorial cairn bearing the following fac simile inscription:- * So named (August 26, 1793) after the Duke of York, in com- memoration of his victory over the French in Flanders. It retained this name until 1833, when it was incorporated as the first City of Upper Canada, and its name was again changed to Toronto. 176 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO, THIS CAIRN Marks the exact site of FORT ROUILLE Commonly known as FORT TORONTO An Indian trading post and stockade Established A.D. 1749 By order of the Government of Louis XV in accordance with the recommendation of The Count de La Galisonière Administrator of New France 1747–1749 Erected by the Corporation of the City of Toronto A.D. 1878 The Provincial Lunatic Asylum, on West Green Street, is an imposing edifice, 644 feet in length. The valley of the Don, and Todmorden on the east, and New Park and Humber Bay on the west of the city, afford pretty drives. There are numerous hotels, but the Queen's Hotel and Rossin' House furnish the best accommodation for tourists. The former house is famed throughout Canada as having formed the headquarters of most of the titled and distinguished visitors to this section of the Dominion during the last quarter of a century. From Toronto six lines of railway are already in operation. These are the Grand Trunk, the Great Western, and Credit Valley, to the east and west; and the Northern, Toronto, and Nipissing, and Toronto, Grey, and Bruce to the north and north-west. Next to Toronto, Hamilton is the largest town in the province. It is forty miles distant by railway from the capital, about the same distance from Niagara Falls, and is reached by the Great Western Railway from either point in an hour and a half. It has a population of nearly forty thousand, and has some pretty drives in the neighbourhood. Next to Toronto and Hamilton the most important places in the province are Ottawa city, the Dominion capital, Kingston, London, Belleville, Brockville, St. Catherine's, Peterborough, Prescott, Co- bourg, &c. The Government buildings at Ottawa occupy four acres of ground, and cost about four millions of dollars. Thou h architecturally defective, Hamilton. Ottawa. INDUCEMENTS TO SETTLE. 177 they form one of the most extensive and imposing ONTARIO. ranges of public buildings on the American continent. A rocking-stone, not unlike the famous Logan rock in Cornwall, has lately been discovered 31 miles from the city. Hull, on the Quebec side of the Ottawa River, is reached by a suspension bridge, which commands a fine view of the city, river, and falls... Who should go, and When.—The Ontario Government Induce. ments to has not encouraged promiscuous immigration for some settle. time past, because the demand for immigrant labour, both skilled and unskilled, which was formerly so large, has, for some time past, been less brisk, with the sole exception of that for farm labourers and female domestic servants, who still continue much in demand and receive good wages. Of professional men, and of book-keepers and clerks, Ontario has enough and to spare. The kind of persons who would be certain at all times to improve their position and prospects by emigrating to Ontario are tenant-farmers and others with capital, who desire to adopt agriculture as a pursuit; and persons with small but independent incomes, especially those having families to educate and settle in life. There is only one restriction to the sale of land, and that is the law of dower in favour of the wife. Money can be invested with perfect security at from 7 to 8 per cent. interest, and as most of the necessaries of life are very much cheaper in Ontario than they are in England, and edu- cation is free, it is obvious that for families in the cir- cumstances referred to Ontario is a most desirable place to settle in Food being everywhere abundant and cheap, the cost of living is low as compared with that of similar fare in Great Britain. Rents in Toronto and other large towns are likewise moderate. Clothing, except such as is produced in the province, is about one- fourth more than in England. As to agriculturists with capital, the inducements afforded settlers in Ontario are even stronger. Cleared farms, with every improve ment, including buildings, can be purchased at prices ranging from 51. to 401. per acre in the older and more thickly settled districts of the province. Thus for a sum of money not greater than the present yearly rental of many farms in England a man may become in Ontario the absolute owner of the land he tills, and be for ever N . 178 . HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. free from uncertainty of tenure and the sense of depen. dence on the favour of a landlord. For farm labourers there is generally a decided preference for single men, and no competent, steady man need long be without work at remunerative wages. Routes, &c. To all parts of Ontario there is at all times ready access from British and most North European ports by the “ Allan,' 'Dominion,' 'Temperley,' and various other Atlantic steam lines, by way either of Quebec, Halifax, or Portland, and thence by the Intercolonial,' "Grand Trunk,' and 'Great Western’ railways. From Toronto the still westward- and northward. bound pleasure and health seeker has choice of a great variety of pleasant tours among the northern lakes of Ontario. Collingwood, situate at the southern extremity of the Georgian Bay, is the starting point for the whole lake region. It is reached by the Northern Railway from Toronto, distant ninety-six miles, in about five hours. The route thither, as far as Lake Simcoe, sixty-three miles, lies through a fine and fertile land- too flat, perhaps, to be considered picturesque, but sufficiently rolling for farming purposes. Clumps of stately elms with noble stems shooting high before their fan-shape commences, relieve the monotony of the scene, while here and there a field dotted with huge pine stumps shows the character of the old crop. Lake Simcoe, next to Nipissing, is the largest inland water area of Ontario. The shores are most picturesque. While the traveller is in the neighbourhood of Toronto and Collingwood the Chouchiching and Muskoka Lake and River district may be most advantageously visited. An illustrated guide to this district, compiled by Mr. Barlow Cumberland, and published by Hunter, Rose, & Co., Toronto, contains much useful information for the tourist in this section. The whole Georgian Bay district, between which and the Ottawa River are embraced the smaller districts of Parry Sound, Muskoka, and Nipis- sing, is empathically a country of forests, lakes, and rivers. The lakes vary greatly in extent, the larger ones being thirty to forty miles in length, while the smaller ones are little more than ponds, but clear and deep, and abounding in salmon-trout, black bass, speckled trout, and perch. Lakes Simcoe and Couchiching are charm- ROUTES OF TRAVEL. 179 Falls. ing pic-nic resorts, while Lakes Joseph, Rosseau, Trading ONTARIO. Lake, and Sparrow Lake swarm with almost every variety of fish, and afford good duck-shooting. From Lake Simcoe (Allandale) Muskoka wharf is reached by a branch line viâ Barrie and Orillia, the distance being fifty-three miles. Gravenhurst and Bracebridge are the points of rendezvous for the Muskoka region. The South Falls (Muskoka) and the Crystal Falls (Rosseau) should be visited. When at Toronto or Hamilton, the traveller who Niagara visits Canada for the first time should not omit seeing Niagara Falls. The best view of this famous cataract is to be had from the Canadian shore, near Clifton, at the eastern terminus of the Great Western Railway. West of Collingwood rise a range of hills, once thickly wooded to their summits, but now showing in their seamed and scantily-covered sides the rapid settle- ment of the past few years. Though scarcely 1,000 feet high, they are mainly noteworthy as being the highest mountains in the great province of Ontario. During the summer months upper cabin steamers run semi. weekly through the Georgian Bay viâ Great Manitoulin Island, Bruce Mines, Sault Ste. Marie, and Lake Superior to Duluth, calling at Nipigon, Prince Arthur's landing, and the various other points of interest on the north shore. The scenery of the Ste. Marie river is singularly bold and picturesque. Duluth is the eastern terminas of the Northern Pacific Railway and the northern terminus of the St. Paul and Duluth Railway, and its principal interest for the overland traveller centres in the facilities which its present railway system affords. Lake Superior, as is well known, swarms with fish, and good shooting may be indulged in at many of the steamer stations on its picturesque shores and bays. For those fond of fresh-water and steamer-travel, no more refreshing or delightful trip can be found on the Ameri- can continent. The most expeditious and for the present, indeed, only available winter route westward from Ontario, lies through the adjoining American state of Michigan, viâ Detroit and the Michigan Central Railway to Chicago. If Detroit was not naturally one of the prettiest Detroit. cities on the American, continent, art, capital, and the N 2 180 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. Sporting centres. home-loving instincts of its somewhat cosmiopolitan population could not fail to make it such. Its charming and almost anique situation, its temperate climate, clear, sparkling atmosphere, with its numerous parks and squares, noble avenues, and spacious public buildings, its picturesque walks and drives, added to the generous hospitality of its citizens, and the excellence of its hotel accommodation, combine to make it one of the most attractive and really enjoyable cities on the American continent. Sport and Sporting Places. Bradfordd, situate forty-two miles north of Toronto, near the Holland river marsh. Snipe and wild duck. Orillia, situate at the foot of Lake Coachiching, is a centre for summer travel. Belle Ewart is the southern terminus of water route on Lake Simcoe to Orillia and Muskoka Lakes. Lake Couchiching has splendid brook trout and black bass. Gravenhurst is the present terminus of the Northern Railway at the foot of Muskoka Lakes. Sparrow Lake affords good fishing, duck and ruffled grouse shooting. There and back from Orillia in one day. Shanty Bay in Lake Muskoka has good bass fishing. Bracebridge, the capital of Muskoka District, and the North and South Falls. Wilson's and High Falls may be easily visited. Port Cockburn, at the head of Lake Joseph, has good salmon, trout, bass, and pickerel fishing. There are Maskinonge in Black Stone Lake. Lake Řosseau and the Muskoka and Maganetawan rivers offer fine fishing. The only restrictions to sporting in Ontario are in favour of close seasons at certain periods of the year. The moose, cariboo or reindeer, and the red deer are found in large numbers, but of course only in the un- settled or partially settled portions of the country. The fox, silver, grey, red and black; raccoon, otter, marten, mink, and musk-rat, are found in many places contiguous to settlements, and are captured for their fars. The beaver is still found, but at increasingly remote snots. The Canadian rabbits resemble in many respects the GAME AND FISHERY LAWS. 181 English hare. They are abundant, but not in nombers ONTAPIO. sufficient to prove mischievously destructive. There is every description of wild fowl; the wild Birds. swan, goose and duck of several kinds. A very great variety of birds spend their summer months in Ontario, but with few exceptions migrate to warmer regions as winter approaches. The insectivorous birds are, for the benefit of the farmer, protected by law. Also partridges (similar in habits and colour of meat to the English pheasant), quail, woodcock, striped plovers, wild tur- key, and some others. Hay Bay, once a famous duck- shooting ground, is now preserved and planted with wild rice. The wolf is very scarce, although occasionally heard or seen in the vicinity of the back settlements. The bear frequents the woods in the northern part of the province, but is seldom dangerous, living largely in summer on wild fruits and roots, and hybernating in the winter. Bruin rarely attacks a human being unless molested or brought to bay. Fishery laws are in force in certain waters. They Fish. are, like the game laws, only intended to prevent the unfair or wasteful destruction of the fish. The lakes and rivers of Ontario literally swarm with fish. The salmon trout, white fish, trout, herring, maskinonge bass, pike, and pickerel, with all kinds of small fish, are captured in enormous quantities. · The Game Laws are strictly enforced throughout Sporting the province of Ontario, and sport thereby greatly ses advantaged. Fish and game may be taken within the following periods:- Fish. Salmon and Lake Trout. . December 1 to November 1. Speckled Trout, Brook and River Trout . . . May 1 to September 15. Bass . . · June 15 to May 15. Maskinonge and Pickerel . May 15 to April 15. Game '. . September 15 to December 15. Partridge and Grouse . . October 1 to February 1. Duck . • September 1 to January 1. Woodcock - August 1 to January 1. Snipe . . · August 15 to May i. Quail . . • October 1 to January 1. Plorer. : November 1 to May 1. Hares or Rabbits . . . September 1 to March 1. seasons. Deer : omis 182 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. BRITISH BRITISH COLUMBIA is the largest, most distant, and least COLUMBIA. settled of the seven confederated provinces of the Dominion of Canada. It occupies a territory equal in extent to nearly three times that of Great Britain. It possesses a climate which, considering its geographical situation, is remarkable alike for its mildness and its salubrity. It has a coast-line of marvellous extent and picturesque beauty, and contains some of the grandest mountain and river scenery to be met with in any part of the vast empire of which it forms a part. Its fisheries are certainly among the richest in the world, and these are almost equalled by the extent and value of its mineral resources and by the variety, excellence, and profusion of its forest growth. Bound- It occupies the extreme north-west section of the aries, ex Dominion, being bounded to the north by the 60th tent, &c. parallel of latitude, west by Pacific Ocean and Alaska territory, south by the 49th parallel or International boundary, and east by the Rocky Mountains.* Includ- ing Vancouver and Queen Charlotte's islands, and the vast Archipelago connected therewith, it may be said to embrace the whole country situate between the Simp- son River on the north, and Puget Sound and the Columbia River on the south-an area equal to 340,000 square miles, or upwards of two hundred and eighteen millions of acres. This province is distinguished for its geographical and climatic features. These divide it into two main territorial divisions—Vancouver's Island, and the main- * The decision of the Emperor William of Germany (October 21, 1872) on the San Juan Boundary Question, affirmed the United States interpretation of the Treaty of 1846, in virtue of which the boundary of that power runs through the Haro Channel west of the San Juan Archipelago. A reference to the accompanying map will show the extent of this Archipelago as far as the Fuca Straits. It breaks up what would otherwise form one main channel into three distinct passages or straits. These are known as the Eastern or • Rosario' Strait, the Middle or • Douglas 'Channel, and the Western or · Haro' Strait. GEOGRAPHICAL DIVISIONS. 183 land or continental portion. These are further divided BRITISH into three sections or districts known as: 1. West of COLUMBIA. the Cascades; 2. East of the Cascades ; 3. Islands of Vancouver, Queen Charlotte, &c. The climate of each of these divisions differs greatly Climate. from the rest. The islands, indeed the whole coast region, has a climate closely resembling that of England, but without the dreaded east winds, and it is on this account frequently called the Great Britain' or England of the Pacific. A warm current of water flows down the west coast of America, just as the Gulf Stream flows up along the coasts of Great Britain, and in its passage warms the coast from Alaska to the Columbia, and gives to the western slope of the Cas- cades those forests which are the wonder of the world. The vapour rising from the warm sea is blown inwards, and, becoming condensed by the cooler air of the land, falls in rain or fog upon the slopes and valleys and pro- duces the moist climate of the winter and spring. During the summer months the temperatures of the land and sea are slightly reversed, and the land, instead of condensing the vapour, dissipates it—at least, in the neighbourhood of Victoria. West of the Cascade range the rainfall exceeds that Rainfall. usually experienced in England, while at the same time it is less frequent. East of these mountains the heat and cold are more decided, and are not unfrequently accompanied by drought. In this section irrigation is sometimes found neces- sary. The following table of meteorological observations from January 1874 to December 1879, which appeared in a recent number of The Colonies and India, is of interest. The means and extremes of the six years were as follows:- Mean of barometer . . 29.933 Mean temperature . . 48.5 Highest maximum. . 92:0 Lowest minimum . 70 Mean days rain fell 151 Mean rainfall in inches . 58.95 Greatest yearly fall , . Least 49:43 Greatest day's fall, 2.80 Mean days snow fell . . Mean snowfall in inches. . 46.38 ••••••••• 69.15 21 184 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Greatest year's fall . . . . . . Least year's fall . . . . . Greatest day's fall . River unnavigable from ice, 1875, Jan. 6 to Feb. 27 1877, 1 day, Jan. 23 Total observations . 97.4 1.75 11.5 . . . A. PEELE . 18,117 History. Canada Meteorological Service. • The climate of Victoria,' remarks a late local writer, ‘is beyond any comparison the best suited to the taste of the English on the Pacific coast. It has all the sun and none of the evening fogs of San Francisco; the blue sky without the rain of Portland ; snow as con- stant as on the Rocky Mountains close in sight on the towering Olympia range, and yet it is never cold; hundreds of miles of inland navigation; fish at all seasons, sea and land otter, deer, elk, beaver, mink, marten, silver and sable fox, and the finest grouse shooting in the world.' Fruit grows in perfection. All these advantages are offered, together with a good soil, by British Columbia to the British emigrant. The history of British Columbia proper is of the briefest possible kind. Vancouver historically is much older, having been discovered by Juan de Fuca, a Greek, in 1592. The first settlements were made at Nootka Sound in 1778. It was not till 1792 that Captain Van- couver visited the island, so that for two centuries after its first discovery it remained unknown to the world. The history of the province may be divided into three periods, viz. :-1. The Colonial period; 2. The Union period; 3. The Provincial or Dominion period, Those desirous of obtaining further information in regard to the history, resources, and development of British Columbia than can possibly be compressed in these pages, are referred to the works of M. MFie, G. M. Sproat, A. C. Anderson, Dr. Rattray, Dr. Charles Forbes, Robert Brown, and the official report (1871) of the Hon. Hector L. Langevin, Dominion Minister of Public Works. As a colony it may be said to date from 1858, in which year the gold discoveries on the Fraser river first attracted attention and immigration. Previous to that year it had been known only to the trappers and traders of the North-West and Hudson Bay Companies. MINERAL PRODUCTS. 187 paratively few small ones. Victoria, the capital, con BRITISH tains a population variously estimated at from 6,000 to COLUMBIA. 8.000), about 2,000 of whom are Americans. The other chief settlements on the island are at Nanaimo, Esqui- mault, and Comox; and on the mainland at New West- minster, Yale, Hope, Kamloops, Quesnel, Lytton, Bar- kerville, Stanley, Okanagan, and in the mining districts generally. The interior of British Columbia presents a rich and Geology. comparatively virgin field for the researches of the geolo. gist. Daring 1875 and 1876 a preliminary examination of a considerable section of the southern interior was made by Professor Geo. M. Dawson, and very many important facts established, but by far the largest por- tion of the vast province still remains unexplored and unreported upon. Embraced in this area are the follow- ing districts :- 1. Region north of Kamloops and east of the Fraser, including the Cariboo district. 2. East of the 119th meridian, including the Upper Columbia and Kootenay district. 3. West of the Fraser and south of the Chilcotin Rivers. 4. Vancouver Island and mainland coast. 5. Head waters of the Stewart, Skeena and Peace Rivers, including the Ominica gold district. 6. North of Lat. 54° extending to 60°. Productions. BRITISH COLUMBIA owes what population and import- Minerals ance it possesses mainly to its rich mineral deposits. Of these gold and coal have thus far furnished by far the largest returns. The discovery of the precious metal, first on the Gold. Fraser, or 'Crazy,' river, in 1858, and at Cariboo in 1862, led to the formation of the Vancouver colony, and gold-mining still forms the chief industry of the pro- vince. The yield for 1874 amounted to 1,844,618 dols., and for 1875 it was 2,474,904 dols., which sum, divided among 2,024 miners, gave 1,222 dols. (2511.) per man employed; a fact worthy the consideration of English miners of the present day. McDame's, Dease's and Thiberts' creeks are the principal mining centres in Cassiar district, and 188 HANDBOOK TƏ CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA the best route to them is by steamer from Victoria to Fort Wrangel, thence up the Stickeen River, and the remainder of the journey by 'trail.' At Ominica, near the northern boundary, gold is more scattered and less remunerative for working. Gold in paying quantities is found on the Kootenay and Columbia Rivers, at Okana- gan, at Shuswap Lakes, and in the country lying gene- rally between the Rocky and Cascade mountain ranges. This constitutes the third mainland division or mining district of the province. The gold-bearing dis- tricts are mainly in the northern portion of the province, and extend over several thousand square miles of country. . The working of the various gold-mining districts during 1877 has resulted as follows :- In the Cariboo district 179 claims were worked by an aggregate force of 930 men, 600 of whom were Chinese, with a total yield of over half a million dollars. The Big Bonanza ledge, which includes the ‘American,'· Pinkerton,' and Enterprise' mines, is also worked by the Cariboo Quartz Mining Company. In the Cassiar district, covering an area of about 300 square miles, 123 claims were worked, and about the same amount obtained. On Fraser River little was done in the way of mining, owing to the low water in the creeks. The total yield of the province for 1877 is computed by the mining bureau at 1,508,182 dols. 72 cents. The yield from 1858 to 1881, a period of twenty-three years, was 46,187,626 dols., equal to 9 millions sterling, or about 420,0001. per annum. Silver ore of good quality has been obtained from the Eureką Mine near Hope on the Fraser River, but mining operations have not been begun. On Texada Island a mountain of iron ore' exists; copper leads have been found at Saanich, Salmon Arm, and else- wbere on Vancouver Island, and on Howe Sound, and Pitt Lake, while lead is found in several localities. Nanaimo is the centre of the coal industry of the province. Several mines of bituminous or soft coal have been profitably worked for years, and fresh seams are being constantly opened. The quality is pronounced superior to Scotch, but inferior to Welsh. The output of the Vancouver Coal Company, Wellington, and South Wellington Collieries for the last four years has averaged over 120,000 tons annually. These mines, which yielded Silver, &c Coal. MINES AND FORESTS. 189 17,000 tons in September 1880, have been recently ex BRITISH amined by an English mining engineer. They are: 1. The COLUMBIA." Douglas Pit, situated in the city itself; 2, Fitzwilliam Mine, upon Newcastle Island ; 3, New Douglas Mine, near Chase River; and 4, South Field Mine, south of Chase River. The San Francisco and adjoining markets are still largely supplied from these mines. Upwards of six hundred men (Whites, Chinese, and Indians) are em- ployed, and their earnings range from 10s. to 20s. a day. The British Columbia coal mines yielded 84,000 tons in 1877, 171,000 tons in 1878, and 241,000 tons in 1879. The exports to foreign ports for 1879 amounted to 173,789 tons, valued at 586,909 dols. ; an increase of 28,000 tons over the previous year. During the ten years ending 1877–78 coal to the amount of 330,395 tons was shipped from Nanaimo. Freestone of good quality is plentiful on Newcastle Island, Van- couver, and anthracite coal is found on Queen Char- lotte's Island. At Baynes' Sound and Burrard Inlet the croppings of coal give evidence of extensive deposits. At the former point, ten miles south-east of Comox, one mine is in active operation, and coal of fair quality is shipped. The scarcity and high price of labour is the main obstacle in the way of further developing the coal and other mining resources of the province. Next to gold, coal, timber, and fish, furs, and hides, form the most valuable articles of British Columbian export. British Columbia, west of the Cascade Mountains, Forests, including Vancouver and Queen Charlotte's Islands, timbe may fitly be termed the Acadia of the Pacific coast. More than half its area is covered with one of the finest forest growths in the world. For hundreds of miles the whole surface of the country is densely wooded, gigantic pines clothing the sides and slopes of the mountain ranges in perpetual green, and disputing the mastery of their dizzy summits with the eternal snow. The immensity of the forests cannot well be exaggerated, and the height of the trees, reaching 300 feet and up- wards, must, like those in the famed Calaveras and Mariposa groves of California, be seen to be believed. Professor Dawson estimates the total annual product at 200 millions of feet, 150 millions of which are shipped be 190 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH to California, 25 millions are exported to foreign coun. COLUMBIA. tries, and 25 millions used at home. The monarch of the British Columbian forest is, unquestionably, the Douglas fir (abies Douglasië), which occupies the same position among the trees of the Pacific slope that the white pine (pinus Stribus) or Wey- mouth' pine does in New Brunswick. It is a most valuable timber, and is used throughout the western province for building purposes and for export ander the name of Oregon Pine.' It attains its primest growth in the vicinity of Victoria and along the west coast of Vancouver. Red cedar (thuja gigantea) is another giant of the Fraser Valley and Coast region, much used by the Indians in the construction of their houses, and of those large canoes which are the wonder of the eastern people. On Vancouver a species of oak (quercus garyrana) grows plentifully. Hemlock (punis Canadensis) and spruce (abies mortensiana) are common on the mainland; while maple of two varieties (acer macrophyllum and circinatum), two species of pine, and one each of alder and yew, are frequently met with. The arbutus grows to a fine size, and in colour and texture resembles English box. In the second or arid district a pine (pinus ponderosa), closely resembling the Ontario red pine, takes the place, though by no means the form, of the Douglas fir of the coast. Cottonwood, or Liard, poplar, and black pine (pinus contorta), and occasional patches of black and white spruce, birch, and balsam fir, all inferior in quality, are about the only timber trees found in the third or East Cascade region. Fruit. Fruits of almost every kind popular in England may be grown to perfection around Victoria and New West- minster. The soil of Vancouver is well suited to the growth of grapes, and apples and pears are a prolific crop. Wild berries of various kinds grow in profusion, and form a staple article of food among the coast Indians. The vegetable and fruit crops in the neighbourhood of Yale were reputed as being of unusual excellence during the season of 1880. Facilities for reaching an interior market are alone wanting to render this branch of industry profitable. Fisheries, Next to the gold and coal-mining and the timber industries, its fisheries constitute the most valuable &c. SALMON FISHERIES. 191 and prosperous interest of British Columbia. Between BRITISH the American boundary lines of Alaska and Washington, COLUMBIA. there is not a bay, inlet, fiord, or river, that does not literally teem with fish. Fish swarm the sea, the lakes, the rivers. As a waggish Cantab professor remarked, when fishing at the dalles of the Columbia River, There's no finis to the finny tribes hereabouts. The failure of the salmon fisheries during the past four years has been frequently attributed to the severe freshet of 1876, which is said to have stranded and thus destroyed the spawn. Over-production in 1874 and the two following years did much to augment the later depression; thus, while there were 5,465 barrels and 5,452,880 cans of salmon cured in 1878, only 2,159 barrels and 2,932,464 cans were cured in 1879. They are now valued at two millions of dollars. We shail never forget an hour's fisbing in the clear waters of an inlet of the Pacific embosomed in the midst of densely wooded mountains. With a most primitive hook, and bait collected from the mussels which lay thickly on the rocks, we filled a basket of most capacious dimensions with a miscellaneous collection which would have gladdened the hearts of the frequenters of the Westminster or Brighton Aquarium. Ferocious dog- fish, useful for their oil, delicate-eating rock-cod, whiting, hideous devil-fish, gigantic crabs, ugly bull-heads swell. ing themselves into preternatural forms, and brilliant sea-dace were a few of the results of one hour's sport. Salmon are so plentiful in the Fraser that fish weigh. ing 30 lbs. have been sold for 6d. Establishments for the 'canning' of these fish, similar to those on the Columbia River, are now in successful operation on the Fraser River from the mouth upward, at the mouth of the Skeena and other points, and capital might be most profitably employed in their extension, as the European and American and Australian markets are all open to them. Chinese labourers are largely employed at the canneries,' and a visit to one of them and an inspection of the process will present much that is interesting as well as valuable to the traveller in this part of the world. Salmon ascend the Fraser as high as Stewart Lake, which they usually reach by the middle of August. On the main or eastern branch a salmon weighing 75 lbs, was 192 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH taken near Yale in July 1880. The fish taken in Babine COLUMBIA. Lake at the head of Skeena are, however, the finest, being both fatter and larger than the Fraser River fish. They are dried in large numbers, and form the winter food of the soldiers and others stationed at Fort St. James and other frontier stations. There are five varieties, three known as 'silver,' the noan or hump- back, and the hook-bill. The silver salmon begin to arrive in March or early in April, and last till the end of August. The humpback makes its appearance every second year between August and winter. This and the hook-bill, which comes about the same time, furnish the bulk of the fish for canning and commerce, and are largely exported. The 'Inverness' and `Aberdeen’ can- neries at Port Essington are reported to be profitable. At the former 10,000 cases and 3,000 barrels were pat up in 1879. A sea-snake, six feet long, having a mane and a head shaped like a panther, has recently been caught by Indians near Victoria. It was to be preserved in spirits and sent to Ottawa. Enormous sturgeon are frequently taken in the Upper Fraser. Oolachans, or ‘Houlican,' a small fish of a most delicate flavour, run up the Fraser and other rivers twice Candle-fish. a year. Higher up the coast they are called candle-fish, as, being so full of oil, the natives dry them, and burn them as candles. Oil-producing fish, such as the dog-fish and ground-shark, are common to the whole coast, as is also the whale. Anchovies are also plentiful. Halibut, cod, herrings, and numberless other varieties of fish abound, while oysters of good flavour are abun- dant and cheap. There is every reason to believe that the fisheries of British Columbia will in time prove as profitable as those of Nova Scotia and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Nanaimo, V.I., is the head-quarters for the deep-sea and wbale fisheries. The production of the entire province for 1877 was valued at 583,432 dols., that for 1878 at 925,767 dols., and for 1879 at 631,767 dols. Next in importance to the Fraser and Skeena River fisheries are those of Nawiti, in the Golitas Channel, Nasse River and Harbour, and the Queen Charlotte and Vancouver Island fisheries of Massett Harbour, LAND LAWS, ETC. 193 Skidegate, &c., &c. British Columbia fish find their chief BRITISH market in South America, Sandwich Islands, and Aus- COLUMBIA. tralia.*, Furs are still largely exported, though shipments Fur. have somewhat declined of late years. It is now an open trade. The average annual production is about 60,0001. The most valued are the black and silver fox, sea otter, fur seal, sable, beaver, musk, and marten. Free grants of land are made, as in other provinces of Land laws, the Dominion, to heads of families, widows, or single men of eighteen years. East of the Cascades 320 acres is the limit of the grant, and 160 acres in either of the other divisions. After registration under the Homestead law, the farm and buildings are free from seizure for debt to the value of £500. Goods and chattels are also free to £100. At the end of two years, the regulations as to cultivation and improvement being complied with, the land becomes the property of the pre-emptor under Crown grant. Or the land may be purchased outright at one dollar or four shillings and twopence per acre, to be paid in full, or in two annual payments. Military and naval officers are entitled to free grants. Improved farms may be bought at prices ranging from £l to £8 per acre. Timber lands can be leased at nominal rates, and gold-mining licences are granted at £5 per annum. The quantity of land suitable for farming purposes on Vancouver Island was lately estimated by the British Colonist newspaper at 368,000 acres, one-half of which is still Crown territory, situate in the following dis- tricts :- Districts Acres Victoria (mostly owned and occupied) . . 100,000 Saanich Peninsula. 64,000 Sooke . . . . 3,750 Cowitchan . . . . . . 100,000 Salt Spring Island . 5,756 Nanaimo (including Cranberry and Cedar) 45,000 Comox and Nelson (mouth of Puntledge River) 50,000 Total . . 368,500 The area of the island is in round numbers 16,000 square miles, or 10,000,000 acres. * The report of Professor D. S. Jordan on the fish and fisheries of the Pacific coast, now in course of publication by the Smithsonian Institute, at Washington, D.C., is looked for with much interest. 194 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISA The best land for grazing purposes is to be found in COLUMBIA. the Similkameen, Okanagan, and Nicola Lake districts. Means of f. The visitor who goes to British Columbia from communi- Washington, Oregon, or California, should not fail to cation, spend some time on Vancouver Island. The Govern- tourist routes, & 5&c. ment roads in and around Victoria are, for the most part, well built and in good repair. The only bit of rail. way in the province is that between Emory Bar and the Suspension Bridgeoverthe Thompson River. It is thirteen miles in length, and forms a portion of the western or ocean division of the Canadian Pacific line. Steamers ply regularly on the waters of the Georgian Gulf and the Juan de Fuca Straits. A Government steamer leaves Victoria weekly for Cowichan, Maple Bay, Admiral Island, Chemainus, and Nanaimo, situate on the east side of the island, sixty-five miles north-west of Victoria. Fortnightly the same service is extended to Comox (140 miles), and occasionally to Fort Wrangel and even to Sitka, Alaska territory. From Nanaimo the traveller may proceed by steamer to New Westminster on the mainland, or, if he prefer, he may reach West- minster direct from Victoria, the steamer making the trip of seventy miles in about six hours. A cable, twenty- six miles long, connecting Vancouver Island with the mainland, near the mouth of the Fraser, has just been successfully laid. At New Westminster, the former provincial capital, excellent accommodation for travellers may be procured, and the extensive salmon fisheries and lumber mills there will render a short stay interest- ing. Stern-wheel steamers ascend the Lower Fraser River twice a week, 100 miles to Yale, whence travellers may proceed by easy stage to Kamloops and Okinagan, Barkerville, and Cariboo (gold mines). The time between Victoria and Yale is usually about twenty-four hours, and between Yale and Victoria sixteen hours. The steamer trip up the Fraser reveals many delightful bits of river scenery. The Upper Fraser has thus far been but little navigated. Yale, so recently swept by fire, is now entirely rebuilt. There is also stage-coach com- munication between New Westminster and Burrard Inlet, the proposed Pacific terminus of the great Canadian overland route, and the centre of the lumber trade and timber-shipping interests of British Columbia. The ROUTES OF TRAVEL. 195 inlet is pine miles long, deep and safe, and has doubtless BRITISH a great future before it. Howe Sound, divided from COLUMBIA. Burrard Inlet, by Bowen Island, and farther north Buto Inlet, with Valdes Island rising between its mouth and Vancouver, are prominent features on the coast land. scape. Queen Charlotte Islands, comprising Graham, Moresby, and Prevost, have valuable oil fisheries. The oil referred to is extracted from the liver of a Fish oil. species of dog-fish which is very abundant in British Columbian waters. Mr. Anderson, Inspector of Fish- eries in British Columbia, in his report for the year 1879, says :-“The oil is prepared at this establish- ment with great care, and a product of perfect clear- ness obtained. The livers of the fish (the only part employed) are first steamed, and the oil, after separation, is again subjected in another vessel to a certain degree of heat, by which very watery particles are dissipated. After being thus refined the oil is put up in cans of five gallons each, two of which are packed in a case, as is ordinarily done with coal oil. There is, I understand, a considerable local demand for this oil for lubricating and illuminating purposes, and there would be a larger outside market in Oregon and elsewhere, were it not that, in our exceptional position, under the provision of the Washington Treaty, there is a duty, virtually pro- hibitive, on its importation to the United States. "The Skidegate Oil Company avail themselves largely of the Indian labour around them, and thus their presence in this locality will, under the prudent manage- ment which will doubtless be pursued, prove a continuous benefit to the natives, and secure the continuance of their good-will. There is in the neighbourhood a vein of anthracite coal, which, after having been partially opened and afterwards abandoned some years ago, is now being reopened with a view to its future working.' Milbank Sound, north of Bute Inlet, has lately attracted some attention in connection with the Peace River gold mines. The river Skeena is now navigated by steam-vessels from Nanaimo, and furnishes perhaps the best route to the gold mines of Ominica. Both this and the Nasse River near the Alaska frontier are, how- ever, more interesting to the pleasure tourist for the fish they contain, and the occasional pretty bits of scenery 0? 196 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH their banks afford, than as short cats to the gold COLUMBIA. mines. Once fairly housed in Victoria, the whole ocean and river system of British Columbia, Washington territory, Oregon, and Northern California, unfolds itself to the astonished yet aspiring voyageur, and, if his time and purse permit him to indulge his fancy, his facilities for sight-seeing are practically limitless. Having visited the north coast, he may, if he think fit, journey south- ward. Puget Puget Sound is a remarkable sheet of water in Sound. itself, but still more noteworthy as the vantage-ground from which may be best viewed the wonders of Washington territory, Northern Oregon, and the Co- lumbia River. 'On your way to Olympia from Kalama by rail,' says a recent graphic writer, your ears begin to be assailed by the most barbarous names imaginable. You cross a river called Skookumchuck; your train calls at places known by the jaw-breaking titles of Newaukum, Toutle, and Tumwater; and if disposed to push your geographical inquiries further, you will learn that whole communities are delightedly dwelling in countries respectively labelled Klikatat, Wahkiakum, Snohomish, Cowlitz, Nenolelops, and Kitsap.' But we are now in the territory of Uncle Sam, where, following true liberty licence, the people not only have a perfect right to call their towns after what fashion they please, but also to exercise it in the most absurd and arbitrary manner. Those desirous of pushing their explorations into United States territory will do well to consult one or other of the numerous guide-books to the Columbia and its lovely tributary, the Wallamette, easily procurable at Victoria, Astoria, or Portland. The distance from Olympia, W.T., to Portland, Oregon, is ninety-two miles. It is indeed something to be gifted with a taste for and an appreciation of the beautiful, and both will be refreshed by the magnificent scenery of these noble rivers. Port Townsend, where the boat calls on its way from Victoria to Olympia, is on thə boundary line between Queen Vic- toria's and Uncle Sam's dominions, in the north-west. Commercially or historically it presents nothing of interest, but it is a fine point of observation. Mount Rainier (Tacoma) and the grand Olympian mountain FRASER RIVER. 197 range are seen from it to great advantage. The whole BRITISH wast, including Mounts St. Helen and Baker, the COLUMBIA, latter of which was in active eruption in 1860, is also visible, their summits covered with perpetual snow. South and east lie Seattle, Steilacoom, Tacoma, and Port Ludlow and Port Madison; while far in the north the famous little island of San Juan, which formed the subject of so much diplomatic fencing and newspaper discussion a few years ago, may be visited. From Port Townsend, the respected old gentleman who is popularly supposed to carry the keys of the great American con- tinent in his pantaloon's pocket,' despatches a Govern- ment mail steamer to this island, whence it proceeds with passengers and freight, as well as mail bags, to Fort Tongass, Fort Wrangel, and Sitka. On Vancouver Island and on the Lower Fraser River Valley of beautiful open prairies occur amidst the forests, and here, the Fraser. the soil being rich and deep, astonishing root crops are raised. The valley of the Fraser below or west of the Cascades has a climate closely resembling that of Van. couver, except that during the summer months there is a slightly heavier rainfall. After bursting through the mountain passes at Yale and Hope, the Fraser, which, like the famed Lodore, so long is splashing and dashing,' becomes a tranquil, steady, clay-coloured stream for the remainder of its course to the sea. Thirty-five miles above Yale, and 125 above New Westminster, the outer Cascade range is passed, and in the passage the rain-line is crossed. About twelve miles farther another mountain is climbed, and a region of complete aridity is reached. The mainland of British Columbia, apart from the Coast-line. seaboard, may be divided into three sections, each differ- ing greatly from the other two in its climatic and geo- logical features, viz. :--1. Extending from the mouth of the Fraser to Yale Rapids, is the New Westminster, or "settled’ district; 2. From Yale to Alexandria, the Similkameen district; 3. From Alexandria to the Rocky Mountains, Lilloet-Clinton district. The coast-line of the colony, extending, according to recent re-measurement, over a length of more than 7,000 miles, equal to twice that of the British Isles, is certainly one of the most delightful and picturesque imaginable. CONTINENTAL SHORE LINE. 199 BRITISH COLUMBIA. 40 Eng. Stat. Mls. Brought forward . .805 678 Clayoguot Sound, including Herbert Arm, inner passage of Flores Island, &c. . Bedwell Sound, and circuit of Vargas Island, and Meare's Head, &c. . . . Tofin's Inlet. Barclay Sound and Effingham Inlet . Alberni Canal . . . . . . - 1,045 Total shore line Vancouver Island, with inlets and principal outlying islands . . . 1,723 · 120 95 Continental Shore. From the Provincial boundary in latitude 499, along the east shore of Gulf of Georgia and Johnston's Strait to intersection of latitude 51º. Shore line, exclusive of inlets. . . . 260 Inlets, islands, &c. . Burrard Inlet, with Arms. Howe Sound and Islands . Jervis Inlet, including South Arm, Salmon Arm, Narrows Arm, North Arm, &c. . Desolation Sound, including Homfray Channel, Toba Inlet and Ramsay Arm . . North Valdes Island, Redonda Island, &c. . 180 Bute Inlet . . Frederick Arm, Cardero Channel, and Thurlow and Hardwicke Islands . . . . 140 Loughborough Inlet . . Call Creek, and Archipelago at entrance of Knight's Inlet . Knight's Inlet and back to north end of Gilford Island . . . . . . 150 Thompson's Sound . Tribune Channel and Bond Sound . . Sutlej Channel, Simpson Sound, McKenzie Sound, &c. naimarii, : . Wakeman Sound and Kingcombe İnlet' . 100 : 50 Wells' Passage and Drury Inlet . . . 30 Blunder Inlet . Circuit of Malcolm Island . 40 Estimated circuit of Hope and other islands up to Point Mexicana . . . . - 1,639 a Total distance from Southern boundary to latitude 51° . . . . . . .1,899 200 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. brooke . 140 From Latitude 51° to Alaska, U.S., Boundary. Eng. Stat. Mls To Seymour Inlet . . 8 Seymour Inlet, Salmon Arm, &c. . . 105 Nugent Arm, &c. . . • 124 To Cape Caution . To Table Island and circuit of Smith’s Inlet : : To entrance of Fitzhugh Sound To head of Rivers' Inlet and back to St. Adden Circuit of Penrose Island Point Addenbrooke to Point Edmund . Circuit of Calvert Island . McLoughlin Island . . Denny Island . :, (Second Island) . . Middle Island / divided by Hecate . Outer Island ] Channel Burke Channel, Port Edmund to Point Walker . , North Bentinck Arm . . , South , , . . . . . . Point Walker to Sunny Island Dean Channel, including Cascade Inlet, and passage east of King's Island Main Shore line, Sunny Island to Seaforth Channel Circuit of Island near Grief Island d. : . . . . . 20 Grief Island to head of Muscle Canal, east shore . . 70 West shore back to Boulder Point . . . . . 45 Remainder of circuit of Roderick and adjacent Island . . Circuit, Price, Swindle, and Sarah Islands North Point of Sarah Island to Cape Stanforth (east shore only) 50 Circuit of Princess Royal Island . „ Aristizable Island . . . 45. Promise Island ... . . Gardner's Canal 30 .. . . . . 125 Cape Staniforth round to Camp Point · 105 Circuit of Hawkesbury Island ; . . . . 65 , Estevan, Compania, and Gill Islands . ..105 , Banks' Island . 110 East”, or mainland shore of Grenville Channel, from Camp Point to Port Essington . Circuit of Pitt Island . . ,, Petrel Island . . , Dolphin Island .. Port Essington to Fort Simpson Circuit of Stephen's Island, Coffin ] „ Dundas Island FortSimpson to head of Observatory Inlet, and back to Point -9 Ramsden . . Point Ramsden to head of Portland Canal (south shore only) opposite shore being in Alaska . . . . . . 60 - 115 45 • • 110 . . . QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS. 201 Work Channel . Nasoka Inlet . . . . . . . . Eng. Stat. Mls. . 100 . 40 BRITISH COLUMBIA, Total Continental shore and principal Islands from latitude 51° to boundary of Alaska : 2,875 QUEEN CHARLOTTE GROUP. Graham Island. Shingle Point, Skidegate Bay, to Point Rose. Point Rose to Massett Point. . Massett Inlet, estimated. , . To Virago Sound . . Circuit of Virago Sound. . To Cape Knox (extreme north-west point British Columbia) . . . . . To west end of Skidegate Strait . Skidegate Strait, across to Shingle Point . .. ....... 334 Moresby Island. Shincuttle Channel to Spit Point : . :. . . 65 Skidegate Channel (Spit Point to Point Buck west shore). Point Buck 'to Cape Henry, including Kuper, &c. . . Cape Henry to Tasso Harbour . . . Circuit of Tasso Harbour From Tasso Harbour to Shincuttle Channel (west end) . . . . Shincuttle Channel across to east side Total circle, Moresby Island . . . - North Prevost Island, circuit . . 45 South . . . . . . . 55 250 100 684* Total circuit of Queen Charlotte Group . . Recapitulation. Vancouver Island. . . 1,723 Continental shore, to latitude 510 . . . 1,899 , latitude 51° to Alaska boundary 2,875 Queen Charlotte Group, composed of Graham, Moresby, and Prevost . . . . . 684 Grand Total . . . . . . 7,181 With such a table as the above, and a map of * This group has not been minutely surveyed, and there is, therefore, some uncertainty as to the subdivisions. 202 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Vancouver Island. British Columbia before him, the stranger may well feel lost in admiration at the facilities for inter- communication which are thus provided for the future inhabitants of this wonderful region. Leaving the Oregon shores, and approaching the province by steamer from San Francisco, the traveller obtains his first view of Vancouver Island, not long after leaving the clear, rapid waters of the Columbia River. The island is 278 miles in length, with an average breadth of about 45 miles, and contains about 16,000 square miles. It is not an agricultural country, and never can become such. It abounds in wood, coal, and iron, and, in consequence, possesses great manufacturing advantages. It is, more- over, a natural tourist-ground, and abounds in good roads, bas a most picturesque coast, is well wooded, and frequently mountainous inland; and, with one of the most delightful climates on the continent, has abundant facilities for communication, sight-seeing, and pleasure- taking. For many years the advantages and fortunes of both island and capital declined, but since work on the Canadian Pacific Railway was commenced renewed energy has shown itself at the coal and iron mines, and there is no reason why Vancouver Island should not supply rails for at any rate the Pacific sections of both the Canadian Pacific and Northern Pacific Railways. The harbour of Esquimault, three miles from Victoria and eight and a half miles from the Race Rocks, is the best on the coast north of the famed Golden Gate, through which is poured the cereal and auriferous wealth of California. It is thirty-six feet deep, almost landlocked, and, with the "Royal roads' outside, spacious enough to give safe anchorage to a whole fleet of shipping. The town of Esquimault-pronounced Squimo-derives its chief sup. port from intercourse with the ships of her Majesty's navy, and the steamers which here land their mails and passengers. The graving dock recently completed is the most important public work in the province. A strip or tongue of land, 750 feet wide, alone divides it from the harbour of Victoria, which, though picturesque, is somewhat narrow and intricate. Nanaimo, sixty-five miles from Victoria, has also a good harbour. The small tracts of land under cultivation in and round Victoria consist of alluvium, closely resembling the Esqui- mault. Nanaimo. ENGLAND OF THE PACIFIC. 203 patches of rich soil found among the Laurentian rocks of BRITISH Ontario. The surface of the ground in that and other COLUMBIA. neighbourhoods is, however, so much broken by rock that it is next to impossible to accurately estimate the amount of good arable land on the island. Victoria, the political and ecclesiastical capital and Victoria. principal town of British Colanıbia, is delightfully situated at the extreme south-eastern extremity of Van- couver Isiand, in latitude 48° 25' 20'' N., and longitude 123° 22' 24'' W. It is distant 70 miles from New West. minster, 65 miles from the ocean, and between 700 and 750 miles from San Francisco. The picturesque cha- racter of the town and its surroundings, the climate, scenery, and sport, with its many social attractions, all combine to render a stay here desirable. Originally the depôt of the great Hudson Bay Company, it acquired commercial prominence and population during the Fraser River gold excitement. The inhabitants, as before stated, number about 8,000, of whom about one-fourth are Americans. The census is not likely to be largely in- creased until the long-promised and long-deferred Cana- dian Pacific Railway reaches it. Banking facilities are afforded by the Banks of British Columbia and of British North America, and it has a good hotel. Its narrow harbour, which is scarcely so large as the St. George's or Huskisson dock, Liverpool, is rock-bound, and sen- tinelled by the most charming miniature bays, exhibiting grassy knolls, and here and there clumps of evergreens in all the luxuriance of tropical foliage; a river opening out above the town into a kind of lake, and spanned by pretty bridges, invites you to a boating excursion; and the fresh green of the lawn-like grassy reaches which stretch into the bay, the rocky promontories with boats anchored near them, the fine snow-covered mountains in the background, and the picturesquely winding roads leading deviously into the country, combine to form a landscape the soft and gay aspect of which immediately impresses itself on the mind of the stranger fresh from the blue waves of old ocean or the sombre-hued fir tops of Oregon and Washington territory. Time need never hang heavily on the least enthusiastic or sympathetic sight- seeker, for the Indians still roam around, and lessons in the ‘Chinook' jargon, which is used by the various 204 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ' BRITISH tribes in their niultifarious dealings with the white popu. COLUMBIA, lation, may serve as a profitable way of breaking the ice' in a new country. Living in Victoria, though more expensive than formerly, is still cheap. In the neighbourhood of Victoria, and generally throughout Vancouver Island, good roads are found, and regular communication is maintained by stage. Government steamers ply regularly between Victoria and all the points of importance or interest on the coast and rivers, The scenery on the Columbia, Fraser, and Thompson rivers is exceedingly picturesque. Land-slides are not unfrequent on the latter river. One occurred near Cook's Ferry during the year 1880, by which several thousand tons weight of earth, rock, &c., was precipitated into the channel. On the head-waters of the Columbia the views to be had are often remarkably grand. In a general sense, no more attractive country can be found on the whole American continent for the pleasure tourist or New West- sportsman. New Westminster, the second city in the minster. province in population and trade, occupies a picturesque site on the north or right bank of the Fraser, near its junction with the north fork, fifteen miles from the sea, and seventy-five from Victoria. It enjoys great trading and social advantages, and must in time attain importance. It is just twenty-five years old, the first wharf and house having been built in 1859. It now contains numerous stone and brick edifices, prominent among which are the Roman Catholic College and Convent, and the Occident’ Hotel. It is sometimes called the 'Royal City.' The Cas- The Cascade range of mountains, the natural division cade range. of the province, merits more than passing mention in any work professing to adequately describe the peculiar features of British Columbia as a field for British colonisa- tion. It includes some of the loftiest mountain peaks on the North American continent, the honours being pretty equally divided between the British and American ter- ritories. The view from the summit of Mount Hood in Oregon has been thus described by one who essayed and accomplished the toilsome climb.* From south to north,' * The following are the altitudes of Mount Hood as computed by Professor Wood :-Summit of Cascade range and foot of Mount Hood, 4,500 feet; limit of forest trees, 9,000 ; limit of vegetation, 11,000; summit of mountain, 15,000. CASCADE MOUNTAINS. 205 he says, 'its whole line is at once under the eye from BRITISH Diamond peak to Rainier, a distance of not less than 400 COLUMBIA, miles. Within that distance are Mounts St. Helen, Baker,* Jefferson, and the Three Sisters, making, with Mount Hood, eight snowy mountains. Eastward, the Blue Mountains are in distinct view for at least 500 miles in length; and lying between us and them are the broad plains of the Des Chutes, John Day's and Uma- tilla rivers, 150 miles in width. On the west the piny crests of the Cascades cut clear against the sky, with the Willamette Valley sleeping in quiet beauty at their feet. The broad belt of the Columbia winds gracefully through the evergreen valley towards the ocean. Within these wide limits is every variety of mountain and valley, lake and prairie, bold beetling precipices, and graceful rounded summits, blending and melting away into each other, forming a picture of unutterable magnificence. On its northern side Mount Hood is nearly vertical for 7,000 Mount feet; there the snows of winter accumulate until they Hood. reach the very summit; but when the summer thaw commences, all this vast body of snow becomes dis- integrated at once, and, in a sweeping avalanche, carrying all before it, buries itself in the deep furrows at its base, and leaves the precipice bare. Perhaps the best view of this the monarch mountain of the North-west is to be obtained from the neighbour- hood of the dalles on the Columbia River, in Oregon. The best view of the Lower Fraser is obtainable from the summit of Discovery Mountain, in the neighbourhood of the Chilliwhack and Samass Rivers. There is no doubt that both Mount Hood and its twin sister, St. Helen, have still smouldering fires, though ashes only fill their Volcanic craters. Of the latter mountain it may be remarked fires. that there are evidences that the fires come dangerously near the surface. Not long since, two adventurous Washingtonians, compelled by sudden fog and sleety storm to spend the night near its summit, and seeking some cave among the lava wherein to shelter, discovered a fissure from which issued so glowing a heat that they passed the night in alternate freezings and scorchings- now roasting at the sulphurous fire, and anon rushing out to cool themselves in the sleet and snow. * Named (1792) after Captain Vancouver's third lieutenant. 206 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH East of the Cascade Mountains, which form the COLUMBIA. third grand division of this vast province, the traveller enters the ‘sage bush country.' At Lytton, where the The waters of the Fraser and Thompson rivers meet, fifty- Interior seven miles above Yale, he finds himself fairly in the Basin. interior basin, and from that point to Clinton, seventy miles, the waggon road passes through a region where nothing can be raised save by processes of irrigation. Nicola Lake, thirty miles due south from Kamloops, and reached by waggon road from Lytton, is the centre of a promising pastoral section. Over much of this tract the ground during three-fourths of the year is scarcely moistened by a shower. The whole region from the United States boundary on the Colambia River viâ Okanagan, the Sushwap lakes, and Kamloops, north-westward across the Fraser to and beyond the Chilcotin plains, forming the north-western angle of the Great American Desert, is to a great extent only suited for a grazing country. On the hill-sides and plains between the Fraser and Thompson rivers 'bunch grass,' so much esteemed for its stock-fattening qualities, is found in considerable quantities, and on this the cattle and horses feed through the winter months. In the vicinity of Quesnel, and in the Nechaco. Valley be. tween Quesnel and Fort James on Stewart Lake, the land improves slightly, but. ' farming' is a precarious business even there, and this remark will fairly apply to the whole section between the Cascade and Rocky Mountain ranges. Professor Macoun says : ‘British Columbia above (east of the Cascades can never ex. port her agricultural products with profit, and whatever is raised in the country must be consumed there.' Met- Game, choson is the favourite hunting ground of the Victorians. sporting, Big game are sufficiently abundant and wild in the province to afford ample sport to the hunter. For fur there are red, cross, and silver fox, sea and common otter, marten, mink, and beaver. Buffalo are still found on the plains, bears--brown, black, and grizzly--and cariboo in the mountains, elk and deer on the coast and on the small islands. For feather there are wild geese and ducks; grouse and snipe are found well-nigh every- where, while ptarmigan are on the mountains, and quail on Vancouver Island. &c. OPENINGS FOR SETTLERS. 207 The principal islands of the Queen Charlotte group BRITISH (Graham, Moresby, and Prevost) are natural hunting COLUMBIA. and fishing grounds of the hyperborean type, and will in time be much visited by tourists. Notwithstanding that the Chinese immigration is still Indian and maintained, and that Chinamen and Indians to the Chinese labour. number of 45,000 already monopolise many branches of manual labour, there are in British Columbia good open- ings for a limited number of small tenant-farmers with a full stock of energy and fairly supplied with means. For carpenters, joiners, cabinet-makers, able to start busi- ness for themselves and utilise the magnificent timber resources of the province, there is also plenty of work. These and such as these, with a few miners, black- smiths, choppers, loggers, and backwoods labourers who have plenty of backbone in them and are not afraid of rough work, will find ample employment in Western British Columbia for generations to come. Professional gentlemen and clerks of the needy or expectant' class will do better elsewhere. The cost of living is about Cost of the same as in England. The only direct tax is an living. annual poll tax of two dollars cach on every male resi- dent above eighteen years. This is for the maintenance of roads. Schools are free and unsectarian. Clothing and most descriptions of groceries are dearer than in England, while meat, game, and fish are cheaper. House rents in the two countries are about the same. As bay, potatoes, and other farm products are still largely imported from the United States, in spite of customs duty and cost of freight, it is quite evident that there are eligible openings for a few farmers who under- stand their business. A late resident in, and writer on, the province, says: “A really good farmer, with a capital of 1,0001., could make a fortune in five years by taking a cleared prairie farm near one of the towns, and using American agricultural instruments to reduce the cost of labour, which is the all-absorbing item of ex- pense in British Columbia. Something more than the money will be found necessary, but there is no doubt about the result if the right means are employed. The Indians of British Columbia are in many respects Indians. the most interesting of the aboriginal tribes of Canada. They form nearly one half of the population, and being 208 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. 88 ...... BRITISH producers as well as consumers, they constitute an im. COLUMBIA, portant element of industry. A collection of Indian curiosities made by Dr. Powell, superintendent at Victoria, will shortly form the nucleus of a national museum at Ottawa. The settlement at Metla Ketla, under Mr. Duncan, is making rapid strides to civilisation and self-depen. dence. The Indians number upwards of 35,000, and are dis- tributed as follows:- Victoria Superintendency:- Aht Nation. 3,500 Bella Coolas . . 2,500 Comox. Cowichans . . 3,066 Hydahs . 2,500 Kwah-Kewlths . 3,500 Tsimpsheeans . 5,000 Fraser River Superintendency 15,000 Total . . . . . 35,154 Chinook is the Indian trade language of the entire North Pacific Coast. It may be readily learnt, and when acquired thoroughly will be found of great service to the commercial settler. A dictionary, suitable for ordinary use, is given in Hibben’s ‘Guide to British Columbia' for 1877–78, pages 222–249. fares, &c., The routes, ways and means of travel to British Columbia are almost as various as those within the province. No attempt will here be made to influence the traveller in favour of one route or mode of conveyance over any other. For very many and obvious reasons the lines and modes of travel to so distant a destination as British Columbia must vary as greatly as will the means and time at the disposal of the traveller. Those wishing to see Canada or the United States en route from the old country should proceed by Atlantic steamer to Quebec, Halifax, Boston, or New York, and thence by rail viâ Chicago and Omaha, or St. Louis and Kansas City to San Francisco, whence a steamer plies trimonthly to Victoria, V.I. This is the shortest and most direct route, but it is at the same time the most expensive. The journey may be made comfortably in from three to four weeks, although five should be allowed, at a cost of from 351. to 501., exclusive of hotel bills and extras. Routes, ROUTES, ETC. 209 BRITISH COLUMBIA. Route 2 (viâ Portland, Oregon) is the same as Route 1 as faras Sacramento, California, thence by Oregon Division of Central Pacific to Redding, 170 miles, to Roseburg, 275 miles, and thence 200 miles by Oregon and California Rail- way to Portland. distant 728 miles from San Francisco. From Portland, Victoria, V.I., can be reached in about two days via Tacoma and Port Townsend, by Northern Pacific Railway and steamer on Puget Sound, as al- ready described. This is a delightful summer route. For those fond of sea life and scenery there are also the American all steamer routes viâ Panama and San Francisco, while for the enthusiastic and adventurous land-seekers, the banter, angler, or artist, who, with knapsack or 'creel' on back, and gun or rod and net in hand, is bent on the pleasures of the lake, river, forest, and field, and who is able to portray as well as to partake of the beauties of nature (nowhere perhaps more prodigal of her picturesque charms than on the border- lands of British dominion in North America), there is left the romantic, though often rugged, overland route described at intervals in the foregoing and following pages, viz., that viâ Winnipeg, Brandon, Regina, Calgarry, the Kicking Horse Pass of the Rocky Mountains, and the Fraser, Thompson, and Columbia Rivers. Soda Creek, 40 miles above the Chilcoton river, is the point where navigation on the Upper Fraser commences. To those to whom sight-seeing is not an object and the saving of money is, the steam or sailing vessel direct from a British port to San Francisco, Portland, or Victoria is recommended. There are one or two fast-sailing clipper ships belonging to various well- known lines, which are occasionally despatched from London, Liverpool, or Glasgow direct to Vancouver. On these vessels saloon, cabin, and sometimes emigrant passages may be secured, at rates less than those above quoted. The voyage out, in favourable seasons, is usually made in three months, and the intending colonist arrives at his destination with the best possible preparation for going to work. While the days of the cart and the canoe, the dug-out and the dog-sledge, of the lean-to and the camp-fire are yet green in the memory of many a pioneer, all those accompaniments and acces- sories of early days and frontier life in Red River are 210 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Money. The needs of the pro- vince. The Canada Pacific Railway. fast fading away into the realms of romance and the domain of the picturesque. British money is not in general circulation. United States one dollar, half dollar, and quarter dollar, or twenty-five cent pieces, are mostly current. We have dwelt at increased length on what British Columbia has to offer to the traveller or settler in search of health, sport, or profit, for two reasons — first, because it has had less said about it than other provinces and states to the south and east of it; and, second, because it has been misrepresented. We have endea- voured to point out its advantages, and they are neither few nor trifling to those who will properly realise and improve them. We will now, and in conclusion, speak of its wants. Though few, they are both positive and pressing. The paramount needs of British Columbia are population, capital, and increased means of transport and communication with the outer world. In no way can these be supplied so completely or so liberally as by the completion of the Canadian Pacific Railway. The portion of the Canadian Pacific Railway now under construction in British Columbia is the link connecting the western end of the Kamloops Lake at Savona's Ferry with Port Moody, the Pacific terminus on Burrard Inlet, Gulf of Georgia, and is known as the Western Division. This link is divided into five sections :- Section A. Emory to Boston Bar . . . 29 , B. Boston Bar to Lytton . . . . 29 C. Lytton to Junction Flat .: . . 281 D. Junction Flat to Savona's Ferry . . 404 E. Port Moody to Emory · · . 851 · · Total . . . . . . 2121 There is now uninterrupted communication by rail between Port Moody and Lytton, a distance of 143 miles. The section between Emory and Boston Bar is without doubt anapproached for magnitude on this continent, and only finds a parallel in the great trans-Andean and trans-Alpine roads of Peru and Switzerland. There are 13 tunnels in 19 miles of this distance. For 20 miles the road-bed is literally hewn out of the solid granite, narrow places being made up with substantial masonry, and ravines, gulches, and rivers crossed by handsome and lofty trestle and truss bridges. Miles POST AND TELEGRAPH OFFICES, ETC. 211 LIST OF POST AND TELEGRAPH OFFICES BRITISH AND ELECTORAL DISTRICTS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. COLUMBIA. Telegraph Stations in Italics Electoral Districts Offices House of Commons Canada Provincial Legislative Assembly Alexandria Ashcroft. Barkerville . Burrard Inlet . Cache Creek Cassiar. Chemainus Clinton . Chilliwack Comox . Cowichan Dog Creek Duck and Pringle's . Esquimault . Glenora . Granville Head of Nicola Lake Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo | Yale-Kootenay . Yale Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo .New Westminster New Westminster .Yale-Kootenay Yale . Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo . Vancouver, i Cowichan Cariboo & Lillooet Lillooet . New Westminster New Westminster Vancouver . . Comox Cowichan Cariboo & Lillooet Lillooet . Yale-Kootenay Yale . Victoria . . Esquimault Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo New Westminster New Westminster .Yale-Kootenay . Yale Hope : . Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo . Yale Kootenay . Kootenay . Cariboo & Lillooet Lillooet New Westminster New Westminster Cariboo & Lillooet | Lillooet Yale-Kootenay Yale . Vancouver . . Cowichan .) New Westminster New Westminster Kamloops Keithley Creek Kootenay Lac La Hache. Ladner's Landing .. Langley. Lillooet. Lytton . Maple Bay Maple Ridge .. Matsqui . . Moodyville . Nanaimo . New Westminster . Nicola Lake. Okanagan : Okanagan Mission. 150 Mile House Quadra, . Quesnelle Quesnelle Forks Salt Spring Island .. . Vancouver . . Nanaimo New Westminster New Westminster Yale-Kootenay Yale Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo Vancouver. Comox Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo - Vancouver . . Cowichan P 2 212 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. LIST OF POST AND TELEGRAPH OFFICES (continued.) Electoral Districts Offices House of Commons Canada Provincial Legislative Assembly Skeena. Soda Creek . Sooke . . Somenos . . Spence's Bridge Sumas Van Winkle VICTORIA . Yale Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo Vancouver. .Esquimalt Cowichan . Yale-Kootenay .Yale New Westminster New Westminster Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo Victoria . . Victoria City Yale-Kootenay . Yale TABLE OF DISTANCES, &c. VICTORIA TO NANAIMO AND Comos.— Victoria to Cowichan, 35% miles ; to Burgoyne Bay, 7}; to Maple Bay, 3}; to Horseshoe Bay, 11; to Nanaimo, 194; to Comos, 57. Total, 134 miles. VICTORIA TO NEW WESTMINSTER, &c.— Victoria to New West- minster, 75 miles ; to Langley, 17; to Matsqui, 16; to Sumas, 8; to Chilliwhack, 6; to Hope, 38; to Yale, 15. Total, 175 miles. VICTORIA TO PUGET SOUND.–Victoria to Port Townshend, 38 miles; Port Ludlow, 13; Port Gamble, 7; Port Madison, 15; Seattle, 12; Tacoma, 25; Steillacoom, 8; Olympia, 22. Total, 140. VICTORIA TO BARKERVILLE.- Victoria to Boston Bar, 200 miles ; to Lytton, 32; Spencer Bridge, 23 ; Cache Creek, 30; Clinton, 26 ; Soda Creek, 131 ; Quesnel, 54; Stanley, 46; Barkerville, 15. Total, 557 miles. VICTORIA TO WRANGEL, SITKA, AND TAKON.- Victoria to Wrangel, 700 miles; to Sitka, 160; to Takon, 165. Total, 1,025 miles. 214 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. MANITOBA. to the rapid extension of the Dominion and American system of land and water travel, its growth in popula- tion and trade has been continuous and rapid. For obvious reasons it will be more rapid and regular in the future. The wave of immigration will inevitably con- tinue to flow westward, and Manitoba as at present organised can be little more than a very central and Exten- sion of convenient back door for the adjacent territories, and, boundary. in time, for British Columbia. When the province was created no doubt there existed special reasons why its bounds should be circumscribed. The patriotism of some at least of its earliest settlers was not exactly of the stamp calculated to inspire the utmost confidence either in its sincerity or its stability, and a limitation of its territory may fairly enough have been deemed advisable from motives of public policy. But with the stamping out of disloyalty and the subsidence of all disturbing elements whatever, it is open to doubt whether so small a section of the Dominion should be called upon to sustain the cost of a provincial govern- ment. Looking at the future, also, it is not pleasant to contemplate the formation of a cluster of similar small sections, each burdened with the cost of an independent government, as settlement surges westward. The bur- dens of local administration may be kindly and wisely lightened by distributing them over as many shoulders as possible. This is a course which it seems to many politicians may be advantageously adopted in the case of Manitoba. An extension of her eastern boundary to Ontario and of her western limits to the 101st meridian so as to form a province of reasonable dimen- sions would at least rectify a blunder committed, it is true, in excess of caution, but which reason forbids should be perpetuated.* Origin of The word Manitoba is a contraction by the French. name. Canadian Voyageurs of the compound Cree word manito (spirit) and waban (strait). The waters of a strait in the lake (Manitoba) being agitated in an unusual way, the Indians formerly believed that they were moved by a spirit, and so called the lake Manitowaban. Boundaries. It is bounded east and north by Keewatin district, extent, &c. * Since the above was written the limits of the Province have been extended so as to embrace an area of 123,200 sq, miles, or 78,848,040 acres. CLIMATE AND SOIL. 217 ... Association of the University of Kiel, Holstein, Ger- MANITOBA. many. Though made some years ago, it is still appli. cable as far as the changed conditions of settlement will warrant comparison : 'Kiel, April 29, 1872. Analysis of • The analysis of the Manitoba soil is now completed, and the soil. result is, in 100,000 parts :- Potash . . . . . 228.7 Sodium . . . 33.8 Phosphoric Acid . . . . 69.4 Lime . . . . . . . 682:6 - Magnesia . . 16.1 Nitrogen . . 486:1 Yours truly, (Signed,) *V. EMMERLING The chief characteristic and pride of this province is that it consists almost wholly of prairie land, yielding in its wild state most nutritions grasses, and, when cul. tivated, the finest wheat on the continent, if not in the world. Abundant proof of the fertility and general adaptation to farming purposes of the Manitoba soil is furnished by the samples of root crops grown in it, from seed supplied by the famous Reading nurserymen and florists, Messrs. Sutton, and exhibited by them at the Dominion and provincial fairs, and also in London. With regard to climate, Manitoba presents the Climate. same positive features as the older provinces of Canada, viz., bright, clear, warm, and sometimes, for short periods, hot weather in summer, and decidedly cold in winter, but very clear and dry. The following table will serve for comparison between the summer tempera- tures of the Red River, Manitoba, and the countries south and east of it:- Summer June July August Mean Red River . . 69:10 71.16 63.03 67.76 Chicago . 62.07 70-08 68 05 67.03 Iowa . . . 66.04 70.05 68.09 68.06 Wisconsin . . 61.07 68.06 65.07 65.03 New York, 61.02 68:05 66.07 66.05 Toronto 64.02 67.95 65.00 66.98 The purity of the air and the brightness of the sky in mid-winter cannot be surpassed. A population more AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. 219 grasses grow plentifully on the marsh and meadow MANITOBA. lands, and cattle thrive fairly. They can be wintered without grain, but require to be well foddered. Feeble Vegetable attempts have been made here and there to raise fruit, produce. but without much success. In no sense can Manitoba be regarded as a fruit country. The following list of articles which are comprised in her exhibit at the Dominion Fair held at Ottawa in September, 1878, will convey the best idea of the extent of the farm and garden produce of this young province :- GRAINS. White winter or Oats, black and white fall Wheat Barley Red Spring Wheat Rye Peas Wild Rice Potatoes Roots. Carrots Beets Turnips Mangel Wurtzel Sorghum Cabbages Cauliflower Onions Rhubarb Capsicums or Pepper Vegetable Marrow Green Peas Radishes Salsify VEGETABLES. Leeks Kohl Rabi Squash Brussels Sprouts Parsnips Okra Celery Artichokes Tomatoes Asparagus Corn Beans Citrons Water Melons Musk Melons Cucumbers Scotch Kale Pumpkins Nasturtium Sunflower Hops (wild) Thyme Sweet Marjoram Parsley PLANTS AND HERBS. Mint Sage Coriander Summer Savory Lubrador Tea Cultivated Mustard Tobacco Sugar Cane Wild Rye Flax Canary Seed FRUITS. Apples, 8 varieties Plums Sand Cherry Cranberries Wild Grapes Currants Raspberries 220 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. MANITOBA, GRASSES. Bone Grass Scotch » Blue , Red Top Grass Buffalo Blue Joint , Ridge Hay Colony » Upland ,, June Grass Bush , Early , Wild Vetches Timothy Rye Clover (Red and White) Timber. The average yield of grain in the province of Mani. toba during the harvest of 1880—which was a month late, owing to the excessive wet—was 24 bushels of wheat to the acre; of barley, forty bushels; and of oats, forty to forty-five bushels. This is said to have been the best harvest yet ingathered in Manitoba. Questions of food, fuel, and shelter must ever be im. portant considerations with the settler in a new country. Throughout Manitoba and in much of the country north and west of her, the timber question is an acknowledged difficulty both as regards its use for building purposes and as fuel. Of forests proper to the Canadian standard there are none west of the Lake of the Woods until British Columbia is reached; but trees of various descriptions, affording timber sufficient for most farming and domestic purposes, grow on the banks of the many rivers or are found more or less exteusively on the uplands. The Legislature, very sensibly following the lead of Min- nesota and other of the United States, has, by a system of awards, so encouraged arboriculture that at no distant day the face of the country will be greatly re- lieved of its present bareness. Artificial plantations and groves will greatly enhance both its value and attractive- ness. The completion of the Canadian Pacific Railway between the Lake of the Woods and Red River has opened up a region of country from which an abundant supply of the best pine lumber may be obtained. The Riding and Pembina Mountains and the country be- tween Lakes Winnipeg, Manitoba, and Winnipegosis are also well timbered. The following table, which exhibits approximately the number, situation, and capa- city of the saw-mills now in operation in this province and adjoining territories, will be found valuable for reference by intending settlers :-- 222 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. MANITOBA. Bird Tail Creek, Donald Gunn. Big Plain, Hudson Bay Co. Big Plain, Wm. Hardy Lake of the Woods, Keewatin Lumber Co. Minerals. Thus far minerals have not been discovered within the present boundaries of Manitoba, but rich deposits of iron ore have been found on the slopes of the Rocky Mountains. The gold washings of the North Sas- katchewan and Peace Rivers afford profitable working. As to coal, the large beds of the North Saskatchewan River, on the Souris, and in the neighbourhood of the Pembina, Turtle, and Riding Mountains appear practi- cally inexbaustible, it having been ascertained that a belt over 200 miles in width underlies several thousand square miles, so that fuel need never fail the home or the workshop, and there will also be ample supplies for the requirements of the Canadian Pacific Railway when that road is completed. As the comfort and prosperity of the settler in the north-west will depend quite as much upon the quality of the building material and fuel, and the price at which they can be supplied, as upon his proximity to a line of railway or navigable stream, he should leave no opportunity unimproved to inform him. self in regard to these essentials to successful settlement. A brief description of the lignite mines at La Roche Percée, on the Souris River, will be found in the succeed- ing chapter. Social Statistics. Govern- The public affairs of Manitoba are administered by a Lieutenant-Governor (Hon. Jas. Cox Aikins), an execu- tive council of five members, a legislative council of seven members appointed for life, and a legislative assembly of twenty-four members elected every four years. Justice is dispensed by a chief justice add two puisne judges. Population. At the first numbering of the people, in December, 1870, the whole population was returned at 11,965; of these only 1,614 were whites. The remaining 10,000 were either Indians, French Canadians, or French, Scotch, and English half-breeds. Since Confederation the number of its inhabitants has rapidly increased, the present population being estimated at between ment. 224 HANDBOOK TO CANALA. MANITOBA. Indians. These people are presided over-by election by the following Bishops :-Bishop Gerhard Wiebe, Bishop Peter Tows, Bishop Johann Wiebe. . The total number of Treaty Indians at present within Manitoba and the adjoining district is 7,491. They are distributed as follows : - Treaty No. 1. St. Peter's Portage la Prairie . . 590 Roseau River. .. 3,755 „ „ 2. Lake Manitoba and Water Hen . 1,033 , , 3. Lake Woods and Rainy Lake . . 2,703 50 571 Total . . . 7,491 Education, &c. Cathedral. In addition to the excellent education now obtainable in the city of Winnipeg, the Government have reserved two sections in each township for school lands, the pro. ceeds of which, as sold, are applied to the establishment of good schools. The grant thus formed now amounts to upwards of 100 dols. per annum to each school carried on for the full twelve months. In every part of the country, therefore, as fast as settlement progresses, schools are provided where good education can be ob- tained for children. There are now upwards of 200 Protestant school districts in the province, and an average attendance of about 5,000. Manitoba enjoys the distinction of having the only cathedral constitution, strictly speaking, in North America. The cathedral foundation consists of a dean and chapter. It is provided that the chapter shall consist of a dean and six or more canons. A professor- ship of pastoral theology in St. John's College will probably be attached to the deanery, but, as there is no endowment yet, provision is made for the bishop being dean pro tem. The first and second canonries are at- tached to the archdeaconries of Manitoba and Cumber- land respectively. The first is still held by the Bishop of Saskatchewan, Dr. McLean, who has succeeded in raising 10,0001. towards the endowment of his vast bishopric and Emmanuel College. The third and fourth canonries are attached to the professorships of systematic and exegetical theology. The fifth, which is attached to the professorship of ecclesiastical history, and has WINNIPEG. 227 Institu- four branch banks here, viz., “Merchants',' • Montreal,' MANITOBA. • Union,' and 'Ontario,' as well as a branch of the Go. , vernment Savings Bank and Post Office Savings Bank. tions in The city has numerous hotels, the latest and best being Winnipeg. the 'Queen's' and the Pacific. The city is well supplied with churches, belonging to the Episcopalian, Catholic, Presbyterian, Methodist, Baptist, and other denomina- tions; while the higher order of education is amply pro- vided by the Manitoba College, under the auspices of the Presbyterian Church; St. Boniface College, under the auspices of the Roman Catholic Church; and St. John's College, under the auspices of the Church of England; the Wesleyan Institute, St. Mary's Academy, and the Common Schools. There is also a Young Men's Christian Association. The city boasts an excellent fire brigade and two steam fire engines ; it is also lighted with gas and electric light, and possesses waterworks. Winnipeg also possesses one of the finest driving parks in the North-West. There are a number of national societies, such as the Orange, Odd Fellow, and Masonic Lodges; an Historical Society, with a large and in- creasing membership; an Agricultural and Industrial Association; a Rifle Association, and two excellent Clubs, the ‘Manitoba’ and the “Selkirk.' The Winni- peg General Hospital is a small but well-conducted charity in the north-west quarter of the city. The press is represented by the Times, evening daily, and the Free Press, morning daily; weekly editions of these papers are also issued, replete with news from all parts of the country.* The determination of the Canada Pacific Railway Company to continue the main line along the fourth base line westward from Winnipeg, the bridging of the Red River at Winnipeg, together with the build. ing of the South-Western Railway from Winnipeg to Rock Lake, and the valuable Pembina Mountain Dis- tricts, cannot fail to give an immense impetus to the growth of the city; and we may fairly expect that in the course of a few years the Winnipeg of the future will as far surpass that of the present, as the Winnipeg of the present already excels that of the past. * The French and half-breed interests are fairly represented by Le Metis, now in its thirteenth year. @ 2 230 HANDBOOK TO CANADA, KEEWATIN, · · · · · · · 94 98 CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY (MAIN LINE).-WINNIPEG TO Rat PORTAGE (LAKE OF THE WOODS), AND PORT ARTHUR. Miles Winnipeg . Winnipeg Junction : Bird's Hill Gonor . 16 Selkirk . . Tyndall. Beausejour Monmouth Shelly Whitemouth Darwin . Rennie . . Telford . . Cross Lake Ingolf . 104 Kalmar. 111 Deception 119 Ostersund 124 Keewatin 131 Rat Portage 135 Rossland . . 143 Vermillion Bay 191 Eagle River . 202 Bois Brule . 243 Tache . 253 . Ignace . . English River. 318 Upsala . . 348 Murillo . . 417 Port Arthur . 429 Dawson's Road.-WINNIPEG TO NORTH-WEST ANGLB. Miles Portage de Chênes . . . . . 30 Brokenhead River . . i . . . 50 Whitemouth River . . 64 Birch River 80 North-West angie, Lake of the Woods i . 110 BY ROAD-NORTH-WEST. Miles Winnipeg to Penitentiary. . 12 Victoria. . . . . 24 BY RED RIVER AND LAKE WINNIPEG. Miles Winnipeg to Gimli, Icelandic Settlements . . 56 .................. .......................... 281 ROUTES THROUGH MANITOBA AND KEEWATIN. 231 KEEWATIN. By Road—SOUTH-WEST. Miles *Winnipeg to Headingly . . . . . 13 Pembina Mountain . . . 65 Rock Lake . . . . . 115 By Road UP WEST BANK OF RED RIVER. Miles Winnipeg to St. Norbert · · · · · 10 Morris. Scratching River : : . . 25 . 67 • 69 Dufferin West Lynne (opposite Emerson By ROAD, NORTH WEST. . Winnipeg to Shoal Lake .. St. Lambert, Lake Manitoba Oak Point » Miles . 40 . 55 . 63 . 22 By ROAD DOWN THE WEST BANK OF Red RIVER. Miles Winnipeg to St. John's . . . .. 2 Kildonan , St. Paul's . St. Andrew's. Lower Fort Garry . . St. Clement's Selkirk . . . The foregoing list embraces only the best known and most frequently travelled routes in Manitoba, Kee- watin, and the adjoining territories. The stations and intermediate distances on the main line of the Canadian Pacific Railway westward from Winnipeg are given below. STATIONS ON THE CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY FROM WINNIPEG TO CALGARY. Stations Miles Stations Miles Winnipeg Poplar Point . .. . Air Line Junction . . 1 High Bluff . . Winnipeg West Portage La Prairie . Rosser . 15 Burnside . 22 Bagot · · · Marquette 29 McGregor Reaburn. 35 | Austin . * Approximate Route of the Winnipeg and South-Western Railway. 40 232 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. KEEWATIN. Miles . 423 Stations Sidney . Melbourne Carberry. Sewell . Douglas. Chater . Brandon . . 432 443 451 461 165 471 480 489 499 510 519 . 528 538 546 . 564 . 575 188 • 585 Alexander Griswold. Oak Lake Virden . Hargraves Elkhorn. Fleming. Moosomin Red Jacket Wapella. Burrows . Whitewood Percival. Broadview Oakshela . Grenfell .. Summerberry Wolseley · Sintaluta Indian Head. Qu'Appello McLean . Cassils . Pilot Butte Regina . Grand Coulee. Pense Belle Plaine . Pasqua . .. Moose Jaw . Boharm. Caron ........................................ STATIONS (Continued). Miles Stations Mortlach . 98 Parkbeg · 105 Secretan . 114 Chaplin. 121 Ernfold . 127 Morse . 132 Herbert. 141 Rusb Lake 148 Waldeck . 157 Swift Current . Leven . 180 Goose Lake Antelope 196 Gull Lake 211 Cyprus . 219 Sidewood 226 Crane Lake 235 Colley . 243 Maple Creek 249 Medicine Hat 256 Stair 263 Bowell. 271 Suffield, 279 Langevin 286 Kinningie 294 Tilley . 302 Bantry . 312 Cassils . . 323 Sartbesk. . 332 Lathour . 341 Bassano . 348 Crowfoot. 356 Cluny .. 366 Gleichen . . 373 Namaka .. 381 Strathmore 390 Cheadle · 398 Langdon. 406 Shepard. 414 Calgary • 595 606 660 669 676 687 695 704 714 724 732 741 748 756 767 776 785 792 802 813 • 823 840 Winnipeg to Calgary, 840 miles : to Stephen (summit of Rocky Mountains), 961. BOUNDARIES AND EXTENT. 233 NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. PERHAPS the most direct and intelligible definition NORTH-WEST · that can be given of the territories forming the Canadian TERRITORIES. North-West is to describe them as covering all the land area of the Dominion north-west of the St. Lawrence Aren. Valley, not already embraced within the provinces of Quebec, Ontario, Manitoba, and British Columbia, and the district of Keewatin. In other words, all the un. organised land surface of the Dominion is embraced within their limits. As compared with the rest of the Dominion, their area is nearly four times greater, the seven settled provinces occupying between 700,000 and 750,000 square miles, while the territories embrace in round numbers 2,500,000 square miles. The actual area acquired by purchase from the Hudson Bay Company amounts to 2,328,777 square miles, an area more than twelve times that of the great province of Quebec and equal to twenty times that of the adjoining province of Manitoba. Judged according to European and American standards these territories are larger than the whole of Europe, excepting Russia, and larger than the entire American Union, excepting New York and Pennsylvania, and are capable of sustaining a popu- lation of from eighty to one hundred millions. In order to furnish a means of comparison somewhat nearer home, it may be mentioned that the area of the whole of England is but 37,000,000 acres. The precise boundaries of these territories, as defined by the Order in Council of May 8, 1882, and shown on the map, are as follows:-1. Assiniboia, containing about 95,000 square miles, is bounded on the south by the inter- national boundary, on the east by the western boundary of Manitoba, on the north by a line drawn near 52° lat., and on the west by a line near 110° W. long. 2. Saskatchewan, containing 114,000 square miles, is bounded on the south by Assiniboia, on the east by Lake Winnipeg and Nelson River. 3. Alberta is bounded south by the international boundary, eastward by Saskatchewan and Assiniboia, and contains 100,000 234 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NORTH-WEST square miles. 4. Athabasca, containing 122,000 square miles, is bounded south by Alberta, west by British Columbia, &c. To sum up, the Saskatchewan district includes Battleford, Carleton, and Prince Albert. Assi. niboia includes Qu'Appelle, South Saskatchewan and Souris Rivers, and Forts Pelly and Ellice. Alberta includes the Battle, Bow, and Belly Rivers, the cattle ranche district; and Athabasca takes in the celebrated Their Peace River districts. This division of the vast country. future. hitherto known as the North-West, will have the effect of localising points which hitherto were very indefinitely comprehended, and by having each its capital assigned it, will form nuclei for settlements more compact than the straggling homestead of prairie squatters. Canadians are sometimes charged with unduly colouring the advantages which the Dominion offers for settlement, but in our opinion it is not easy to exaggerate the possible future of such a country as is comprehended within the title of the present chapter. To quote the words of Colonel Dennis :- The acquisition by Canada of the great territories lying to the north and west of the provinces of Ontario and Quebec bas entirely changed the aspect of affairs in relation to the future of the Dominion. The doubts which may have occasionally suggested themselves even to her most loyal public men previous to 1869, as to the possible ultimate destiny of the Confederation of straggling and weak provinces extending for some two thousand miles along a frontier common also to her powerful neighbour the United States, have entirely vanished in presence of the fact, which the surveys and explorations effected by the Government during the last few years appear to have established beyond doubt, that the immense territory which for more than a century owned the Hudson Bay Company alone as master, and was practically occupied by that eminently conservative corporation simply as a preserve for fur- bearing animals, but which in the year mentioned was purchased by and became part of the Dominion, includes within it the most valuable and extensive undeveloped area for the growth of wheat in the world, so far as known at the present time.'* The eccentric John Randolph of Roanoke's well- * The Italics are our own.[ED.] WHEAT, GRASS, ETC. 235 known and oft-quoted description of the United States NORTH-WEST capital as a city of 'magnificent distances,' applies to the TERRITORIES. country we are now seeking to describe with even greater force and fitness than to the stately, but solitary, capital on the banks of the Potomac. 'Distance !' said a Yankee traveller, when appealed to on the probable width of the apparently limitless expanse of rolling prairie which everywhere confronted him ; distance! I should think so—distance till you can't see!' Its actual and possible bounds are the Arctic Ocean on the north, the Atlantic and Labrador on the east, and the United States on the south. For purposes of exploration, and of present or future Productive settlement, this vast territory, covering two and three. divisions. quarter millions of square miles, may be thus classified and distinguished :- WHEAT AREA. Sq. miles. 1. General boundaries : from Lac Seul (say long. 92° W., lat. 50° N.) to a point at the foot of Rocky Mountains in lat. 60° N.; thence along base of Rocky Mountains to lat. 50° N.; thence to the south bend of Mouse River; thence to the Lake of the Woods, lat. 49° N.; thence along Rainy River, and thence to Lac Seul. This area, excluding Manitoba, unbroken by mountains or rocks to any material extent, with streams and small lakes which but fertilise, may be stated at . . . . . . . 305,000 2. Beyond it, northwards, are also areas of rich vegetable mould (humus), on warm Silurian and Devonian bases, and with marly clays well adapted to the growth of roots or other spring crops · · · · · · · 50,000 VEGETABLE, GRASS, AND TIMBER AREAS.. 3. Hudson Bay basin (portion Silurian, so far as known and fairly predicable), east side, (East of meridian 80° W.) 100,000 square miles; west side (West of meridian 80° W.), 300,000 square miles . . . 400,000 4. Winnipeg basin, east side, from English River to Nelson River . 80,000 5. Beaver River (middle and lower parts) 50,000 6. Methy Lake and Clear Water River, and Athabasca River, from Clear Water River to Athabasca Lake, east side . . . . 30,000 Carried forward. . . . . 915,000 SOIL AND CLIMATE. 237 brace 240,000 square miles. One-fourth of this area, NORTH-WEST equal to 40,000,000 acres, it is estimated, will produce TERRITORIES, wheat, barley, and potatoes of good quality and in great abundance. In the language of the hopeful Colonel Sellers, There's millions in it. It is the crowning feature of this “ Fertile Belt,” ' says Mr. James W. Taylor, which broadens with reduced altitudes and constant air currents from the Pacific coast, that the immense trapezoid whose apex is bounded on the Mackenzie has a sufficient quantity of summer rains for all the purposes of agriculture as organised in the At-, lantic and Mississippi States.' Physical Geography. The soil of very much of the territories may be fitly Surface and described as a rich allavium, easily cultivated, produc. 801l. ing cereals, grasses, and root crops in great abundance, and in several sections practically inexhaustible by the ordinary processes of agriculture. The surface is very variable, but prairie largely predominates. The climate and ranges of the thermometer in the Climate, North-West Territory are marked by the same general &c. seasons, features as those already described in our chapter on Manitoba. The tables of Superintendent Bourne, of St. John's College, Winnipeg, will be found replete with in. formation to all interested in this important branch of meteorological science. The range of the thermometer at Battleford indicates a mean winter temperature nearly 7° higher than that of Winnipeg, 3° south of it. The winters are steady and uniform, and the atmosphere bright, transparent, and exhilarating. It is without question one of the healthiest sections of the Dominion. It is a curious fact that spring seems to advance from north-west to south-east, at the rate of about 250 miles per day, and that winter is felt in Manitoba first, and thence travels westward at about the same rate. It is worthy of note also that Halifax on the Atlantic sea. board is nearly as cold in spring and summer as interior points situate more than 12 degrees farther north. The following table, compiled by Professor John Macoun, exhibits the comparative range of the thermo- meter at various points throughout the Dominion :- RIVERS AND LAKES. 239 due north-west to Great Slave Lake, thence west to the NORTH-WEST vicinity of Fort Simpson, in latitude nearly sixty-five TERRITORIES. degrees north ; and thence passes southerly with a little westing to the shores of the Pacific at Puget Sound, in or about latitude 49° north . The year 1880 has been marked by great activity in Surveys. the Survey Department of the Dominion Service. Throughout Manitoba, Keewatin, and the Territories, track surveys and geological examinations were made extending over a total distance of about 1,700 miles, including the following rivers and lakes :- 1. The east side of Lake Winnipeg, from Dog's Head to mouth of Red River. 2. The Nelson River, from Goose-hunting River to the point reached from the sea in 1878, including Split Lake and Gull Lake. 3. Grass River and lakes upon the course of the former, from the mouth to the head of the east branch. 4. The western channels of the Sipiweek Lake, and the channels leading to and from Duck Lakes. 5. Channels of Nelson River, intersecting the eastern part of Ross Island, over fifty miles long. 6. All the channels between Little Play Green Lakes. 7. Jackfish. River, from Rossville Mission to above the Fish Rapids. 8. Canoe route, from Knee Lake to and including God's Lake. 9. Canoe route, from Oxford House to and including Island Lake. 10. Canoe route, from Split Lake to Little Churchill River. 11. The Little Churchill River, from about 100 miles to its junction with the Great Churchill River, from the above-named junction to the sea. 12. The Great Churchill River, now under survey from Fort Churchill to Lake Winnipeg for a railway.* * The promoters of this schome claim that Fort Churchill has the best harbour on Hudson Bay, and one, moreover, which can be used by Atlantic steamers for five months in the year; that this place being no more than 250 miles from Lake Athabasca, the company will be able to penetrate into the fertile Peace River district at a moderate outlay. It is also suggested that the line might be so continued from Fort Churchill past Lake Athabasca to Port Simpson-believed by some of the Government engineers to be SASKATCHEWAN RIVER. 241 cation. the north branch 772] miles. In ascending the river NORTH-WEST from Lake Winnipeg, the Grand Rapids, three miles TERRITORIES, long and 431 feet descent, are first reached. Around these rapids the Hudson Bay Company operate a rail. Means of communi- way four miles in length. The character of the soil in a the country drained by the Saskatchewan is of a very superior quality. Already the country is settling up rapidly, and men of capital and experience are pushing their enterprises in this direction. Steamers sometimes run as high as Edmonton, a distance by river of 1,200 miles. (See table of distances, rates of freight, passage, &c. on page 245.) Pass Mission, at the mouth of the Pasquai River, is Settle- a fairly prosperous settlement, with a soil well adapted ments. to agriculture. Prince Albert Mission, on the south side of the North Saskatchewan, 45 miles below Carleton, extends a distance of about 30 miles, and numbers nearly 1,000 settlers, who are in a highly prosperous condition. Emmanuel College, in connection with the Church of England, but open to all Protestant denominations, is now established here. Edmonton is the centre of a fine section of farming country, rapidly settling up, with an enterprising popu- lation. The country drained by the north branch and its tributary, the Battle River, is considerably wooded. Edmonton is the centre of the gold-washing fields of the North Saskatchewan. Fort Edmonton stands on the North Saskatchewan, about two hundred miles to the north of the Canadian Pacific Railway line. Sturgeon Creek, Lake St. Anne, to the westward, abounds in whitefish. Battleford, the capital of the North-West Territories, situate 600 miles by road west of Winnipeg city, occu- pies the tongue of land between the Battle River and the north branch of the Saskatchewan. The Canadian Pacific Railway, already constructed 850 miles west of Winnipeg, traverses the South Saskatchewan valley 300 miles south of Battleford. A fortnightly express and postal service is maintained between Winnipeg, Battleford, and Edmonton. There is also direct tele- graphic communication opened with Ottawa and other chief centres in the old Dominion. The following 242 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. steamers. NORTH-WEST extract from the Battleford Herald is of interest to TERRITORIES. travellers and shippers:- “On the Saskatchewan steamers immigrants can Saskat now reach the settlements on the Saskatchewan in about chewan as many days as it takes weeks from Winnipeg over- land, and at a total cost but very little exceeding the cost of provisions required for the more tedious and un- comfortable trip. The following rates for the season of 1880 will probably be slightly reduced during the present season of navigation :- For FREIGHT, PER LB. Lower Fort Garry to- Cents Cents Grand Rapids . . . . The Pas . . . . . Cumberland . Fort à la Corne Prince Albert, Carleton. Battleford Fort Pitt Victoria. Fort Saskatchewan . . Edmonton . . 67 PASSENGER RATES. UP DOWN como e o UP DOWN .. .. Lower Fort Garry to- Cabin Deck Cabin Deck Grand Rapids $12 $5.00 $12 $5.00 The Pas . 24 10.00 18 7.50 Cumberland . 30 15.00 24 12.00 Fort à la Corne. 35 20.00 35 20.00 Prince Albert V 50 25.00 40 20.00 Fort Carleton Battleford . . . 60 30.00 · 50 25.00 Fort Pitt . 65 32.50 . 60 30.00 Victoria, Fort ) Saskatchewan, 70 35.00 . . 65 32.00 Edmonton The distance between Winnipeg and Edmonton by river is nearly 1,200 miles. Cabin passengers will get a berth in state-room, but will have to pay 50 cents for each meal. Deck pas. sengers will have to find their own bedding, and will have to pay 50 cents for each meal. Each passenger will be allowed 100 lbs. of baggage free. Should the steamers, through accident or other causes, be arrested LITTLE SASKATCHEWAN. 243 en route, passengers will have to find their way to their NORTH-WEST destination at their own cost. TERRITORIES Fort Saskatchewan, formerly Fort Jarvis, 30 miles north of Fort Edmonton, is a French-Canadian settle- ment, and one of the stations of the Mounted Police. On the south branch above the forks of the Sas- Rivers. katchewan spreads the park country,' 'natural fields of rich land dotted with lakes and groves.' At St. Laurent, 60 miles from the forks, is a considerable settlement of French-Canadians and half-breeds. `Duck Lake, 20 miles west, is also the nucleus of an improving colony. The · Moose Woods, 35 miles beyond, and · Cypress Hills,' abound in nutritious grasses, and are well watered and adapted for stock-raising. Further information in regard to this branch of farming, and the best localities in which to pursue it, will be found on page 254. RED DEER, BOW, AND BELLY RIVERS are tributaries of the South Saskatchewan, and drain a fine region, estimated to contain an area equal to eight times that of Manitoba. The forks of the Red Deer River are distant 168 miles from Battleford. Professor Macoun is of opinion that the South Saskatchewan ought to be made the means of transporting supplies to Fort Walsh and Fort MacLeod. When the navigation of the river is accomplished supplies can be landed within 30 miles of Fort Walsh, and at the forks on Bow and Belly Rivers, only two days' journey from Fort MacLeod. Fort MacLeod commands the centre of one of the best cattle-ranging districts in the whole North-West. Fort Calgarry is at the confluence of the Bow and Elbow Rivers, and Fort MacLeod, on the Belly River; a short distance south of Fort Calgarry are natural sport- ing grounds. , Buffalo herd on them in large numbers. The land in the neighbourhood of the former station is scribed by travellers as being 'as level as a cricket ground.' The KOOTENAY RIVER, flowing mainly in British Columbia, has some fine grazing land on its banks. The ASSINIROINE RIVER, the principal tributary of Red River, which it joins at Winnipeg, is usually navi- gable as far as Portage la Prairie, the county town of Marquette, 65 miles from its mouth. Daring high waters boats run up to Fort Ellice, 350 miles. Its entire course is upwards of 600 miles. The country between R 2 244 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. . . . . . . NROTH-WEST Winnipeg and the Portage is generally low, and in TERRITORY many places wet and uninviting. Beyond Portage la Rivers. Prairie the forest here and there shows itself—spruce groves and sandhills capped with pines, and little dells filled with aspen and spruce, come to view. DISTANCES ON THE ASSINIBOINE RIVER. Miles Miles Portage la Prairie . . 65 Rapid City Sturton's Landing . . . Grand Valley. .. Smart's , . Brandon . . Cypress River . Little Saskatchewan Henry and Walker's Oak River Red Flag . . Gladston Milford Arrow River Mouth of Souris Bird Tail Creek Maers . . . FORT ELLICE . . . 350 The Qu'APPELLE, the main tributary of the Assini- boine, rises near the elbow of the south branch of the Saskatchewan. It is 250 miles long, and flows through a fine valley. The Souris and Rapid or Little Sas- katchewan Rivers are also tributaries of the Assiniboine. . At Fort Ellice there are good bridges over the Assini- boine and the Qu'Appelle Rivers. LITTLE SASKATCHEWAN RIVER is a very beautiful stream, and, though very rapid, is navigable for canoes and bateaux for 100 miles. It flows parallel with the Assiniboine about 100 miles eastward of it, and enters it about 150 miles from its mouth. It drains a magnifi. cent country, which is fast settling up, and the soil is of wonderful fertility. Lord Elphinstone's stock farm of 12,000 acres is on this river. PEMBINA River has its course eastward through the territories, in the southern portion flowing nearly pa- rallel with the international boundary line. When the obstructions in it are removed it must become an im- portant highway of travel, and greatly hasten the settle- ment of the country. Peace River is navigable for 500 miles from the Rocky Mountains, has an average depth of six feet, and drains a section of country which will at no very distant day be settled by a large farming population. The followirg are the chief points on Peace River east of the Rocky Mountains :—Hudson's Hope, Fort St. John (60 miles), Dunvegan (180 miles), Battle SETTLEMENT BELTS. 247 viâ Peace River, to tide-water on the Pacific at the NORTH-WEST mouth of the Fraser River, probably tho longest trans- TERRITORIES. continental canoe trip ever accomplished by European travellers. It was a noble craft, and, when manned by a picked crew of eight Canadian voyageurs, brought vividly to mind the records of the palmy days of ancient Hochelaga, the adventures of brave Jacques Cartier, and the exploits of the equally fearless and devoted mis- sionaries of the Cross, Hennepin and Marquette. The same general remark will apply to the larger ter- ritory of the North-West that has been made relative to Manitoba. Mineral undoubtedly exists in many dis. Minerals. tricts, but in what quantity or of what quality is not known. Professor Selwyn's report will, it is hoped, supply what is now most urgently sought for both in these islands and throughout the Dominion-compre. hensive and reliable information on the mineral re- sources, and, more particularly, the coal beds of these territories. What is known may be briefly stated. There are extensive lignite deposits on the Saskatchewan River, in the Souris River valley, 250 miles west of Emerson, on Red River, and about three miles north of the inter. national boundary. According to the mining engineer, Mr. R. H. Norton, the claims referred to 'contain a vast amount of coal, which can be easily and economically mined and prepared for shipment.' The Souris Coal and Fuel Company has been incorporated to work them. The seams thus far reported upon extend over an area of 1,000 acres, to a depth averaging from seven to fifteen feet, and are estimated to contain nearly twenty millions of tons. Fire clay and ironstone are said to abound in conjunction with the lignite. Specimens of ironstone show five per cent. of iron in seams 18 inches thick. Professor Selwyn is of the impression that lignite beds may be uncovered at no great depth in situations con- siderably east of the surface indications in the valley of the Souris River, and possibly so far north as to be easily accessible by the navigation of the Assiniboine, with a probability that such lower strata will be of superior quality. Following the inevitable course of empire, the march Central or of population and settlement in the Canadian North, prairie land. West has been westward, in and bordering on the valleys of the Assiniboine and Saskatchewan mainly, and along GOVERNMENT. 251 The rapidity with which the land in the settlement NORTH-WEST belts west of Manitoba is being occupied and cal. TERRITORIES. tivated is illustrated by the following official Land Land sales. Office returns. Regulations for the sale of land will be supplied by the Canadian Pacific Railway on application. For the year ending October 31, 1879, the transactions at the various offices were as follows:-- WINNIPEG, Acres. 14,863 sales 1,440 warrants. 24,040 homesteads. 11,920 pre-emptions. 160 forest tree culture. NELSONVILLE, Acres 78,735 sales. 4,640 warrants. 159,316 homesteads. 138,880 pre-emptions. 16,640 forest tree culture. Total, 52,423 Total, 398,211 EMERSON. 64,363 sales. 5,280 warrants. 158,402 homesteads. : 37,740 pre-emptions. 13,760 forest tree culture. PORTAGE LA PRAIRIE. 9,922 sales, 1,120 warrants. 39,520 homesteads. 19,280 pre-emptions. 320 forest tree culture. Total, 279,545 | Total, 70,162 Little Saskatchewan, 65,977 sales. 6,714 warrants. 162,558 homesteads. 61,358 pre-emptions. 160 forest tree culture. Total, 296,967 Grand Total, 1,097,308. Statement showing total acreage of land disposed of since establishment of Dominion Lands Offices at Winnipeg in 1872 to October 31, 1879. Year Pre- FT Homesteads Warrants Sales emptions Culture No. of acres No. of acres No. of acres No. of acres No.of acrs. From establishment of office in 1872 to October 31, 1875 485,760 163,313 55,191 135,116 October 31, 1876 55 520 42,080 28,213 27,680 480 October 31, 1877 131,90; 50 93,809 02 | 160,395 761| 12,318 13 | 1,999 55 October 31, 1878 280,022 264 251,192 491 132,344 967 13,433 60 5,598 28 October 31, 1881 438,707 263,647 355,145 October 31, 1882 . 1,181,652 904,211 413,282 Totals. '. . 2,573,562 764 1,718,252 511 1,144,571 73 188,547 73 8,077 83 252 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NORTH-WEST It will be seen that the homestead and pre-emption TERRITORIES, and forest tree culture claims amounted, from the estab- lishment of the office in Winnipeg to October 31, 1878, to 1,511,674 acres against 572,828 acres sold for cash and upon which military bounty warrants were placed, thus showing that up to nearly the close of 1878, at least, land speculators had not operated extensively in Dominion lands. Some valuable advice in regard to raising of crops and farming generally will be found at page 136 of the Farmers' Delegate Reports, a second and revised edition of which is now in the Government press at Ottawa, and will shortly be issued. Govern- The Territories are, under the Dominion Act (38 ment. Vict., cap. 49), governed by a Lieutenant-Governor, assisted by a council of five members, sabject to in- structions given by Order in Council at Ottawa, or by the Canadian Secretary of State. Representatives may be returned from time to time to a council or as- sembly according as districts of 1,000 square miles attain a population of 1,000 adults. The present Lieu- tenant-Governor is the Hon. David Laird, appointed October 7, 1876, and the seat of government is at Battleford. Mounted Our sketch of this section of the Dominion would lack Police. completeness did it not include some mention of the Mounted Police force. It is the only force which the Dominion has upon active duty, and is stationed beyond the borders of the civilised parts of Canada, and in the very heart of a land inhabited only by wild tribes of Indians, buffalo, antelope, and game of all kinds. It is therefore but natural that their life should be considered one of adventure and excitement. The force consists of about 350 men and officers, and about the same number of horses. It is divided into six troops, named with the letters from A to F, and stationed in detachments at numerous forts, from near Winnipeg to the base of the Rocky Mountains, and northward to Battleford. The Mounted Police is not a military force—at least it is not under the control of the Militia Department, as are all the other corps in Canada—though the organisation and discipline, with the exception of titles given to different grades of officers and men, are much the same as those POST 259 POST 259 . OFFICES. OFFICESNORTH-WEST TERRITORIES Headingly Kildonan Loretto Millbrook SELKIRK. Prairie Grove Plympton St. Boniface St. Charles St. James 'Winnipeg POST OFFICES IN THE NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Battleford Grand Valley Qu'Appelle Birtle Hall's Ford Rapid City Blake Hazeldean Richmond Bridge Creek McGregor Rossburn Carleton Milford St. Albert Cadurcis Newdale Salisbury Eden Oak River Shell River Fairview Oberon Souris Mouth Fort Edmonton Osprey Shoal Lake Fort Ellice Odanah Stobart Fort Saskatchewan Petrel Touchwood Hills Grandin Prince Albert POST OFFICES IN THE PROVINCE OF KEEWATIN. Fort Frances Lake Deception Gimli Pinefalls Rat Portage White Mouth POST OFFICES IN THE PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, ARRANGED AC- CORDING TO ELECTORAL DISTRICTS CARIBOO. Alexandria Lac La Hache Skeena Barkerville Lilloet Soda Creek Clinton 150 Mile House Van Winkle Dog Creek Pavilion Glenora Quesnelle CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY. 261 THE CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY. As early as February 8, 1873, a charter was granted to Sir Hugh Allen and twelve other directors for a rail. way across the Dominion of Canada, between tide water on the St. Lawrence and the Pacific Ocean. It was not, however, until 1878 that the Dominion Government entered actively on the work of construction. The Canadian Pacific Railway Company was in- corporated February 16, 1881. At that time the Do- minion Government had under construction and partly completed two sections of the main line of the Canadian Pacific Railway, one of 435 miles between Winnipeg and Thunder Bay, on Lake Superior, and one of 213 miles between Port Moody, on the Pacific coast, and Lake Kamloops in British Columbia, and had completed and in operation a branch line, 65 miles in length, from Winnipeg southward to Emerson, on the International boundary. The contract between the government and the Company provided for the completion by the govern- ment of the sections under construction and their transfer to the Company as part of its subsidy. In addition to these 710 miles of completed railway with sidings, depôts, water stations, engine houses, &c., the Company was granted 25,000,000 dols. in cash and 25,000,000 acres of selected agricultural lands together with a number of concessions of great value, such as exemption from competition for twenty years, perpetual exemption from taxation of any description, exemption from duties on track, bridge and telegraph materials, and the perpetual right to make such rates as would afford a net revenue of ten per cent. on the capital invested. In consideration of these grants and concessions, the Company undertook to complete, equip and operate the line from Callandar, Ontario, the terminus of the Canada Central railway, to the Pacific Ocean, a distance of 262 ,HANDBOOK TO CANADA. . 2,555 miles, before the end of the year 1891. Deduct- ing the sections to be completed by the government, there remained for the Company to build 1,910 miles of the main line. In order to secure its eastern connections, the Çom. pany immediately purchased the Canada Central rail- way, extending from Callandar, on lake Nipissing, to Ottawa, the capital of the Dominion, and to Brockville on the St. Lawrence river. The North Shore line between Ottawa and Montreal was subsequently pur- chased from the government of the province of Quebec, and Montreal became the principal eastern terminus of the railway. Within three months after its incorporation, or in May, 1881, the Company commenced work on the line west of Winnipeg. As now under construction the line extends from Montreal, the commercial metropolis of Canada, to Port Moody, on Burrard Inlet in British Columbia, a distance of 2,896 miles. It consists of six divisions, known as the Eastern or Montreal division ; Lake Superior division; Thunder Bay division; Prairie division; Rocky Mountain division, and the Western or Pacific division. The first of these extends from Montreal to Callandar, 345 miles. The Lake Superior division extends from Callandar to Port Arthur, 651 miles. The Thunder Bay division, from Port Arthur to Winnipeg, a distance of 435 miles. The Prairie division, from Winnipeg to Calgarry, 840 miles ; the Rocky Mountain division, from Calgarry to Kicking Horse Pass, 122 miles; and the Western division, from the summit of the Rocky Mountains to Port Moody, 503 miles; a total distance of 2,896 miles. We present on the other side a table of distances on the through line when completed, as it will be in 1885, from Montreal to Port Moody. CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY. 263 Name of Place Inter- mediate miles Total Miles 26 MONTREAL to Ste. Theresa Junction Calumet . . OTTAWA . . Carleton Junction . Pembroke . . Mattawa . . CALLANDAR, Ont. Port Arthur Rat Portage, Keewatin WINNIPEG .. Swift Current Medicine Hat . CALGARRY . . Summit, Rocky Mountains Lake Kamloops (Savonia's) PORT MOODY . . ............... 651 297 138 511 150 179 122 290 213 59 120 149 225 319 345 996 1,293 1,431 1,942 2,092 2,271 2,393 2,683 2,896 . .. COMPARATIVE TABLE OF DISTANCES. Name of Place Miles 2,896 3,279 3,164 From Montreal to Port Moody (Pacific Terminus of Canadian Pacific Railway) . From New York to Port Moody, viâ Canadian Pacific Railway and Montreal. From New York to Port Moody, viâ Canadian Pacific Railway and Brockville . . From New York to San Francisco, viâ Central and Union Pacitic Railways and shortest connecting lines in the United States . From Liverpool to Montreal From Liverpool to New York .. From Liverpool to Port Moody, viâ Canadian Pacific Railway and Montreal . . From Liverpool to San Francisco, viâ all United States Routes. From Liverpool to Yokohama (Japan), viâ Montreal and Canadian Pacific Railway From Liverpool to Yokohama (Japan), viâ New York and San Francisco . . . . . . 3,384 2,790 3,040 5,690 6,830 11,019 12,038 LIGHTHOUSES, ETC. 267 TABLE.--cont. Name of Place Distance from last place Total Distance Haha HALIFAX TO BALTIMORE.—cont. Windmill Point. Smith's Point. Thomas' Point. Sandy Point Fort Carroll Baltimore. 8207 838 902 909 • • • 927 931 QUEBEC TO HALIFAX. Father Point Bird Rocks St. Paul's Island Scatari Island . Sambro . Halifax Via Gut of Canso . 159 332 57 491 548 620 814 194 821 720 Light LIGHTS SIGHTED IN CROSSING THE NORTH ATLANTIC. S. W. COAST OF IRELAND. Visible in clear weather. Name Miles Skelling Rock . . White, fixed . · 18 Calf Rock . . . White flashing every 15 seconds 17 Crookhaven . Red, fixed with. White sectors. 13 Kinsale Old Head . White, fitted with Red sector . 21 S. COAST OF IRELAND (QUEENSTOWN). Dunas Rock, light vessel Red, fixed . Roches Point . . Red, revolving, one minute interval 2 lights . White, fixed. . S. COAST ON IRELAND. Ballycottin Island White flashing every 10 seconds 18 Minehead. . . White, intermittent, 50 seconds visible 10 seconds dark . 21 Dungarvon. . . White, fixed with red and green sectors . . . Coningbeg (Saltees) . White, fixed . . . . light ship . . 3 Flash lights . . . 10 - 268 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. • . . 10 S.E. Coast OF IRELAND. Visible in clear weather Name Light Miles. Tuskar Rock . . White and Red, revolving one minute interval, twice White once Red . . . . 15 Lucifer shoal, light ship Red, fixed . . . . 8 Blackwater Bank, light ship . . . White, fixed . . . . 10 E. Coast OF IRELAND. Arklow South Bank, White revolving half minute light ship . : interval .. Arklow North Bank - White, fixed. light ship, 2 lights White fixed. . . 8 Wicklow Head . . White, intermittent, 10 seconds bright, 3 seconds dark 16 Codling Bank, light Red, revolving 20 seconds ship . . . interval . . . .- In the course obliquely cutting the radii of Nos. 14, 15, and 17, we leave the Irish Coast and enter the region of English Lights, commencing with WELSH Coast. South Stack . . White, revolving, 2 minutes interval . Holyhead Breakwater. Red, flashing every 15 seconds 13 Skerries, 2 lights . White fixed . . . . 16 Point Lynas . . White, intermittent, 8 seconds visible, 2 seconds dark 16 Great Orme Head . White, fitted with red sector . 24 Passing through the area of this lighthouse, during which it is at one time the only light visible, we come in sight of the cluster which illuminates the entrance to the Mersey. They are in brief as follow: Air . . White, fixed with red sector. 9 LIVERPOOL REGION. N. W. light ship. White, revolving 1 minute interval . . . . 11 Formby light ship Red, revolving . 8 Crosby light ship . White, fixed Leasowe . : . White, fixed. Rock . . . . White and Red, revolving every minute, twice White to one Red . Hoylake . . . White, fixed . 2 lights . White, fixed . . . Bidstow .. . White, fixed. . . . . . 20 • 14 . 13 . 11 . 22 APPENDIX. 269 APPENDIX. NOTES ON THE MINERALS OF NOVA SCOTIA. This province is richly endowed with minerals, and especially with those which in their productive development generally tend to populate the localities in which works are established, viz, : Coal and Iron. Gold mining should also be classed with these industries, for though it has hitherto been pursued in a somewhat desul- tory manner, yet the records of yield are such as fully warrant its being assigned a place, and that a prominent one, in the staple industries of the province. Copper and manganese ores are also mined in some localities, and the existence of galena and other minerals has been proved in various parts of the country. As of greatest interest, however, to the intending immigrant and to the speculative capitalist, we shall confine our remarks to those branches of mining which have been most fully developed. It is a peculiarity in the geological structure of the province that, roughly speaking, one-half of it may be said to contain coal and iron, and the other half gold. The coal and iron fields are situated principally on the northern and eastern shores, and the gold mining is confined entirely to the southern and western portion of the province. The localities in which coal-mining operations are carried on are in the counties of Cumberland, and Pictou in Nova Scotia, and the counties of Inverness, Victoria, and Cape Breton in the island of Cape Breton. It may enable the relative positions of these coal fields to be more clearly understood if we adopt the city of Halifax, the capital of Nova Scotia, as a starting point, and assume an excursion to be taken to each. The routes of access will thus also be given, with a brief description of the extent, contents, and principal operations in each coal field. Halifax is welí suited for this purpose, being situated about midway between the eastern and western ends of the south shore of Nova Scotia, and being the starting point of the great Intercolonial 274 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. the traveller will touch at Mabou, Broad Cove, and Chimney Corner, at each of which places seams of coal, some of con- siderable thickness, bave been discovered; but no effective opera- tions have yet been begun on them; and a few miles beyond the last-named place, he will arrive at Margarie river, a famous salmon stream. Thence, directing his course southward, he can join the lake steamer at Baddeck, or, by going over the mountains, he can visit the New Campbellton mine in Victoria County, and crossing the Big Bras d'Or entrance to the Lake, and the island of Boulardrie, six or seven miles, and then the Little Bras d'Or entrance, a drive of a few miles will bring him to North Sydney ; or, if minded to seek for novelties, or delighting in contrasts, he were to extend his journey eastward when at Margarie, he would pass on the east side of the river into an entirely different race of people, both as regards language, dress, thriftiness, and industry. At Cheticamp, a few miles beyond Margarie, even the surroundings, as well as the appear- ance of the people, will transport him in imagination into France. The inhabitants in this part of Cape Breton are nearly all French ; and the characteristics above-named are evident in the neat, quaint dresses of the women, the tidiness of the cot- tages, and the state of culture of the fields. Copper has been mined in this locality, but it has not been found to an extent to warrant continued explorations; and as we have reached the limit of the coal formation in this direction, we must retrace our steps to Sydney. Sydney was at one time a place of much more importance in a local point of view than it is at present. It was the capital of the island before Cape Breton was annexed to Nova Scotia, and had a garrison located in it. Now it is chiefly of import- ance as a central place of business for the supply of the mines which have sprung up in its vicinity, and the surrounding agri- cultural and fishing population. As already remarked, it is somewhat centrally situated as regards the Cape Breton coal field, which extends along the eastern coast of the island, in a north-west and south-east direction, a distance northward, from Sydney harbour, of about twelve miles, and southward about eighteen miles. Its width inland does not probably, at the widest part, exceed seven or eight miles; but as some of the seams lie at a considerable depth from the surface on approach- ing the shore, their extension eastward beneath the sea, under circumstances admitting of their being worked, may be fairly calculated on, and indeed has been fully established. Of course the extent to which the measures may spread under the sea in an undisturbed condition is unknown, and can only be ascer- tained as the workings progress in that direction. With the exception of the Sydney and New Campbellton mines, which are situated on the northern side of Sydney har- APPENDIX. 279 48.92, 58.68, 58:30, 57.25, 58.27, and 55.17. The specular ore gives a yield of 67.85 per cent. of metallic iron. The works of this company are situated within a few miles of the Intercolonial Railway, with which they are connected by rail, and are distant from Halifax by rail about eighty miles. They are located on the edge of a mountain stream, and near the foot of an extensive range of high ground called the Cobequid mountains. In addition to the access to the various parts of the Dominion which this railway connection affords, there is also a convenient shipping place on the Bay of Fundy water, a few miles below the site of the works. Steel of a very superior quality was for some years pro- duced by the use of charcoal alone as a fuel, but a recent large extension of the works has led to the adoption of coke and coal, which is chiefly drawn from the Pictou mines. 1 the western part of the province iron works were begun somo years ago, but they have not been steadily prosecuted. An analysis of the ore gives 50.09 per cent. of metallic iron. A magnetic ore, also in that vicinity, yields from 65 to 68 per cent. of metallic iron. In the neighbourhood of Truro and of the Pictou mines beds of ore, limonite, and red hematite, of an excellent quality, have been discovered. In other localities in Nova Scotia the existence of ores has been proved, but their extent is not yet ascertained. In Cape Breton, at Whycogamagh, on the north side of the Bras d'Or Lake, and at East Bay on the south side, veins of red hematite of considerable thickness have been exposed, but no mining has yet been done beyond the procuring of samples. The proximity of these ores in some cases to the coal fields is a very important feature with respect to the cost of pro- duction of the iron. In Pictou county, for instance, the ore deposits are about ten or twelve miles from the coal mines, and can be easily connected with them by rail. At Whycogamagh they are distant about twenty miles from the Broad Cove coal district, and there is besides the facility afforded by the lake of water communication with the Cape Breton mines, an advantage that is available also in connection with the East Bay locality. It will be evident from the preceding statement that in this valuable element in the progress of a country the province of Nova Scotia is richly endowed, and with the facilities for utilising it, afforded by the relative position of the minerals, that there is ample scope for the energetic immigrant and the enterprising capitalist. JOHN RUTHERFORD, M.E., Halifax, N.S. INDEX. ABR BEA ABRAHAM, heights of, 8, | Antigonish County, 86 A 147 A patite, 132 Acadia iron mines, 81 Apples, varieties of, 86 ; cultivation Acadie (see Nova Scotia), origin of in Ontario. &c., 161 name, 63 Area of British Columbia, 15, 19, Agates, 83, 96 182; Canada, 19; Cape Breton, Agricultural societies in Nova 19, 101; Nova Scotia, 19, 71; Scotia, 86 New Brunswick, 19, 109; North- Agriculture, 27; number of persons West Territories, 19, 232; Kee employed in, 27; in Nova Scotia, watin, 19, 228; Manitoba, 19, 83, 86, 89; in North-West 213, 214; Ontario, 17, 19, 154, Territories, 246, 251, 254; in 156 ; Quebec, 19, 126; Prince Manitoba, 216, 218, 223; in Edward Island, 19, 104 Ontario, 160, 168; in Quebec, Argal, Captain Samuel, 63 133, 139 Arrowsmith Mountain, 185 Agriculture by Indians, 57 Arthur's, Prince, landing, 230 Ainslie Lake, 73; oil district, 103 Asbestos, 133 Aix la Chapelle, treaty of, 69, 101 Assineboia, territory of, 233 Alberta, territory of, 233 Assiniboine River, 8, 218, 242 Alexander, Sir W. (see Stirling, Athabasca, territory of, 234 Earl) Aux Sables Bay, 160 Algoma, district of, 166 Avon River, 73 Allan steamship line, 60, 124 American Independence, 70 American, war, 9 DADDECK River, 102 Amherst, 95 D Baie des Chaleurs, 111, 112 Angling in Nova Scotia, 76, 94; in Banks, savings postal, 52 Prince Edward Island, 108; in Barclay Sound, 185 Quebec, 145 Bark of the Hemlock, value of, 32 Annapolis, 100; foundation of, 6, Barra Straits, 102 63; capture of, 65, 67 Batiscan River, 128 Annapolis River, 63, 73 Battleford, 241 Annapolis county, 86 ; climate of, Bays and gulfs, 22 86 Bear, the, 181 Annapolis Valley, 94 Beauharnois Canal, 51 Anticosti, 126 Beaver, the, 34 282 INDEX. BED CHA Bedford, 95, 100 confederation, 10, 11; origin of Bedford Basin, 98 name, 18; boundaries of, 18, 20; Belle Isle, 125 area and population, 19, 20, 55 ; Belleville, 176 immigration to, 19, 55 ; Indians in, Belly River, 242 56 ; physical features, 21; moun- Bird Rock, 125 tains, 21; lakes and rivers, 22; Birds, 34, 181 climate, 23 ; land system, 25; Bishop of Fredericton, 40, 122 minerals, 29; timber, 31; zoology, Blomidon, Cape, 95, 96 33 ; fisheries, 34; government, 37; Board of Agriculture, 86. education, 38; religion, 39; trade Boundary of Ontario, 156 and commerce, 41; revenue, debt, Bow River, 242 shipping, 42; railways, 43; Bradford, 180 canals, 50; post and telegraph, 52; Bras d'Or Lakes, 102 judiciary of, 53; defences of, 54; British Columbia, joins the Do voyage to, 58; pleasure resorts, 59; minion, 11; area and boun Lower, first legislature, 10, 155 dary of, 15, 182; climate, 183; (see also Quebec) ; Upper, first history, 184 ; natural features, legislature, 10 (see also Ontario) 185; gold, 187; coal and iron, | Canada Pacific Railway (see Pacific) 30, 188 ; forests, 189; rivers Canals and railways, minister of, 37 of, 23, 186; principal towns and Canals of Canada, 50, 142 harbours, 185, 186, 203; fruit, | Canso, Strait of, 71 190; fisheries, 190, 195 ; land | Cap Chat, 140 laws, 193; means of communi | Cape Breton, 101; discovery, 101; cation, 194, 198, 208; scenery, 196, Lord James Stuart landed at, 64; 204 ; Indians, 207 ; Vancouver held by France, 68, 101; stormed Island, 202 ; sport, 206; post and by English, 69, 101; fisheries, telegraph offices, 211, 259; dis 101; population, 101; area, 101; tances, 212 natural features, 101 ; minerals, British North America Act, 11 103 ; oils, 103 Brockville, 176 Capital invested in railways, 46 Buffalo in British Columbia, 206 Cariboo, the, 33, 94 Building stone, 83, 86 Cartier, Jacques, voyages of, to Burlington Bay, 159 Canada, 4, 5; discovers Nova Burrard Inlet, 185 Scotia, 61; settles Quebec, 126 Bute Inlet, 185, 186 Cascade Mountains, 183, 204 Butter, manufacture of, and export Cathedral of Manitoba, 224 of, 29, 134 Cattle, 86, 133, 161, 254 ; trade with England, 29, 161 Cedars, gigantic, 190; value of, 32 NABOT, Sebastian, discovers | Chaleur, Bay of, 109 U Newfoundland, 2; discovers Champlain, de, founds Quebec, 6, 126 Quebec, 126 Champlain, Lake, 128 Cacouna, 150 Charlesbourg, 129 Canada, history of, 1; discovery Charlottetown, 56, 107 of, 2; French settlements, 3, 4, Charnisé colonises Nova Scotia, 65 8; English explorations, 3; Chatham, 165 ceded to England, 8; representa Chaudière, river, 128; gold dis- tive government, 9; union of 1 trict, 132; falls, 145, 149 Upper and Lower Canada, 10; | Chauvin, visit of, 5 INDEX. 285 H00 LEN Hood, Mount, 204 organisation of, 228; population, Hopewell, 110 228; area and boundaries, 228; Hops in Nova Scotia, 86 routes through, 229; post offices Horses, Canadian, 162 in, 259 Horton Mountain, 95 Kennebec Road, 140 Howe Sound, 185 Kennebecasis River, 111 Hull, 129 Kentville, 74 Huntingdon, 129 Kingston, 56, 164, 176 Huron, Lake, 22, 159 Kirke, Admiral, takes Quebec, 6, 7 Hudson Bay Company, 8, 185 Knowlton, 128 Kootenay River, 188, 242 Kouchibougac Bay, 112 TCELANDIC settlements, 213, 229 1 Immigration, rate of, 55, 91 Improved farms, 26, 137, 177 T ABRADOR, discovery of, by De Indiarubber, Gutta-percha, and 1 Cortereal, 2 Telegraphic Works Co., 52 Lachine Canal, 50 Indian corn, 86, 133 Lachute, 128 Indian settlements, early, 4, 5 Laird, Hon. D., lieut.-gov. of North- Indians, conflicts with the, 7, 68; West Territory, 14 population of, 19, 56; in Nova La Have River, 23, 73 Scotia, 92; in New Brunswick, Lake of the Woods, 218, 245 111; in British Columbia, 196, Lake St. John Road, 140 207; in Manitoba, 58, 215; in Lake St. Peter, 142 Ontario, 58, 163; in Quebec, 163; Lakes of Canada, 22 ; connected by and Indian Lands office, 56; canals, 50; of Nova Scotia, 73; treaties with, 57; food of, 57 New Brunswick, 23, 111; Mani- Intercolonial Railway, 44, 92 toba, 218; North-West Terri- Internal communication, 43 (see also tories, 239, 244; Ontario, 159 Roads, Railways, Steamers, Ship Land laws, 25; of Quebec, 136; ping) of Nova Scotia, 89; of New Iron, 30; in Nova Scotia, 76, 81, Brunswick, 111, 122 ; Manitoba, 84; in Quebec, 133; in British 216 ; British Columbia, 193 ; Columbia, 188 Ontario, 168, 170; Quebec, 133, Irrigation, 23, 206 · 137, 139 Islands of Nova Scotia, 73, 102 Land, price of, 26, 89, 133, 137, Isle Verte, 130 247; sales, 27, 250 Landslips in British Columbia, 205 Langevin Road, 140 TESUITS, activity of the, 6,7 La Prairie, 129 J Joliette, 129 L'Assomption, 129 Joseph Lake, 179 La Tour, 64, 66 Judicial courts, 38, 53, 144, 172, Laurentides Mountains, 22! 222 Law courts, 38 (see also Judicial) Lead, 30, 83, 188 Leeds, 129 TAMLOOPS Lake, 186 Length of Canadian canals, 50; A Kamouraska, 129 railways, 44, 92; telegraphs, 52, Keepawa River, 23 93 Keewatin, district of, created, 15; | Lennox passage, 73 290 INDEX. ROO SOU Root River, 243 (see also Fisheries and Angling); Rosseau Lake, 179, 180 angling rivers, 36, 94; in British Rossignol Lake, 73 Columbia, 191 Rupert's Land (seg North-West | Salmon Lake, 112 Territories) Salt, 31, 168 Rupert, Prince, and the Hudson Salt springs, 23 Bay Company, 8 Sandwich, 164 Rustico, 108 . Sarnia, 164 San Juan boundary question, 182 Saskatchewan, territory of, 233 CABLE Island, 73, 103 Şaskatchewan River, 23, 239 D Saguenay River and Valley, 23, Saugeen River, 160 128, 140, 150 Saulte Ste. Marie, 164 St. Andrew's, 110 Savings' Banks, 52 St. Athanase, 129 Saw-mills in Manitoba, 221 St. Catherine's, 165, 176 Scatari Island, 73, 102 St. Christophe, 129 Scenery of Canada, 58 St. Clair Lake, 22 Schools (see Education) St. Croix Island, 63; river, 112 Seasons (see Climate) St. Denys River, 102 Selkirk Islands, 105; mountains, St. Francis River, 126 22 St. Francis du Lac, 130 Severn River, 159 St. François, 128 Shediac Harbour, 112 St. George's Island, 98 Shelburne, 74 St. Germain-en-Laye, treaty of, 7, Shell-fish, 76 65 Sherbrooke, 130 St. Hugues, 128 Ship, first, built in Nova Scotia, 65 St. Hyacinthe, 56, 130 Shippigan Harbour, 112 St. Jean Port Isle, 129 Shipping trade of Canada, 42; St. Jerome, 130 Nova Scotia, 88 ; Ontario, 173; St. John Island (see Prince Edward Quebec, 136; Manitoba, 218; Island) North-West Territories, 241 St. John River, 23, 110; city, 56, Shoal Lake, 231 70, 110, 120; district, 140 Shubenacadie River, 23, 73, 100 St. Julienne, 129 Silver, 30, 168, 188 St. Laurent, 242 Simcoe Lake, 23, 159, 178; town, St. Lawrence River, 22, 33, 128; 165 first steamer on the, 41; cape, | Simpson, Governor, canoe journey 102 by, 245 St. Martine, 129 Skeena River, 186, 195 St. Mary's River, 73 Sleighing, 60, 145, 158 St. Maurice River, 23, 128, 140 Snow. value of, in Canada, 25, 130, St. Michael, 128 158 St. Paul's Bay, 129; island, 73, 103 Soil of Nova Scotia, 71, 83 ; Quebec, St. Pierre ceded to France, 9, 70 130, 138; Prince Edward Island, St. Thomas, 129, 165 106; Manitoba, 216; North-West Sainte Henedine, 129 Territories, 236 Sainte Rose, 129 Sorel, 129 Sainte Scholastique, 130 Souris, 108 Salmon and trout fisheries, 35, 37 | South Mountain, 73 INDEX TO ADVERTISERS' ANNOUNCEMENTS. PAGE PAGE BANKS— Bank of British North BOOTMAKERS— Simnitt & Co. . . . 15 Bank of Montreal Bank of Montreal : : 18 BIBLE SOCIETY, British and Foreign. CIRCULAR NOTES S. W. Silver & Co.'s inside front cover DEPARTMENTS S. W. Silver & Co.'s . . 3 . 8 EMIGRATION- British-American Land Co. Canada Government. . Government of British Co- lumbia. . . . 6 4 6 Guns, RIFLES, &c. . . . 17 Books, PUBLICATIONS, &c.- Australian and New Zea- land Handbook . Australian Dictionary of Dates and Men of the Time. Australian Grazier's Guide. No. 1. Sheep . . Australian Grazier's Guide. No. 2. Cattle . . Cacao, How to Grow and Cure it . Canada, Handbook to Dominion of Canada, The Future of the Dominion of . . Colonial Maps, &c. Imperial Federation. . Key to Fortune in New Lands. . . . INDIARUBBER, &c., MANUFACTURERS Indiarubber, Gutta Percha, and Telegrapha Works Company, Limited : 12 n o aa aa aa aa a aara INSURANCE COMPANIES — Fire Insurance Association London and Lancashire Life Assurance Company - 13 • · Leeward Islands 13 South Africa, Handbook to South Africa : Cape Pocket Book . . South Africa, Climate and Health in . . . Tasmania . . Transvaal, Handbook to the West India Pocket Books, LAND COMPANIES British-American Land Co. Land Corporation of Canada 6 5 LAND GRANTS, FREE- Canada Government . . 4 4 S. W. SILVER AND Co.'s HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. . FREE GRANTS OF LAND CANADA. IN 160 Acres in Manitoba and the North-West Territories. 100 to 200 Acres in the other Provinces. IMPROVED FARMS AT REASONABLE PRICES IN THE MARITIME PROVINCES, QUEBEC, ONTARIO, AND MANITOBA. CATTLE, SHEEP, FARM AND DAIRY PRODUCE LARGELY EXPORTED EVERY YEAR. ASSISTED PASSAGES. SPECIAL FACILITIES FOR DOMESTIC SERVANTS. Apply for Pamphlets (sent gratis and post-free) containing full information respecting the Investment of Capital, Advantages offered to Farmers, Land Regulations, Demand for Labour, Rates of Wages, Cost of Living, Assisted Passages, &c., to J. G. COLMER,, Secretary of the Office of the éigh Com- missioner for Canada, 9 Victoria Chambers, London, S.W.; or to the following Agents of the Canadian Government:~JOHN DYKE, 15 Water Street, Liverpool; THOMAS GRAHAM, 40 St. Enoch Square, Glasgow; THOMAS CONNOLLY, Northumberland House, Dublin ; CHARLES Foy, 29 Victoria Place, Belfast, 8. W. SILVER AND Co.'s HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. S. W. SILVER & CO.'S AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND, Including the FIJI ISLANDS. 3RD EDITION. Revised and Enlarged, with new COLOURED MAP. Crown 8vo. limp cloth, 449 pp. price 58. CONTENTS : - History, Geography, Geology, Climate, Botany, Natural History, Land Laws, Mining, Agriculture, Social and Commercial Statistics, &c. &c. SELECTED OPINIONS OF THE PRESS. SYDNEY MORNING HERALD._'The compilers are so compactly arranged that it is quite have evidently been careful to make this book pleasant to look for any item of knowledge, suitable to all classes and interests, and to which is sure to be given in the most concise arrange its matter so as to anticipate all possible form of statement.' enquiries. The principal attraction of the book undoubtedly is that it is a valuable collection STANDARD.- This work supplies emigrants with of suggestive facts, unalloyed by any local accurate information of the very kind they prejudices. The historical and geological por- most want, in a clear, concise, and very portable tions of the chapter devoted to this Colony are form. It points out very satisfactorily the extremely interesting and instructive.' recommendations of each colony, with its special opportunities for the exercise of the BRISBANE COURIER.- The information given right kind of qualification. To enable all with regard to each Colony is very well digested emigrants to fix upon the country where they and copious. Respecting our own Colony, we are likely to do best, we cannot conceive a find a clear and impartial résumé of its capa- more useful guide.' bilities as a field, not only for emigration, but for investment. The book is not a mere GRAPHIC. For a pocket guide-book brimful of emigrant's guide, but comprises a quantity of facts about lands where labour almost coin- information, excellently collated, which will mands its own price, we commend S. W. be found useful even to colonists of long Silver & Co.'s “ Australia and New Zealand." standing, and is in fact, the most handy COURT JOURNAL._' The volume is alike useful to gazetteer of the Colonies with which we are the merchant, tourist, invalid, and emigrant.' acquainted. In the endeavour “ to exercise & double impartiality--to balance the advantages PALL MALL GAZETTE._' We do not know when and disadvantages of emigration compared we have seen such a mass of various infor- with life in the Old Country, and, at the same mation as this book furnishes in its way, and time, to do equal justice as between the Aus- it is not only very full but a very methodical tralian and New Zealand Colonies," it appears compilation.' to us the publishers have signally succeeded.' LABOUR News._'We observe several improve- HOBART TOWN MERCURY._' The compiler has ments and some additions in this edition. The devoted impartial attention to each colony, and marginal referenees are very serviceable. points out the advantages they possess as fields IRON.-_For the emigrant, the man who contem. of emigration.' plates founding a home in a new world, till NATAL WITNESS._'The book ought to be in the now nothing trustworthy and at a moderate hands of everyone who eares to have a concise price has been compiled, the more pretentioue yet eomplete history of these wonderful works being not only bulky and expensive, Colonies at his finger-ends.' but too general, while the smaller have been issued by interested parties, painting in rose- ATHEN ÆUM.-'All the facts are given soberly and coloured hues some particular spot where drily, without any attempt at enthusiastic money or labour was to be attracted. The description or the graces of style. This, we book contains no verbiage, all being elosed by are convineed, must be to the advantage of the a full index of twenty-four pages to facilitate intending emigrant, who has been too often reference.' misled by highly coloured and attractive de- scriptions.' AGRICULTURAL GAZETTE.- Agriculture occu- pies a conspicuous place in the book, and to THE FIELD.-Messrs. Silver, in bringing before read of its progress in the Colonies is almost the public this edition of their handbook, like reading a romance.' seem to have done all in their power to MINING JOURNAL.' It contains really all that render it worthy of its former favourable re- ception..........Australia an emigrant, whether a capitalist or a working and New Zealand affording, as they do, such good fields for cer- man, is likely to require. The several chap- ters are so subdivided that the reader, whatever tain classes of emigrants, we are always glad to notice any publication that in a truthful may be his trade or profession, may readily manner brings their special qualifications refer to the subject in which he is more par- before the public.' ticularly interested.' LABOURERS' UNION CHRONICLE.-'What Mur- ILLUSTRATED LONDON NEW8.--The only satis- ray's handbooks are for gentlemen in all factory work is S.W. Silver & Co.'s (published at the office of The Colonies). places of aristocratie travel, these handbooks Its latest of Messrs, Silver and Co, will be to all classes edition is considerably augmented and im. proved, with the addition of some interesting seeking homes in our Colonies.' new chapters on the botany and zoology of | ELGIN COURANT, 'He who needs a colonial boo Australia and New Zealand. The contents of reference cannot find a better. S. W. SILVER & CO., 67 Cornhill, London, E.C. S. W. SILVER AND Co.'s HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 9 MANITOBA AND THE CANADIAN NORTH-WEST. Prairie and Timber Lands-Rich Soil-Healthy Climate-Good Water 320 Acres reserved by Government for each Settler as Homesteads and Pre-emptions. THE CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY COMPANY ALSO OFFER FARMING AND GRAZING LANDS Within the Railway Belt along the main line, at prices ranging from $2.50 (10s.) per acre upwards, with conditions requiring cultivation, A rebate for cultivation of from $1.25 to $3.50 per acre (5s. to 14s. sterling), according to price paid for the land, allowed on certain conditions. The Company also offer Lands WITHOUT CONDITIONS OF SETTLEMENT OR CULTIVATION. THE RESERVED SECTIONS along the Main Line, s.e, the odd numbered Sections within one mile of the Railway, are now offered for sale on advantageous terms, to parties prepared to undertake their immediate cultivation. TERMS OF PAYMENT. Purchasers may pay one-sixth in cash, and the balance in five annual instalments, with interest at SIX PER CENT. per annum, payable in advance. Parties purchasing without conditions of cultivation, will receive a Deed of Conveyance at time of purchase, if payment is made in full FOR FULL PARTICULARS, MAPS, AND PAMPHLETS DESCRIPTIVE OF THE COUNTRY, ADDRESS- ALEXANDER BEGG, Canadian Pacific Railway Offices, 88 Cannon Street, London, E.C. Mr. Begg will be happy to answer any inquiries about the Country, either personally, or by letter. THE BANK OF BRITISH NORTH AMERICA. ESTABLISHED IN 1836-INCORPORATED BY ROYAL CHARTER IN 1840. PAID-UP CAPITAL, ONE MILLION STERLING. COURT OF DIRECTORS. JOHN H, BRODIE, Esq. | RICHARD H. GLYN, Esq. FREDERICK LUBBOCK, Esq. J. J. CATER, Esq. EDWARD A. HOARE, Esq. A. H. PHILPOTTS, Esq. HENRY R. FARRER, Esq. HENRY J. B. KENDALL, Esq. | J, MURRAY ROBERTSON, Esq. J. J. KINGSFORD, Esq. ESTABLISHMENTS IN AMERICA. DOMINION OF CANADA. MONTREAL HAMILTON .... HALIFAX, Nova Scotia. bec. QUEBEC .... BRANTFORD.. ST. JOHN New OTTAWA .... Fontario. FREDER Brunswick, TORONTO......: Ontario. 1 PARIS......... VICTORIA ......} columbia. British KINGSTON.. LONDON ..... NEW YORK-AGENCY, 52 Wall Street. SAN FRANCISCO-AGENCY, 221 Sansome Street. CHICAGO-AGENCY, 112 Dearborn Street. The BANK GRANTS CREDITS on its Branches and NEW YORK, CHICAGO, and SAN FRANCISCO, Agents, payable on presentation, free of charge. Similar Credits are granted by the several Agents of the Bank in the United Kingdom. The Bank purchases or forwards for Collection BILLS on AMERICA and COUPONS for Dividends on AMERICAN STOCKS, and undertakes the Purchase and Sale of STOCK, and other Money Business in the BRITISH PROVINCES and the UNITED STATES. Deposits are received in the London Office for fixed periods at rates which can be obtained on application. A. G. WALLIS, Secretary. 3 CLEMENT'S LANE, LOMBARD STREET, LONDON, E.C. 8. W. SILVER AND Co.'s HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 11 The GRAND TRUNK RAILWAY COMPANY of CANADA (AND ITS CONNECTIONS) Desire to draw attention to the Advantages offered by this Company to Passengers from Great Britain and Europe destined to points in CANADA, MANITOBA, NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES, DAKOTA, MONTANA, OREGON, CALIFORNIA, AND THE UNITED STATES GENERALLY. OCEAN STEAMSHIP LINES TO QUEBEC in Summer, and PORTLAND and HALIFAX in Winter. The Shortest and Best Routes across the Atlantic, the distance from Liverpool to Quebec being only 2,600 miles, to Portland 2,700 miles. The Steamers land the Passengers and Baggage, at hoth places, on the Wharves from which the Grand Trunk Trains start. Every convenience exists also at Halifax for Passengers taking the Intercolonial Railway con- necting with the Grand Trunk. DEPOTS and STATIONS for the convenience of EMIGRANTS are provided at QUEBEC, SHERBROOKE, MONTREAL, OTTAWA, HAMILTON, LONDON, SARNIA, DULUTH, and WINNIPEG, where full information can be obtained from the Ontario, Quebec, Manitoba, and Dominion Emigration Agents. By taking the Grand Trunk Route the several transfers of Passengers and Luggage are avoided. The Agents of the Company superintend the landing of passengers from the Steamers, and take special care that all their wants are attended to. PASSENGERS AND THEIR LUGGAGE are transferred from the Steamers to the Railway Cars FREE OF EXPENSE. Express Trains, with Through Cars for Sarnia, Port Huron, or Chicago leave these Ports immediately after the arrival of the Steamers. Passengers have every opportunity of obtaining REFRESHMENTS AT Low Rates at the Stations, where the Trains are timed to stop for that purpose. Greatly improved roomy carriages, well lighted, warmed, and having every convenience, have been added to the already extensive equipment of this service. At the depôts, which have been ERECTED FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF EMIGRANTS, LARGE AND COMFORTABLE WAITING Rooms, WITH COMMODIOUS, WELL-ARRANGED SLEEPING APARTMENTS, ARE PROVIDED. At Sarnia are also provided special sanitary arrangements as regards Bathing, Washing, &c. The Company's Agents are instructed to leave nothing undone that can in any manner contribute to the care and comfort of the passengers. For Rates of Passage-First Class and Special Emigrant Fares-or further information, apply to MESSRS. ALLAN BROTHERS & CO., Liverpool; J. & A. ALLAN, 70 Great Clyde Street, Glasgow ; FLIN, MAIN, & MONT- GOMERY, 24 James Street, Liverpool, the CANADA SHIPPING COM- PANY, 21 Water Street, Liverpool; GREAT WESTERN STEAMSHIP LINE, Bristol ; or any of their Agents in Great Britain and Europe; and at the Offices of the GRAND TRUNK RAILWAY, Dashwood House, 9 New Broad Street, London, E.C. J. B. RENTON, Secretary. 12 S. W. SILVER AND COA'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. CONTRACTORS TO THE ADMIRALTY. INDIA RUBBER, GUTTA PERCHA, AND TELEGRAPH WORKS COMPANY LIMITED SILVERTOWN, ESSEX, MANUFACTURERS OF VULCANISED INDIA RUBBER, SPECIAL QUALITY,' to resist the Action of Mineral Oils and High Pressure Steam. VULCANISED INDIA RUBBER HOSE, SPECIALLY PREPARED FOR USE IN THE TROPICS. STEAM PACKING, VULCANISED MACHINE BELTING, GARMENTS, FABRICS, &c. EBONITE, NOT AFFECTED BY HYDROCHLORIC OR ACETIC ACID. Gutta Percha Tubing, Belting, Buckets, Sheet, &c. INDIA RUBBER OR GUTTA PERCHA COVERED SUBMARINE, SUBTERRANEAN, AND AERIAL TELEGRAPH CABLES, AND TELEGRAPH STORES OF ALL KINDS. TORPEDO APPARATUS, As used by the Services of Great Britain and the United States, and of the Chief Countries of Europe. WAREHOUSE AND OFFICE: 100 & 106 CANNON STREET, LONDON, E.C. S. W. SILVER AND Co.'s HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. SOUTH AFRICA: INCLUDING CAPE COLONY, NATAL, THE DIAMOND FIELDS, TRANSVAAL. ORANGE FREE STATE, DELAGOA BAY, &c.; ALSO A GAZETTEER Third Edition, revised. With now Coloured Map. Crown 8vo. limp cloth, 576 pp. price 5s. OPINIONS OF THE PRESS. EASTERN PROVINCE HERALD.-Messrs. S. W. Silver & Co. have frequently published small pamphlets descriptive of the British colonies, but the “Handbook" before us is superior to anything of the kind we have seen. The map has been expressly prepared for this work, and seems to be correct so far as we can judge. The author acknow- ledges the assistance of gentlemen whose names are a sufficient guarantee of the correctness of the information given, which is both varied and extensive. The chapters on scenery and climate, natural history and forests, fruits and flowers, are well deserving of attention. The remarks on ostrich farming are interesting, and the authorities quoted trustworthy. As a whole the “ Handbook for South Africa” is got up in a highly creditable manner, and contains a large amount of valuable information. The well-arranged index is a great assist- ance when reference is required. The colony is indebted to Messrs. Silver & Co. for the publication of this work, which will be of great service to intending immigrants. A work of this kind was wanted, and the Handbook will in some measure supply a desideratum long felt.' KAFFRARIAN WATCHMAN.-'A valuable book.' ATHENÆUM.–The requirements of intending settlers, to whom these colonies offer a most promising field of enterprise, have been specially considered ; and the sportsman anxious to try the “best shooting ground in the world," the merchant eager to extend his business, and indeed everyone desirous of gaining some knowledge of one of the most rapidly advancing of British colonies, will find this volume a mine of information.' FIELD.-This publication is one of considerable value. It affords much general and local information about South Africa, as well as forming a handy book of reference, for which latter purpose it is well qualified by the capital method of arrangement observed throughout, and by the addition of a gazetteer and index.' ILLUSTRATED LONDON NEWS.---'It should be consulted by all who seek infor- mation concerning the British Colonies and the Dutch Republics in that region of the world. Abundant details are supplied of their history, topography, geology, and mineralogy, climate, botany, and zoology; of the character and condition of their native races, their colonial population, agriculture, forests, pastoral resources, mining, trade, and other industries ; of their land laws and sales, their tariffs, prices, and wages, and of their government affairs. The volume is furnished with a good map.' LANCET.-'We must refer our readers to the book itself for an able and exhaustive description of the climate, which, as has long been known, is, on account of the dryness of the air, specially suited to persons affected with chronic pulmonary disorders. The Handbook contains a great variety of most useful information relative to South Africa.' BROAD ARROW.- The present works far exceed, both in scope and general utility, any of those which have preceded them. Silver, in fact, has become the Murray of our Colonies.' EMPIRE.- The work does not aim at literary merit beyond that of clearness of statement and helpful arrangement, at the same time several of its pages are not wanting in interest. The contents include almost every topic presented by the social, political, industrial and natural condition of South Africa; in fact, it would be difficult to mention any ques- tionings of an intelligent curiosity about South Africa to which the Handbook does not give a sufficient answer. The dissertation on Cape Wines contains some valuable information, and the paper on Ostrich Farming presents facts of a novel character. The notes on Geology, Botany, and Natural History are copious. The Diamond and Gold Fields are fully described. Altogether an admirable work of its class. MITTHEILUNGEN.- A book rich in facts, well arranged, and diligently worked out." LEEDS MERCURY. It is satisfactory to find a work of this kind supplying in a popular form the very information for which everyone is asking.' S. W. SILVER & CO., 67 CORNHILL, LONDON. S. W. SILVER AND Co.'s HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 15 SIMNITT & CO. BOOTMAKERS, 18 BISHOPSGATE STREET WITHIN, LONDON, In returning thanks to their numerous customers in Australia, India, China, and the Colonies for their kind support, beg to renew their Instructions for Self-Measurement, a close attention to which will ensure the continuance of such an article as that for which their Firm has been so long celebrated. Lay the foot on a piece of paper, and take the outline with a pen or pencil, then take the size round the ball or joint; the same round the instep; again from the heel to the upper part of the instep, and round the calf. If Riding or Long Hunting Boots are required, it will be necessary to state the length of the leg, and measurement round the thigh. Orders to be accompanied by a remittance or reference for payment in London. A SPECIAL DEPARTMENT FOR LADIES. GEORGE WHYBROW, REGISTERED' SPECIALITIES, viz. :- THE “WARRANTED" PICKLES SELECTED VEGETABLES IN PURE GRAIN VINEGAR. SEE DR. HASSALL'S REPORT. THE 'EAGLE' PICKLES. THE LONDON' PICKLES. G.WS THE SOUTH AMERICAN DIGESTIVE' PICKLE. TRADE MARK. SEE DR. HASSALL'S REPORT. WHYBROW'S POPULAR "RELISH.' THE ABOVE ARTICLES MANUFACTURED ONLY BY GEORGE WHYBROW, WELLCLOSE SQUARE, LONDON, E. ALSO